ML17334A163: Difference between revisions
StriderTol (talk | contribs) (Created page by program invented by StriderTol) |
StriderTol (talk | contribs) (Created page by program invented by StriderTol) |
||
Line 66: | Line 66: | ||
Condition I operation. | Condition I operation. | ||
WBN 15.1-2 Typical Condition I events are listed below: | WBN 15.1-2 Typical Condition I events are listed below: | ||
: 1. Steady-state and shutdown operations | : 1. Steady-state and shutdown operations | ||
: a. Power operation (>5% to 100% of full power) | : a. Power operation (>5% to 100% of full power) | ||
: b. Startup (critical, 0% to <5% of full power) | : b. Startup (critical, 0% to <5% of full power) | ||
: c. Hot shutdown (subcritical, residual heat removal system isolated) | : c. Hot shutdown (subcritical, residual heat removal system isolated) | ||
: d. Cold shutdown (subcritical, residual heat removal system in operation) | : d. Cold shutdown (subcritical, residual heat removal system in operation) | ||
: e. Refueling (reactor vessel head open) | : e. Refueling (reactor vessel head open) | ||
: 2. Operation with permissible deviations | : 2. Operation with permissible deviations | ||
Various deviations which may occur during continued operation as permitted by the plant Technical Specifications must be considered in conjunction with other operational | Various deviations which may occur during continued operation as permitted by the plant Technical Specifications must be considered in conjunction with other operational | ||
modes. These include: | modes. These include: | ||
: a. Operation with components or systems out of service (such as power operation with a reactor coolant pump out of service) | : a. Operation with components or systems out of service (such as power operation with a reactor coolant pump out of service) | ||
: b. Leakage from fuel with cladding defects | : b. Leakage from fuel with cladding defects | ||
: c. Radioactivity in the reactor coolant | : c. Radioactivity in the reactor coolant | ||
: i. Fission products ii. Activation products iii. Tritium | : i. Fission products ii. Activation products iii. Tritium | ||
: d. Operation with steam generator leaks up to the maximum allowed by the Technical Specifications | : d. Operation with steam generator leaks up to the maximum allowed by the Technical Specifications | ||
: e. Testing as allowed by the Technical Specifications | : e. Testing as allowed by the Technical Specifications | ||
: 3. Operational transients | : 3. Operational transients | ||
: a. Plant heatup and cooldown (up to 100ºF/hour for the reactor coolant system; 200ºF/hour for the pressurizer) | : a. Plant heatup and cooldown (up to 100ºF/hour for the reactor coolant system; 200ºF/hour for the pressurizer) | ||
: b. Step load changes (up to + 10%) | : b. Step load changes (up to + 10%) | ||
: c. Ramp load changes (up to 5%/minute) | : c. Ramp load changes (up to 5%/minute) | ||
: d. Load rejection up to and including design load rejection transient | : d. Load rejection up to and including design load rejection transient | ||
Line 116: | Line 116: | ||
Table 15.1-1 lists the principle power rating values which are used in analyses performed in this | Table 15.1-1 lists the principle power rating values which are used in analyses performed in this | ||
section. Two ratings are given: | section. Two ratings are given: | ||
: 1. The guaranteed Nuclear Steam Supply System thermal power output rating. This power output includes the thermal power generated by the reactor coolant pumps. | : 1. The guaranteed Nuclear Steam Supply System thermal power output rating. This power output includes the thermal power generated by the reactor coolant pumps. | ||
: 2. The Engineered Safety Features design rating. The Westinghouse supplied Engineered Safety Features are designed for thermal power higher than the guaranteed value in | : 2. The Engineered Safety Features design rating. The Westinghouse supplied Engineered Safety Features are designed for thermal power higher than the guaranteed value in | ||
Line 145: | Line 145: | ||
For Unit 2 accident evaluation, the initial conditions are obtained by adding the maximum steady | For Unit 2 accident evaluation, the initial conditions are obtained by adding the maximum steady | ||
state errors to rated values. The following steady state errors are considered: | state errors to rated values. The following steady state errors are considered: | ||
: 1. Core power | : 1. Core power | ||
+ 0.6% allowance for calorimetric error (Unit 1) | + 0.6% allowance for calorimetric error (Unit 1) | ||
Line 306: | Line 306: | ||
would exist relatively infrequently. | would exist relatively infrequently. | ||
WBN 15.1-9 Condition IV Events | WBN 15.1-9 Condition IV Events | ||
: 1. Major Rupture of a Main Steam Line 15.4.2.1 | : 1. Major Rupture of a Main Steam Line 15.4.2.1 | ||
: 2. Major Rupture of a Main Feedwater Pipe 15.4.2.2 | : 2. Major Rupture of a Main Feedwater Pipe 15.4.2.2 | ||
: 3. Steam Generator Tube Rupture 15.4.3 | : 3. Steam Generator Tube Rupture 15.4.3 | ||
: 4. Single Reactor Coolant Pump Locked Rotor 15.4.4 | : 4. Single Reactor Coolant Pump Locked Rotor 15.4.4 | ||
: 5. Rupture of a Control Rod Drive Mechanism 15.4.6 Housing (Rod Cluster Control Assembly Ejection) | : 5. Rupture of a Control Rod Drive Mechanism 15.4.6 Housing (Rod Cluster Control Assembly Ejection) | ||
Line 377: | Line 377: | ||
15.1.8 Residual Decay Heat | 15.1.8 Residual Decay Heat | ||
Residual heat in a subcritical core consists of: | Residual heat in a subcritical core consists of: | ||
: 1. Fission product decay energy, | : 1. Fission product decay energy, | ||
: 2. Decay of neutron capture products, and | : 2. Decay of neutron capture products, and | ||
: 3. Residual fissions due to the effect of delayed neutrons. | : 3. Residual fissions due to the effect of delayed neutrons. | ||
Line 435: | Line 435: | ||
UO 2 fuel rod and the transient heat flux at the surface of the clad using as input the nuclear power and the time-dependent coolant parameters (pressure, flow, temperature, and density). | UO 2 fuel rod and the transient heat flux at the surface of the clad using as input the nuclear power and the time-dependent coolant parameters (pressure, flow, temperature, and density). | ||
The code uses a fuel model which exhibits the following features simultaneously: | The code uses a fuel model which exhibits the following features simultaneously: | ||
: 1. A sufficiently large number of radial space increments to handle fast transients such as rod ejection accidents. | : 1. A sufficiently large number of radial space increments to handle fast transients such as rod ejection accidents. | ||
: 2. Material properties which are functions of temperature and a sophisticated fuel-to-clad gap heat transfer calculation. | : 2. Material properties which are functions of temperature and a sophisticated fuel-to-clad gap heat transfer calculation. | ||
: 3. The necessary calculations to handle post-DNB transients, film boiling heat transfer correlations, Zircaloy-water reaction and partial melting of the materials. | : 3. The necessary calculations to handle post-DNB transients, film boiling heat transfer correlations, Zircaloy-water reaction and partial melting of the materials. | ||
Line 505: | Line 505: | ||
analysis utilizing this methodology is described in 15.4.3. | analysis utilizing this methodology is described in 15.4.3. | ||
WBN 15.1-16 REFERENCES | WBN 15.1-16 REFERENCES | ||
: 1. Deleted in initial UFSAR. | : 1. Deleted in initial UFSAR. | ||
Line 513: | Line 513: | ||
2b. SCALE-4.2: A Modular Code System for Performing Standardized Computer Analyses for Licensing Evaluation, Volumes I-III, NUREG/CR-0200, Rev. 5 (ORNL/NUREG/CSD- | 2b. SCALE-4.2: A Modular Code System for Performing Standardized Computer Analyses for Licensing Evaluation, Volumes I-III, NUREG/CR-0200, Rev. 5 (ORNL/NUREG/CSD- | ||
2/R5), March 1997 (ORIGEN-S Subsection) (Unit 2) | 2/R5), March 1997 (ORIGEN-S Subsection) (Unit 2) | ||
: 3. Regulatory Guide 1.183, Alternative Radiological Source Terms for Evaluating Design Basis Accidents At Nuclear Power Reactors, July 2000 | : 3. Regulatory Guide 1.183, Alternative Radiological Source Terms for Evaluating Design Basis Accidents At Nuclear Power Reactors, July 2000 | ||
: 4. Toner, D. F. and Scott, J. S., "Fission-Product Release from UO", Nuc. Safety 3 No. 2, 15-20, December 1961. | : 4. Toner, D. F. and Scott, J. S., "Fission-Product Release from UO", Nuc. Safety 3 No. 2, 15-20, December 1961. | ||
: 5. Belle, J., "Uranium Dioxide Properties and Nuclear Applications," Naval Reactors, Division of Reactor Development United States Atomic Energy Commission, 1961. | : 5. Belle, J., "Uranium Dioxide Properties and Nuclear Applications," Naval Reactors, Division of Reactor Development United States Atomic Energy Commission, 1961. | ||
: 6. Booth. A. H., "A Suggested Method for Calculating the Diffusion of Radioactive Rare Gas Fission Products From UO Fuel Elements," DCI-27, 1957. | : 6. Booth. A. H., "A Suggested Method for Calculating the Diffusion of Radioactive Rare Gas Fission Products From UO Fuel Elements," DCI-27, 1957. | ||
: 7. Shure, K., "Fission Product Decay Energy" in Bettis Technical Review, WAPD-BT-24, p. | : 7. Shure, K., "Fission Product Decay Energy" in Bettis Technical Review, WAPD-BT-24, p. | ||
1-17, December 1961. | 1-17, December 1961. | ||
: 8. Shure, K. and Dudziak, D. J., "Calculating Energy Released by Fission Products," Trans. | : 8. Shure, K. and Dudziak, D. J., "Calculating Energy Released by Fission Products," Trans. | ||
Am. Nucl. Soc. 4 (1) 30 (1961). | Am. Nucl. Soc. 4 (1) 30 (1961). | ||
: 9. Deleted in initial UFSAR. | : 9. Deleted in initial UFSAR. | ||
: 10. Stehn, J.R. and Clancy, E. F., "Fission-Product Radioactivity and Heat Generation" and "Proceedings of the Second United Nations International Conference on the Peaceful | : 10. Stehn, J.R. and Clancy, E. F., "Fission-Product Radioactivity and Heat Generation" and "Proceedings of the Second United Nations International Conference on the Peaceful | ||
Uses of Atomic Energy, Geneva, 1958," Volu me 13, pp. 49-54, United Nations, Geneva, 1958. | Uses of Atomic Energy, Geneva, 1958," Volu me 13, pp. 49-54, United Nations, Geneva, 1958. | ||
: 11. Obershain, F. E. and Foderaro, A. H., "Energy from Fission Product Decay," WAPD-P-652, 1955. | : 11. Obershain, F. E. and Foderaro, A. H., "Energy from Fission Product Decay," WAPD-P-652, 1955. | ||
: 12. Hargrove, H. G., "FACTRAN, a FORTRAN IV Code for Thermal Transients in a UO 2 Fuel Rod," WCAP-7908, December 1989. | : 12. Hargrove, H. G., "FACTRAN, a FORTRAN IV Code for Thermal Transients in a UO 2 Fuel Rod," WCAP-7908, December 1989. | ||
: 13. Deleted in initial UFSAR. | : 13. Deleted in initial UFSAR. | ||
: 14. Deleted. in initial UFSAR | : 14. Deleted. in initial UFSAR | ||
: 15. Burnett, T. W. T., et al., "LOFTRAN Code Description," WCAP-7907-P-A (Proprietary), WCAP-7907-A (Non-Proprietary) April 1984. | : 15. Burnett, T. W. T., et al., "LOFTRAN Code Description," WCAP-7907-P-A (Proprietary), WCAP-7907-A (Non-Proprietary) April 1984. | ||
WBN 15.1-17 16. Barry, R. F., "LEOPARD, A Spectrum Dependent Non-Spatial Depletion Code for the IBM-7094," WCAP-3269-26, September 1963. | WBN 15.1-17 16. Barry, R. F., "LEOPARD, A Spectrum Dependent Non-Spatial Depletion Code for the IBM-7094," WCAP-3269-26, September 1963. | ||
: 17. Barry, R. F. and Altomare, S., "The TURTLE 24.0 Diffusion Depletion Code," WCAP-7213-P-A (Proprietary) and WCAP-7758-A (Non-Proprietary), January 1975. | : 17. Barry, R. F. and Altomare, S., "The TURTLE 24.0 Diffusion Depletion Code," WCAP-7213-P-A (Proprietary) and WCAP-7758-A (Non-Proprietary), January 1975. | ||
: 18. Risher, D. H., Jr. and Barry, R. F., "TWINKLE - A Multi-Dimensional Neutron Kinetics Computer Code," WCAP-7979-P-A (Proprietary) and WCAP-8028-A (Non-Proprietary), | : 18. Risher, D. H., Jr. and Barry, R. F., "TWINKLE - A Multi-Dimensional Neutron Kinetics Computer Code," WCAP-7979-P-A (Proprietary) and WCAP-8028-A (Non-Proprietary), | ||
January 1975. | January 1975. | ||
: 19. Deleted in initial UFSAR. | : 19. Deleted in initial UFSAR. | ||
: 20. Deleted in initial UFSAR. | : 20. Deleted in initial UFSAR. | ||
: 21. Deleted by UFSAR Amendment 1 | : 21. Deleted by UFSAR Amendment 1 | ||
: 22. Reagan, J. R. and Tuley, C. R., "Westinghouse Setpoint Methodology for Protection Systems, Watts Bar Units 1 and 2, Eagle 21 Version," WCAP-12096, Rev. 9, March | : 22. Reagan, J. R. and Tuley, C. R., "Westinghouse Setpoint Methodology for Protection Systems, Watts Bar Units 1 and 2, Eagle 21 Version," WCAP-12096, Rev. 9, March | ||
1998. (Proprietary). Unit 1 only | 1998. (Proprietary). Unit 1 only | ||
: 23. Miranda, S., et.al., "Steam Generator Low Water Level Protection System Modifications to Reduce Feedwater Related Trips," WCAP-11325-P-A, Revision 1, February 1988. | : 23. Miranda, S., et.al., "Steam Generator Low Water Level Protection System Modifications to Reduce Feedwater Related Trips," WCAP-11325-P-A, Revision 1, February 1988. | ||
: 24. Lewis, Huang, Behnke, Fittante, Gelman, "SGTR Analysis Methodology to Determine the Margin to Steam Generator Overfill," WCAP-10698-P-A [PROPRIETARY]/WCAP- | : 24. Lewis, Huang, Behnke, Fittante, Gelman, "SGTR Analysis Methodology to Determine the Margin to Steam Generator Overfill," WCAP-10698-P-A [PROPRIETARY]/WCAP- | ||
10750-A [NON-PROPRIETARY], August 1987. | 10750-A [NON-PROPRIETARY], August 1987. | ||
: 25. Lewis, Huang, Rubin, "Evaluation of Offsite Radiation Doses for a Steam Generator Tube Rupture Accident," Supplement 1 to WCAP-10698-P-A | : 25. Lewis, Huang, Rubin, "Evaluation of Offsite Radiation Doses for a Steam Generator Tube Rupture Accident," Supplement 1 to WCAP-10698-P-A | ||
[PROPRIETARY]/Supplement 1 to WCAP-10750-A [NON-PROPRIETARY], March | [PROPRIETARY]/Supplement 1 to WCAP-10750-A [NON-PROPRIETARY], March | ||
1986. | 1986. | ||
: 26. Lewis, Huang, Rubin, Murray, Roidt, Hopkins, "Evaluation of Steam Generator Overfill Due to a Steam Generator Tube Ruptur e Accident," WCAP-11002 [PROPRIETARY]/ | : 26. Lewis, Huang, Rubin, Murray, Roidt, Hopkins, "Evaluation of Steam Generator Overfill Due to a Steam Generator Tube Ruptur e Accident," WCAP-11002 [PROPRIETARY]/ | ||
WCAP-11003 [NON-PROPRIETARY], February 1986. | WCAP-11003 [NON-PROPRIETARY], February 1986. | ||
: 27. Friedland, A. J. and S. Ray, "Revised Thermal Design Procedure," WCAP-11397-P-A (PROPRIETARY) and WCAP-11398-A (NON-PROPRIETARY), April 1989. | : 27. Friedland, A. J. and S. Ray, "Revised Thermal Design Procedure," WCAP-11397-P-A (PROPRIETARY) and WCAP-11398-A (NON-PROPRIETARY), April 1989. | ||
: 28. Trozzo, R. W., "Westinghouse Setpoint Methodology for Protection Systems - Watts Bar Unit 2," WCAP-17044-P, Revision 1, September 2012, (Unit 2 Only). | : 28. Trozzo, R. W., "Westinghouse Setpoint Methodology for Protection Systems - Watts Bar Unit 2," WCAP-17044-P, Revision 1, September 2012, (Unit 2 Only). | ||
Line 598: | Line 598: | ||
is actuated when the appropriate pressure setpoint is reached. The consequences of the | is actuated when the appropriate pressure setpoint is reached. The consequences of the | ||
accident are limited in two ways: | accident are limited in two ways: | ||
: 1. Reactor trip and borated water injection complement void formation in causing rapid reduction of nuclear power to a residual level corresponding to the delayed fission and | : 1. Reactor trip and borated water injection complement void formation in causing rapid reduction of nuclear power to a residual level corresponding to the delayed fission and | ||
fission product decay. | fission product decay. | ||
: 2. Injection of borated water ensures sufficient flooding of the core to prevent excessive clad temperatures. | : 2. Injection of borated water ensures sufficient flooding of the core to prevent excessive clad temperatures. | ||
Line 864: | Line 864: | ||
For cases considered, the emergency core cooling system meets the acceptance criteria as | For cases considered, the emergency core cooling system meets the acceptance criteria as | ||
presented in 10 CFR 50.46. That is: | presented in 10 CFR 50.46. That is: | ||
: 1. The calculated peak fuel element cladding temperature provides margin to the limit of 2200ºF, based on an F q value of 2.50. | : 1. The calculated peak fuel element cladding temperature provides margin to the limit of 2200ºF, based on an F q value of 2.50. | ||
: 2. The amount of fuel element cladding that reacts chemically with water or steam does not exceed 1% of the total amount of zircaloy in the reactor. | : 2. The amount of fuel element cladding that reacts chemically with water or steam does not exceed 1% of the total amount of zircaloy in the reactor. | ||
: 3. The cladding temperature transient is terminated at a time when the core geometry is still amenable to cooling. The oxidation limit of 17% of the cladding thickness is not | : 3. The cladding temperature transient is terminated at a time when the core geometry is still amenable to cooling. The oxidation limit of 17% of the cladding thickness is not | ||
exceeded during or after quenching. | exceeded during or after quenching. | ||
: 4. The core temperature is reduced and decay heat is removed for an extended period of time, as required by the long-lived radioactivity remaining in the core. | : 4. The core temperature is reduced and decay heat is removed for an extended period of time, as required by the long-lived radioactivity remaining in the core. | ||
Line 1,111: | Line 1,111: | ||
The following reactor trips provide the necessary protection against a loss of coolant flow | The following reactor trips provide the necessary protection against a loss of coolant flow | ||
accident: | accident: | ||
: 1. Reactor coolant pump power supply undervoltage or underfrequency. | : 1. Reactor coolant pump power supply undervoltage or underfrequency. | ||
: 2. Low reactor coolant loop flow. | : 2. Low reactor coolant loop flow. | ||
Line 1,326: | Line 1,326: | ||
minimizes the tendency of increased moderator temperature to flatten the power distribution. | minimizes the tendency of increased moderator temperature to flatten the power distribution. | ||
Results Two cases have been considered as follows: | Results Two cases have been considered as follows: | ||
: 1. If the reactor is in the manual control mode, continuous withdrawal of a single RCCA results in both an increase in core power and coolant temperature, and an increase in | : 1. If the reactor is in the manual control mode, continuous withdrawal of a single RCCA results in both an increase in core power and coolant temperature, and an increase in | ||
Line 1,343: | Line 1,343: | ||
Evaluation of this case at the power and coolant conditions at which the overtemperature T trip would be expected to trip the plant shows that an upper limit for the number of | Evaluation of this case at the power and coolant conditions at which the overtemperature T trip would be expected to trip the plant shows that an upper limit for the number of | ||
rods with a DNBR less than the limiting value is 5%. | rods with a DNBR less than the limiting value is 5%. | ||
: 2. If the reactor is in automatic control mode, the multiple failures that result in the withdrawal of a single RCCA will result in the immobility of the other RCCAs in the | : 2. If the reactor is in automatic control mode, the multiple failures that result in the withdrawal of a single RCCA will result in the immobility of the other RCCAs in the | ||
Line 1,412: | Line 1,412: | ||
rod control system (GDC-25 or equivalent) is still satisfied. | rod control system (GDC-25 or equivalent) is still satisfied. | ||
REFERENCES | REFERENCES | ||
: 1. Lee, N., Rupprecht, S. D., Tauch, W. D., and Schwartz, W. R., "Westinghouse Small Break ECCS Evaluation Model Using the NOTRUMP Code," WCAP-10054-P-A, August | : 1. Lee, N., Rupprecht, S. D., Tauch, W. D., and Schwartz, W. R., "Westinghouse Small Break ECCS Evaluation Model Using the NOTRUMP Code," WCAP-10054-P-A, August | ||
1985. | 1985. | ||
: 2. Meyer, P. E. and Kornfilt, J., "NOTRUMP: A Nodal Transient Small Break and General Network Code," WCAP-10079-P-A, August 1985. | : 2. Meyer, P. E. and Kornfilt, J., "NOTRUMP: A Nodal Transient Small Break and General Network Code," WCAP-10079-P-A, August 1985. | ||
WBN 15.3-15 3. F. M. Bordelon, et. al., "LOCTA-IV Program: Loss-of-Coolant Transient Analysis," WCAP-8305 (Non-Proprietary) and WCAP-8301 (Proprietary), June 1974. | WBN 15.3-15 3. F. M. Bordelon, et. al., "LOCTA-IV Program: Loss-of-Coolant Transient Analysis," WCAP-8305 (Non-Proprietary) and WCAP-8301 (Proprietary), June 1974. | ||
: 4. Deleted in initial UFSAR. | : 4. Deleted in initial UFSAR. | ||
: 5. Deleted in initial UFSAR. | : 5. Deleted in initial UFSAR. | ||
Line 1,428: | Line 1,428: | ||
Only) 7a. Deleted by UFSAR Amendment 2. (Unit 1 Only) | Only) 7a. Deleted by UFSAR Amendment 2. (Unit 1 Only) | ||
7b. Barry, F. R., "LEOPARD, A Spectrum Dependent Non-Spatial Depletion Code for the IBM-7094," WCAP-3269-26, September 1963. (Unit 2 Only) | 7b. Barry, F. R., "LEOPARD, A Spectrum Dependent Non-Spatial Depletion Code for the IBM-7094," WCAP-3269-26, September 1963. (Unit 2 Only) | ||
: 8. Balwin, M. S., Merrian, M. M., Schenkel, H. S., and Vandewalle, D. J., "An Evaluation of Loss of Flow Accidents Caused by Power System Frequency Transients in | : 8. Balwin, M. S., Merrian, M. M., Schenkel, H. S., and Vandewalle, D. J., "An Evaluation of Loss of Flow Accidents Caused by Power System Frequency Transients in | ||
Westinghouse PWRs," WCAP-8424, Revision 1, June 1975. | Westinghouse PWRs," WCAP-8424, Revision 1, June 1975. | ||
: 9. Burnett, T. W. T, et.al., "LOFTRAN Code Description", WCAP-7907-P-A (Proprietary) and WCAP-7907-A (Non-Proprietary), April 1984. | : 9. Burnett, T. W. T, et.al., "LOFTRAN Code Description", WCAP-7907-P-A (Proprietary) and WCAP-7907-A (Non-Proprietary), April 1984. | ||
: 10. Hargrove, H. G., "FACTRAN, A FORTRAN IV Code for Thermal Transients in a UO 2 Fuel Rod," WCAP-7908-A, December 1989. | : 10. Hargrove, H. G., "FACTRAN, A FORTRAN IV Code for Thermal Transients in a UO 2 Fuel Rod," WCAP-7908-A, December 1989. | ||
: 11. Friedland, A. J., and Ray, S., "Improved THINC IV Modeling for PWR Core Design," WCAP-12330-P, August 1989. | : 11. Friedland, A. J., and Ray, S., "Improved THINC IV Modeling for PWR Core Design," WCAP-12330-P, August 1989. | ||
: 12. Huegel, D., et al., "Generic Assessment of Asymmetric Rod Cluster Control Assembly Withdrawal," WCAP-13803, August 1993. | : 12. Huegel, D., et al., "Generic Assessment of Asymmetric Rod Cluster Control Assembly Withdrawal," WCAP-13803, August 1993. | ||
: 13. C. W. Stewart, et al., "VIPRE-01: A Thermal-Hydraulic Code for Reactor Cores," Volume 1-3 (Revision 3, August 1989), Volume 4 (April 1987), NP-2511-CCM-A, EPRI. | : 13. C. W. Stewart, et al., "VIPRE-01: A Thermal-Hydraulic Code for Reactor Cores," Volume 1-3 (Revision 3, August 1989), Volume 4 (April 1987), NP-2511-CCM-A, EPRI. | ||
: 14. WCAP-14565-P-A, "VIPRE-01 Modeling and Qualification for Pressurized Water Reactor Non-LOCA Thermal-Hydraulic Safety Analysis," October 1999. | : 14. WCAP-14565-P-A, "VIPRE-01 Modeling and Qualification for Pressurized Water Reactor Non-LOCA Thermal-Hydraulic Safety Analysis," October 1999. | ||
: 15. "Generic Evaluation of Feedwater Transients and SBLOCA in Westinghouse Designed Operating Plants," NUREG-0611, January 1980. | : 15. "Generic Evaluation of Feedwater Transients and SBLOCA in Westinghouse Designed Operating Plants," NUREG-0611, January 1980. | ||
Line 1,454: | Line 1,454: | ||
August 12, 1996. (Unit 1 Only) | August 12, 1996. (Unit 1 Only) | ||
17b. Beard, C.L. and Morita, T. "BEACON: Core Monitoring and Operations Support System", WCAP-12472-P-A (Proprietary), August 1994, Addendum 1-A, January 2000, Addendum 2-A, April 2002, Addendum 4-A, September 2012, and WCAP-12473-A (Non-proprietary), August 1994. (Unit 2 Only) | 17b. Beard, C.L. and Morita, T. "BEACON: Core Monitoring and Operations Support System", WCAP-12472-P-A (Proprietary), August 1994, Addendum 1-A, January 2000, Addendum 2-A, April 2002, Addendum 4-A, September 2012, and WCAP-12473-A (Non-proprietary), August 1994. (Unit 2 Only) | ||
: 18. "BEACON Core Monitoring and Operations Support System, " WCAP-12472-P-A, August 1994. (Unit 1 Only) | : 18. "BEACON Core Monitoring and Operations Support System, " WCAP-12472-P-A, August 1994. (Unit 1 Only) | ||
: 19. "BEACON Core Monitoring and Operations Support System, " WCAP-12472-P-A, Addendum 1-A, January 2000. (Unit 1 Only) | : 19. "BEACON Core Monitoring and Operations Support System, " WCAP-12472-P-A, Addendum 1-A, January 2000. (Unit 1 Only) | ||
: 20. "BEACON Core Monitoring and Operations Support System," WCAP-12472-P-A, Addendum 4-A, September 2012. (Unit 1 Only) | : 20. "BEACON Core Monitoring and Operations Support System," WCAP-12472-P-A, Addendum 4-A, September 2012. (Unit 1 Only) | ||
Line 1,479: | Line 1,479: | ||
the fault including those of the emergency core cooling system (ECCS) and the containment. | the fault including those of the emergency core cooling system (ECCS) and the containment. | ||
For the purposes of this report the following faults have been classified in this category: | For the purposes of this report the following faults have been classified in this category: | ||
: 1. Major rupture of pipes containing reactor coolant up to and including double ended rupture of the largest pipe in the reactor coolant system (loss of coolant accident). | : 1. Major rupture of pipes containing reactor coolant up to and including double ended rupture of the largest pipe in the reactor coolant system (loss of coolant accident). | ||
: 2. Major secondary system pipe ruptures. | : 2. Major secondary system pipe ruptures. | ||
: 3. Steam generator tube rupture. | : 3. Steam generator tube rupture. | ||
: 4. Single reactor coolant pump locked rotor. | : 4. Single reactor coolant pump locked rotor. | ||
: 5. Fuel handling accident. | : 5. Fuel handling accident. | ||
: 6. Rupture of a control rod drive mechanism housing (rod cluster control assembly ejection). | : 6. Rupture of a control rod drive mechanism housing (rod cluster control assembly ejection). | ||
Line 1,741: | Line 1,741: | ||
95% probability. The steps taken to derive the PCT uncertainty estimate are summarized | 95% probability. The steps taken to derive the PCT uncertainty estimate are summarized | ||
below: | below: | ||
: 1. Plant Model Development | : 1. Plant Model Development | ||
Line 1,748: | Line 1,748: | ||
in the code validation. This results in a high level of consistency among plant models, except for specific areas dictated by hardware differences such as in the upper plenum | in the code validation. This results in a high level of consistency among plant models, except for specific areas dictated by hardware differences such as in the upper plenum | ||
of the reactor vessel or the ECCS injection configuration. | of the reactor vessel or the ECCS injection configuration. | ||
: 2. Determination of Plant Operating Conditions | : 2. Determination of Plant Operating Conditions | ||
Line 1,782: | Line 1,782: | ||
The results of these calculations for WBN form the basis for the determination of the | The results of these calculations for WBN form the basis for the determination of the | ||
model bias and uncertainty discussed in Section 8 of Reference [47]. | model bias and uncertainty discussed in Section 8 of Reference [47]. | ||
: 4. Response Surface Calculations | : 4. Response Surface Calculations | ||
Regression analyses are performed to derive PCT response surfaces from the results of the power distribution run matrix and the global model run matrix. The results of the | Regression analyses are performed to derive PCT response surfaces from the results of the power distribution run matrix and the global model run matrix. The results of the | ||
initial conditions run matrix are used to generate a PCT uncertainty distribution. | initial conditions run matrix are used to generate a PCT uncertainty distribution. | ||
: 5. Uncertainty Evaluation | : 5. Uncertainty Evaluation | ||
Line 1,801: | Line 1,801: | ||
break type. If the split break is limiting, an additional set of split transients are performed | break type. If the split break is limiting, an additional set of split transients are performed | ||
which vary overall system response ("global" parameters) and local fuel rod response | which vary overall system response ("global" parameters) and local fuel rod response | ||
("local" parameters). Finally, an additional series of superposition runs is made to | ("local" parameters). Finally, an additional series of superposition runs is made to | ||
Line 1,808: | Line 1,808: | ||
categories are independent. The final PCT uncertainty distribution is then calculated for | categories are independent. The final PCT uncertainty distribution is then calculated for | ||
the limiting break type, and the 95th percentile PCT is determined. | the limiting break type, and the 95th percentile PCT is determined. | ||
: 6. Plant Operating Range | : 6. Plant Operating Range | ||
Line 1,818: | Line 1,818: | ||
gain additional margin. | gain additional margin. | ||
WBN 15.4-7 There are three major uncertainty categories or elements: | WBN 15.4-7 There are three major uncertainty categories or elements: | ||
: 1. Initial condition bias and uncertainty 2. Power distribution bias and uncertainty | : 1. Initial condition bias and uncertainty 2. Power distribution bias and uncertainty | ||
: 3. Model bias and uncertainty | : 3. Model bias and uncertainty | ||
Line 1,884: | Line 1,884: | ||
predicted Peak Clad Temperatures (PCTs) much higher than expected. At that time, however, the degree of conservatism in the analysis could not be quantified. As a result, the NRC began | predicted Peak Clad Temperatures (PCTs) much higher than expected. At that time, however, the degree of conservatism in the analysis could not be quantified. As a result, the NRC began | ||
a large-scale confirmatory research program with the following objectives: | a large-scale confirmatory research program with the following objectives: | ||
: 1. Identify, through separate effects and integral effects experiments, the degree of conservatism in those models permitted in the Appendix K rule. In this fashion, those | : 1. Identify, through separate effects and integral effects experiments, the degree of conservatism in those models permitted in the Appendix K rule. In this fashion, those | ||
Line 2,048: | Line 2,048: | ||
vessel with one-dimensional drift-flux equations used in the loops to allow a complete and | vessel with one-dimensional drift-flux equations used in the loops to allow a complete and | ||
detailed simulation of a PWR. This best-estimate computer code contains the following features: | detailed simulation of a PWR. This best-estimate computer code contains the following features: | ||
: 1. Ability to model transient three-dimensional flows in different geometries inside the vessel | : 1. Ability to model transient three-dimensional flows in different geometries inside the vessel | ||
: 2. Ability to model thermal and mechanical non-equilibrium between phases | : 2. Ability to model thermal and mechanical non-equilibrium between phases | ||
: 3. Ability to mechanistically represent interfacial heat, mass, and momentum transfer in different flow regimes | : 3. Ability to mechanistically represent interfacial heat, mass, and momentum transfer in different flow regimes | ||
: 4. Ability to represent important reactor components such as fuel rods, steam generators, reactor coolant pumps, etc. | : 4. Ability to represent important reactor components such as fuel rods, steam generators, reactor coolant pumps, etc. | ||
Line 2,139: | Line 2,139: | ||
Oxidation (MLO), and Core-Wide Oxidation (CWO) at 95-percent probability, is described in the | Oxidation (MLO), and Core-Wide Oxidation (CWO) at 95-percent probability, is described in the | ||
following sections. | following sections. | ||
: 1. Plant Model Development: | : 1. Plant Model Development: | ||
Line 2,148: | Line 2,148: | ||
in the code validation. This results in a high level of consistency among plant models, except for specific areas dictated by hardware differences, such as in the upper plenum | in the code validation. This results in a high level of consistency among plant models, except for specific areas dictated by hardware differences, such as in the upper plenum | ||
of the reactor vessel or the ECCS injection configuration. | of the reactor vessel or the ECCS injection configuration. | ||
: 2. Determination of Plant Operating Conditions: | : 2. Determination of Plant Operating Conditions: | ||
Line 2,208: | Line 2,208: | ||
CWO. The highest rank of PCT, MLO, and CWO will bound 95 percent of their | CWO. The highest rank of PCT, MLO, and CWO will bound 95 percent of their | ||
respective populations with 95-percent confidence level. | respective populations with 95-percent confidence level. | ||
: 4. Plant Operating Range: | : 4. Plant Operating Range: | ||
Line 2,677: | Line 2,677: | ||
uncertainty distribution is obtained directly, or is obtained from the uncertainty of the parameters of which the bias is a function. Since PCT i is the sum of these biases, it also becomes a random variable. Separate initial PCT frequency distributions are constructed as follows for the | uncertainty distribution is obtained directly, or is obtained from the uncertainty of the parameters of which the bias is a function. Since PCT i is the sum of these biases, it also becomes a random variable. Separate initial PCT frequency distributions are constructed as follows for the | ||
DECLG and the limiting split break: | DECLG and the limiting split break: | ||
: 1. Generate a random value of each uncertainty element (PCT IC , PCT PD , PCT MOD). | : 1. Generate a random value of each uncertainty element (PCT IC , PCT PD , PCT MOD). | ||
: 2. Calculate the resulting PCT using Equation 15.4-1. | : 2. Calculate the resulting PCT using Equation 15.4-1. | ||
: 3. Repeat the process many times to generate a histogram of PCTs. | : 3. Repeat the process many times to generate a histogram of PCTs. | ||
Line 2,866: | Line 2,866: | ||
It must be demonstrated that there is a high level of probability that the limits set forth in 10 CFR | It must be demonstrated that there is a high level of probability that the limits set forth in 10 CFR | ||
50.46 are met. The demonstration that these limits are met for WBN is as follows: | 50.46 are met. The demonstration that these limits are met for WBN is as follows: | ||
: 1. There is a high level of probability that the peak cladding temperature (PCT) shall not exceed 2200 | : 1. There is a high level of probability that the peak cladding temperature (PCT) shall not exceed 2200 | ||
°F. The 95th percentile result of 1892 | °F. The 95th percentile result of 1892 | ||
°F presented in Table 15.4-18 indicates that this regulatory limit has been met. | °F presented in Table 15.4-18 indicates that this regulatory limit has been met. | ||
: 2. The maximum calculated total oxidation of the cladding shall nowhere exceed 0.17 times the total cladding thickness before oxidation. The approved Best | : 2. The maximum calculated total oxidation of the cladding shall nowhere exceed 0.17 times the total cladding thickness before oxidation. The approved Best | ||
Line 2,878: | Line 2,878: | ||
Based on this conservative calculation, a maximum total oxidation of 15% is | Based on this conservative calculation, a maximum total oxidation of 15% is | ||
calculated (Table 15.4-18), which meets the regulatory limit. | calculated (Table 15.4-18), which meets the regulatory limit. | ||
: 3. The calculated total amount of hydrogen generated from the chemical reaction of the cladding with water or steam shall not exceed 0.01 times the hypothetical | : 3. The calculated total amount of hydrogen generated from the chemical reaction of the cladding with water or steam shall not exceed 0.01 times the hypothetical | ||
Line 2,889: | Line 2,889: | ||
amount of hydrogen generated, based on this conservative assessment, is | amount of hydrogen generated, based on this conservative assessment, is | ||
0.0061 times the maximum theoretical amount as presented in Table 15.4-18, which meets the regulatory limit. | 0.0061 times the maximum theoretical amount as presented in Table 15.4-18, which meets the regulatory limit. | ||
: 4. Calculated changes in core geometry shall be such that the core remains amenable to cooling. This requirement is met by demonstrating that the PCT | : 4. Calculated changes in core geometry shall be such that the core remains amenable to cooling. This requirement is met by demonstrating that the PCT | ||
Line 2,934: | Line 2,934: | ||
Temperature less than 2200°F, is demonstrated. The results are shown in Table 15.4- | Temperature less than 2200°F, is demonstrated. The results are shown in Table 15.4- | ||
18b. | 18b. | ||
(b)(2) The maximum cladding oxidation corresponds to a bounding estimate of the 95th percentile MLO at the 95-percent confidence level. Since the resulting MLO for the | (b)(2) The maximum cladding oxidation corresponds to a bounding estimate of the 95th percentile MLO at the 95-percent confidence level. Since the resulting MLO for the | ||
Line 3,099: | Line 3,099: | ||
15.4.1.2.2 Typical Assumptions | 15.4.1.2.2 Typical Assumptions | ||
The following discussion outlines the assumptions used in the calculations. | The following discussion outlines the assumptions used in the calculations. | ||
: 1. Zirconium-Water Reaction | : 1. Zirconium-Water Reaction | ||
Line 3,119: | Line 3,119: | ||
hydrogen production inside containment. The hydrogen generated is assumed to be released | hydrogen production inside containment. The hydrogen generated is assumed to be released | ||
to the containment atmosphere over the first two minutes following the break in both models. | to the containment atmosphere over the first two minutes following the break in both models. | ||
: 2. Primary Coolant Hydrogen | : 2. Primary Coolant Hydrogen | ||
Line 3,126: | Line 3,126: | ||
includes both hydrogen dissolved in the coolant water at 35 cc (STP) per kilogram of water and | includes both hydrogen dissolved in the coolant water at 35 cc (STP) per kilogram of water and | ||
the corresponding equilibrium hydrogen in the pressurizer gas space. The 1120 scf of hydrogen is assumed to be released immediately and uniformly to the containment atmosphere. | the corresponding equilibrium hydrogen in the pressurizer gas space. The 1120 scf of hydrogen is assumed to be released immediately and uniformly to the containment atmosphere. | ||
: 3. Corrosion of Plant Materials | : 3. Corrosion of Plant Materials | ||
Line 3,171: | Line 3,171: | ||
Calculations based on the NRC model are performed by allowing an increased aluminum | Calculations based on the NRC model are performed by allowing an increased aluminum | ||
corrosion rate during the final step of the post-accident containment temperature transient (Table 15.4-2) corresponding to 200 mils (15.7 mg/dm 2/hr). The corrosion rates earlier in the accident sequence are the higher rates determined from Figure 15.4-1. | corrosion rate during the final step of the post-accident containment temperature transient (Table 15.4-2) corresponding to 200 mils (15.7 mg/dm 2/hr). The corrosion rates earlier in the accident sequence are the higher rates determined from Figure 15.4-1. | ||
: 4. Radiolysis of Core and Sump Water | : 4. Radiolysis of Core and Sump Water | ||
Line 3,274: | Line 3,274: | ||
above for core radiolysis. | above for core radiolysis. | ||
The energy deposited in solution is computed using the following basis: | The energy deposited in solution is computed using the following basis: | ||
: 1. For the maximum credible accident, a TID-14844 release model | : 1. For the maximum credible accident, a TID-14844 release model | ||
[20] is assumed where 50% of the total core halogens and 1% of all other fission products, excluding noble | [20] is assumed where 50% of the total core halogens and 1% of all other fission products, excluding noble | ||
gases, are released from the core to the sump solution. | gases, are released from the core to the sump solution. | ||
: 2. The quantity of fission product release considers reactor operation with extended fuel cycles before the accident. | : 2. The quantity of fission product release considers reactor operation with extended fuel cycles before the accident. | ||
: 3. The total decay energy from the released fission products, both beta and gamma, is assumed to be fully absorbed in the solution. | : 3. The total decay energy from the released fission products, both beta and gamma, is assumed to be fully absorbed in the solution. | ||
Line 3,392: | Line 3,392: | ||
occurs for any rupture assuming the most reactive assembly stuck in its fully withdrawn position. | occurs for any rupture assuming the most reactive assembly stuck in its fully withdrawn position. | ||
The following functions provide the necessary protection for a steam line rupture: | The following functions provide the necessary protection for a steam line rupture: | ||
: 1. Safety injection system actuation from any of the following: | : 1. Safety injection system actuation from any of the following: | ||
: a. Two out of three low pressurizer pressure signals. | : a. Two out of three low pressurizer pressure signals. | ||
: b. Two out of three high containment pressure signals. | : b. Two out of three high containment pressure signals. | ||
: c. Two out of three low steamline pressure signals in any steamline. | : c. Two out of three low steamline pressure signals in any steamline. | ||
: 2. The overpower reactor trips (neutron flux and T) and the reactor trip occurring in conjunction with receipt of the safety injection signal. | : 2. The overpower reactor trips (neutron flux and T) and the reactor trip occurring in conjunction with receipt of the safety injection signal. | ||
: 3. Redundant isolation of the main feedwater lines: Sustained high feedwater flow would cause additional cooldown. A safety injection signal will rapidly close all feedwater | : 3. Redundant isolation of the main feedwater lines: Sustained high feedwater flow would cause additional cooldown. A safety injection signal will rapidly close all feedwater | ||
control valves and main feedwater isolation valves, and trip the main feedwater pumps, condensate booster pumps, condensate demineralizer pump, and motor-operated | control valves and main feedwater isolation valves, and trip the main feedwater pumps, condensate booster pumps, condensate demineralizer pump, and motor-operated | ||
standby feedwater pump if operating. | standby feedwater pump if operating. | ||
: 4. Trip of the fast acting steam line stop valves (main steam isolation valves) (designed to close in less than 6 seconds) on: | : 4. Trip of the fast acting steam line stop valves (main steam isolation valves) (designed to close in less than 6 seconds) on: | ||
: a. Two out of four high-high containment pressure signals. | : a. Two out of four high-high containment pressure signals. | ||
: b. Two out of three low steamline pressure signals in any steamline. | : b. Two out of three low steamline pressure signals in any steamline. | ||
: c. Two out of three high negative steamline pressure rate signals in any steamline. | : c. Two out of three high negative steamline pressure rate signals in any steamline. | ||
Line 3,444: | Line 3,444: | ||
Method of Analysis | Method of Analysis | ||
The analysis of the steam pipe rupture has been performed to determine: | The analysis of the steam pipe rupture has been performed to determine: | ||
: 1. The core heat flux and reactor coolant syst em temperature and pressure resulting from the cooldown following the steam line break. The LOFTRAN | : 1. The core heat flux and reactor coolant syst em temperature and pressure resulting from the cooldown following the steam line break. The LOFTRAN | ||
[11] Code has been used. | [11] Code has been used. | ||
: 2. The thermal and hydraulic behavior of the core following a steam line break. A detailed thermal and hydraulic digital computer code, VIPRE-01,[30] has been used to determine if the calculated DNBR occurs for the core conditions computed in Item 1 above. | : 2. The thermal and hydraulic behavior of the core following a steam line break. A detailed thermal and hydraulic digital computer code, VIPRE-01,[30] has been used to determine if the calculated DNBR occurs for the core conditions computed in Item 1 above. | ||
The following conditions were assumed to exist at the time of a main steam line break accident. | The following conditions were assumed to exist at the time of a main steam line break accident. | ||
: 1. End-of-life shut down margin at no load, equilibrium xenon conditions, and the most reactive RCCA stuck in its fully withdrawn position. Operation of the control rod banks | : 1. End-of-life shut down margin at no load, equilibrium xenon conditions, and the most reactive RCCA stuck in its fully withdrawn position. Operation of the control rod banks | ||
Line 3,456: | Line 3,456: | ||
steam line break accident will not lead to a more adverse condition than the case | steam line break accident will not lead to a more adverse condition than the case | ||
analyzed. | analyzed. | ||
: 2. The negative moderator coefficient corresponding to the end-of-life rodded core with the most reactive RCCA in the fully withdrawn position: The variation of the coefficient with | : 2. The negative moderator coefficient corresponding to the end-of-life rodded core with the most reactive RCCA in the fully withdrawn position: The variation of the coefficient with | ||
Line 3,491: | Line 3,491: | ||
statepoints. The limiting statepoint is presented in Table 15.4-7. These results verified | statepoints. The limiting statepoint is presented in Table 15.4-7. These results verified | ||
conservatism, i.e., underproduction of negat ive reactivity feedback from power generation. | conservatism, i.e., underproduction of negat ive reactivity feedback from power generation. | ||
: 3. Minimum capability for injection of concentrated boric acid (which is bounding for higher boric acid concentrations) solution corresponding to the most restrictive single failure in | : 3. Minimum capability for injection of concentrated boric acid (which is bounding for higher boric acid concentrations) solution corresponding to the most restrictive single failure in | ||
the safety injection system. The emergency core cooling system consists of three systems: 1) the passive accumulators (at 2400 ppm for Unit 1; at 1900 ppm for Unit 2), | the safety injection system. The emergency core cooling system consists of three systems: 1) the passive accumulators (at 2400 ppm for Unit 1; at 1900 ppm for Unit 2), | ||
: 2) the residual heat removal system, and 3) the safety injection system (at 2000ppm). | : 2) the residual heat removal system, and 3) the safety injection system (at 2000ppm). | ||
Line 3,531: | Line 3,531: | ||
power available case for a total of 37 seconds. | power available case for a total of 37 seconds. | ||
WBN 15.4-35 4. Design value of the steam generator heat transfer coefficient including allowance for fouling factor. | WBN 15.4-35 4. Design value of the steam generator heat transfer coefficient including allowance for fouling factor. | ||
: 5. Since the steam generators are provided with integral flow restrictors with a 1.4 square foot throat area, any rupture with a break area greater than 1.4 square feet, regardless | : 5. Since the steam generators are provided with integral flow restrictors with a 1.4 square foot throat area, any rupture with a break area greater than 1.4 square feet, regardless | ||
Line 3,538: | Line 3,538: | ||
the 1.4 square foot break. The following cases have been considered in determining the | the 1.4 square foot break. The following cases have been considered in determining the | ||
core power and reactor coolant system transients: | core power and reactor coolant system transients: | ||
: a. Complete severance of a pipe, with the plant initially at no load conditions, full reactor coolant flow with offsite power available. | : a. Complete severance of a pipe, with the plant initially at no load conditions, full reactor coolant flow with offsite power available. | ||
: b. Case a above with loss of offsite power. Loss of offsite power results in coolant pump coastdown. | : b. Case a above with loss of offsite power. Loss of offsite power results in coolant pump coastdown. | ||
: 6. Power peaking factors corresponding to one stuck RCCA and nonuniform core inlet coolant temperatures are determined at end of core life. The coldest core inlet | : 6. Power peaking factors corresponding to one stuck RCCA and nonuniform core inlet coolant temperatures are determined at end of core life. The coldest core inlet | ||
Line 3,570: | Line 3,570: | ||
However, since the initial steam generator water inventory is greatest at no load, the magnitude and duration of the RCS cooldown are greater for steam line breaks | However, since the initial steam generator water inventory is greatest at no load, the magnitude and duration of the RCS cooldown are greater for steam line breaks | ||
occurring from no load conditions. | occurring from no load conditions. | ||
: 7. In computing the steam flow duri ng a steam line break, the Moody Curve | : 7. In computing the steam flow duri ng a steam line break, the Moody Curve | ||
[9] for fl/D = 0 is used. | [9] for fl/D = 0 is used. | ||
: 8. For Unit 1, a steam generator tube plugging level of 0% is conservatively assumed. For Unit 2, a steam generator tube plugging level of 10% is assumed. | : 8. For Unit 1, a steam generator tube plugging level of 0% is conservatively assumed. For Unit 2, a steam generator tube plugging level of 10% is assumed. | ||
Line 3,743: | Line 3,743: | ||
A feedline rupture reduces the ability to remove heat generated by the core from the reactor | A feedline rupture reduces the ability to remove heat generated by the core from the reactor | ||
coolant system because of the following reasons: | coolant system because of the following reasons: | ||
: 1. Feedwater to the steam generators is reduced. Since feedwater is subcooled, its loss may cause reactor coolant temperatures to increase prior to reactor trip. | : 1. Feedwater to the steam generators is reduced. Since feedwater is subcooled, its loss may cause reactor coolant temperatures to increase prior to reactor trip. | ||
: 2. Liquid in the steam generator may be discharged through the break, and would then not be available for decay heat removal after trip. | : 2. Liquid in the steam generator may be discharged through the break, and would then not be available for decay heat removal after trip. | ||
: 3. The break may be large enough to prevent the addition of any main feedwater after trip. | : 3. The break may be large enough to prevent the addition of any main feedwater after trip. | ||
An auxiliary feedwater system is provided to a ssure that adequate feedwater is available such that: | An auxiliary feedwater system is provided to a ssure that adequate feedwater is available such that: | ||
: 1. No substantial overpressurization of the reactor coolant system occurs; and | : 1. No substantial overpressurization of the reactor coolant system occurs; and | ||
: 2. Liquid in the reactor coolant system is sufficient to cover the reactor core at all times. | : 2. Liquid in the reactor coolant system is sufficient to cover the reactor core at all times. | ||
WBN 15.4-39 The following provides the necessary protection for a main feedwater rupture: | WBN 15.4-39 The following provides the necessary protection for a main feedwater rupture: | ||
: 1. A reactor trip on any of the following conditions: | : 1. A reactor trip on any of the following conditions: | ||
: a. High pressurizer pressure | : a. High pressurizer pressure | ||
: b. Overtemperature T | : b. Overtemperature T | ||
: c. Low-low steam generator water level in one or more steam generators | : c. Low-low steam generator water level in one or more steam generators | ||
: d. Safety injection signals from any of the following: | : d. Safety injection signals from any of the following: | ||
Line 3,763: | Line 3,763: | ||
ii) Low pressurizer pressure | ii) Low pressurizer pressure | ||
iii) High containment pressure | iii) High containment pressure | ||
: 2. An auxiliary feedwater system to provide an assured source of feedwater to the steam generators for decay heat removal. | : 2. An auxiliary feedwater system to provide an assured source of feedwater to the steam generators for decay heat removal. | ||
Line 3,798: | Line 3,798: | ||
ended rupture of the largest feedwater pipe at full power. Major assumptions used in the | ended rupture of the largest feedwater pipe at full power. Major assumptions used in the | ||
analysis are as follows: | analysis are as follows: | ||
: 1. For Unit 1, the unit is initially operating at a power level equivalent to 100.6% of the uprated NSSS power. For Unit 2, the unit is initially operating at full power including | : 1. For Unit 1, the unit is initially operating at a power level equivalent to 100.6% of the uprated NSSS power. For Unit 2, the unit is initially operating at full power including | ||
applicable uncertainty. | applicable uncertainty. | ||
: 2. Initial reactor coolant average temperature is 6.0ºF above the nominal value (bounds an instrument uncertainty of | : 2. Initial reactor coolant average temperature is 6.0ºF above the nominal value (bounds an instrument uncertainty of | ||
+/-5ºF and instrument bias of -1ºF), and the initial pressurizer pressure is 50 psi below its nominal value (bounds an instrument uncertainty of | +/-5ºF and instrument bias of -1ºF), and the initial pressurizer pressure is 50 psi below its nominal value (bounds an instrument uncertainty of | ||
+/-50 psi and instrument bias of -20 psi). | +/-50 psi and instrument bias of -20 psi). | ||
: 3. The pressurizer power-operated relief valves and the safety relief valves are assumed to function. No credit is taken for pressurizer spray. For Unit 1, the initial pressurizer level | : 3. The pressurizer power-operated relief valves and the safety relief valves are assumed to function. No credit is taken for pressurizer spray. For Unit 1, the initial pressurizer level | ||
is at the nominal programmed value (62% of span) plus 8% uncertainty. For Unit 2, the | is at the nominal programmed value (62% of span) plus 8% uncertainty. For Unit 2, the | ||
initial pressurizer level is at the nominal programmed value plus 8% uncertainty. | initial pressurizer level is at the nominal programmed value plus 8% uncertainty. | ||
: 4. No credit is taken for the following potential protection logic signals to mitigate the consequences of the accident: | : 4. No credit is taken for the following potential protection logic signals to mitigate the consequences of the accident: | ||
- High pressurizer pressure | - High pressurizer pressure | ||
- Overtemperature T - High pressurizer level | - Overtemperature T - High pressurizer level | ||
- High containment pressure | - High containment pressure | ||
: 5. Main feedwater to all steam generators is assumed to stop at the time the break occurs (all main feedwater spills out through the break). | : 5. Main feedwater to all steam generators is assumed to stop at the time the break occurs (all main feedwater spills out through the break). | ||
: 6. The initial blowdown quality from the affected steam generator is assumed to be 15% | : 6. The initial blowdown quality from the affected steam generator is assumed to be 15% | ||
due to effects as the inventory passes back through the preheater. At the time of reactor | due to effects as the inventory passes back through the preheater. At the time of reactor | ||
Line 3,825: | Line 3,825: | ||
blowdown, prior to the time of steamline isolation, is assumed to be saturated liquid | blowdown, prior to the time of steamline isolation, is assumed to be saturated liquid | ||
(100% quality). | (100% quality). | ||
: 7. For Unit 1, no credit is taken for the low-low water level trip on the affected steam generator until the steam generator level reaches the low-low steam generator water | : 7. For Unit 1, no credit is taken for the low-low water level trip on the affected steam generator until the steam generator level reaches the low-low steam generator water | ||
Line 3,841: | Line 3,841: | ||
coolant. | coolant. | ||
WBN 15.4-41 8. A double-ended break area of 1.118 ft 2 for Unit 1 and of 0.223 ft2 for Unit 2 is assumed. | WBN 15.4-41 8. A double-ended break area of 1.118 ft 2 for Unit 1 and of 0.223 ft2 for Unit 2 is assumed. | ||
: 9. No credit is taken for heat energy deposited in reactor coolant system metal during the RCS heatup. | : 9. No credit is taken for heat energy deposited in reactor coolant system metal during the RCS heatup. | ||
: 10. No credit is taken for charging or letdown. | : 10. No credit is taken for charging or letdown. | ||
: 11. Steam generator heat transfer area is assumed to decrease as the shellside liquid inventory decreases. | : 11. Steam generator heat transfer area is assumed to decrease as the shellside liquid inventory decreases. | ||
: 12. The core residual heat generation is based on the 1979 version of ANS 5.1 [Ref. 33] | : 12. The core residual heat generation is based on the 1979 version of ANS 5.1 [Ref. 33] | ||
based upon long term operation at the initial power level. The decay of U-238 capture | based upon long term operation at the initial power level. The decay of U-238 capture | ||
products is included as an integral part of this expression. | products is included as an integral part of this expression. | ||
: 13. The auxiliary feedwater is actuated by the low-low steam generator water level signal. | : 13. The auxiliary feedwater is actuated by the low-low steam generator water level signal. | ||
The analysis addresses either TDAFWP failure with and without offsite power or | The analysis addresses either TDAFWP failure with and without offsite power or | ||
MDAFWP failure with and without offsite power. The assumptions for the limiting case (MDAFWP failure) are as follows: | MDAFWP failure with and without offsite power. The assumptions for the limiting case (MDAFWP failure) are as follows: | ||
: a. The motor driven pump which feeds two intact steam generators is assumed to fail. | : a. The motor driven pump which feeds two intact steam generators is assumed to fail. | ||
: b. After steamline isolation, all flow from all pumps is initially assumed "lost" to the faulted steam generator. After the faulted steam generator pressure drops below | : b. After steamline isolation, all flow from all pumps is initially assumed "lost" to the faulted steam generator. After the faulted steam generator pressure drops below | ||
360 psig, a valve automatically restrict s MD pump flow to the faulted steam | 360 psig, a valve automatically restrict s MD pump flow to the faulted steam | ||
generator, thus allowing some delivery (assumed to be 60 gpm) to an intact loop. | generator, thus allowing some delivery (assumed to be 60 gpm) to an intact loop. | ||
: c. Operator action to isolate the affected steam generator is assumed to occur no later than 12 minutes from the time of the first low steam generator level signal. | : c. Operator action to isolate the affected steam generator is assumed to occur no later than 12 minutes from the time of the first low steam generator level signal. | ||
: d. After isolation of the faulted steam generator, the TDAFWP supplies flow to the 3 remaining steam generators while the operating MD pump supplies flow to 1 | : d. After isolation of the faulted steam generator, the TDAFWP supplies flow to the 3 remaining steam generators while the operating MD pump supplies flow to 1 | ||
Line 3,866: | Line 3,866: | ||
A 60 second delay was assumed following the low-low steam generator water level signal to allow time for startup of the emergency diesel generators and the auxiliary | A 60 second delay was assumed following the low-low steam generator water level signal to allow time for startup of the emergency diesel generators and the auxiliary | ||
feedwater pumps. | feedwater pumps. | ||
: 14. Both maximum and minimum reactivity feedback cases are analyzed for both the TDAFWP and MDAFWP failure cases. | : 14. Both maximum and minimum reactivity feedback cases are analyzed for both the TDAFWP and MDAFWP failure cases. | ||
Line 3,979: | Line 3,979: | ||
Assuming normal operation of the various plant control systems, the following sequence of | Assuming normal operation of the various plant control systems, the following sequence of | ||
events is initiated by a tube rupture: | events is initiated by a tube rupture: | ||
: 1. Pressurizer low pressure and low level alarms are actuated and charging pump flow increases in an attempt to maintain pressurizer level. On the secondary side there is a | : 1. Pressurizer low pressure and low level alarms are actuated and charging pump flow increases in an attempt to maintain pressurizer level. On the secondary side there is a | ||
Line 3,986: | Line 3,986: | ||
generator is reduced due to the additional break flow which is now being supplied to that | generator is reduced due to the additional break flow which is now being supplied to that | ||
steam generator from the primary side. | steam generator from the primary side. | ||
: 2. Continued loss of reactor coolant inventory leads to a reactor trip signal generated by low pressurizer pressure or by overtemperature T. Resultant plant cooldown following reactor trip leads to a rapid change of pressurizer level, and the safety injection signal, initiated by low-low pressurizer pressure, follows soon after the reactor trip. The safety | : 2. Continued loss of reactor coolant inventory leads to a reactor trip signal generated by low pressurizer pressure or by overtemperature T. Resultant plant cooldown following reactor trip leads to a rapid change of pressurizer level, and the safety injection signal, initiated by low-low pressurizer pressure, follows soon after the reactor trip. The safety | ||
injection signal automatically terminates normal feedwater supply and initiates auxiliary feedwater addition. | injection signal automatically terminates normal feedwater supply and initiates auxiliary feedwater addition. | ||
: 3. The steam generator blowdown liquid monitor, the condenser vacuum exhaust radiation monitor and/or main steamline radiation monitor will alarm, indicating a sharp increase in | : 3. The steam generator blowdown liquid monitor, the condenser vacuum exhaust radiation monitor and/or main steamline radiation monitor will alarm, indicating a sharp increase in | ||
Line 4,002: | Line 4,002: | ||
steam discharge to the atmosphere through the steam generator power operated relief | steam discharge to the atmosphere through the steam generator power operated relief | ||
valves (and safety valves if their setpoint is reached). | valves (and safety valves if their setpoint is reached). | ||
: 5. Following reactor trip, the continued action of auxiliary feedwater supply and borated safety injection flow (supplied from the refueling water storage tank) provide a heat sink | : 5. Following reactor trip, the continued action of auxiliary feedwater supply and borated safety injection flow (supplied from the refueling water storage tank) provide a heat sink | ||
which absorbs some of the decay heat. This reduces the amount of steam bypass to the | which absorbs some of the decay heat. This reduces the amount of steam bypass to the | ||
condenser, or in the case of loss of offsite power, steam relief to atmosphere. | condenser, or in the case of loss of offsite power, steam relief to atmosphere. | ||
: 6. Safety injection flow results in increasing RCS pressure and pressurizer water level, and the RCS pressure trends toward an equilibrium value where the safety injection flow rate | : 6. Safety injection flow results in increasing RCS pressure and pressurizer water level, and the RCS pressure trends toward an equilibrium value where the safety injection flow rate | ||
Line 4,018: | Line 4,018: | ||
operator actions for SGTR recovery are provi ded in the plant Emergency Operating Procedures. | operator actions for SGTR recovery are provi ded in the plant Emergency Operating Procedures. | ||
Operator actions are described below. | Operator actions are described below. | ||
: l. Identify the ruptured steam generator. | : l. Identify the ruptured steam generator. | ||
Line 4,036: | Line 4,036: | ||
This response, as displayed by the steam generator water level instrumentation, provides confirmation of an SGTR event and also | This response, as displayed by the steam generator water level instrumentation, provides confirmation of an SGTR event and also | ||
identifies the ruptured steam generator. | identifies the ruptured steam generator. | ||
: 2. Isolate the ruptured steam generator from the intact steam generators and isolate feedwater to the ruptured steam generator. | : 2. Isolate the ruptured steam generator from the intact steam generators and isolate feedwater to the ruptured steam generator. | ||
Line 4,058: | Line 4,058: | ||
However, if offsite power is lost, the RCS is cooled using the steam generator power | However, if offsite power is lost, the RCS is cooled using the steam generator power | ||
operated relief valves to release steam from the intact steam generators. | operated relief valves to release steam from the intact steam generators. | ||
: 4. Depressurize the RCS to restore reactor coolant inventory. | : 4. Depressurize the RCS to restore reactor coolant inventory. | ||
Line 4,083: | Line 4,083: | ||
reason, normal pressurizer spray is not available. In this event, RCS depressurization | reason, normal pressurizer spray is not available. In this event, RCS depressurization | ||
can be performed using the pressurizer power operated relief valve or auxiliary pressurizer spray. | can be performed using the pressurizer power operated relief valve or auxiliary pressurizer spray. | ||
: 5. Terminate safety injection to stop primary to secondary break flow. | : 5. Terminate safety injection to stop primary to secondary break flow. | ||
Line 4,276: | Line 4,276: | ||
assumed to fail open. | assumed to fail open. | ||
Major Operator Actions | Major Operator Actions | ||
: 1. Identify and Isolate the Ruptured Steam Generator | : 1. Identify and Isolate the Ruptured Steam Generator | ||
Line 4,341: | Line 4,341: | ||
the depressurization of the ruptured steam generator is terminated, the pressure begins | the depressurization of the ruptured steam generator is terminated, the pressure begins | ||
to increase as shown in Figure 15.4-97c. | to increase as shown in Figure 15.4-97c. | ||
: 2. Cool Down the RCS to establish Subcooling Margin | : 2. Cool Down the RCS to establish Subcooling Margin | ||
Line 4,370: | Line 4,370: | ||
decrease during this cooldown process due to shrinkage of the reactor coolant, as | decrease during this cooldown process due to shrinkage of the reactor coolant, as | ||
shown in Figures 15-4-97a and 15.4-97b. | shown in Figures 15-4-97a and 15.4-97b. | ||
: 3. Depressurize RCS to Restore Inventory | : 3. Depressurize RCS to Restore Inventory | ||
Line 4,725: | Line 4,725: | ||
reaction) are also summarized in Table 15.4-10. | reaction) are also summarized in Table 15.4-10. | ||
15.4.4.3 Conclusions | 15.4.4.3 Conclusions | ||
: 1. Since the peak reactor coolant system pressure reached during any of the transients is less than that which cause stresses to exceed the faulted condition stress limits, the | : 1. Since the peak reactor coolant system pressure reached during any of the transients is less than that which cause stresses to exceed the faulted condition stress limits, the | ||
integrity of the primary coolant system is not endangered. | integrity of the primary coolant system is not endangered. | ||
: 2. Since the peak clad surface temperature calculated for the hot spot during the worst transient remains considerably less than 2700ºF, and the amount of zirconium-water | : 2. Since the peak clad surface temperature calculated for the hot spot during the worst transient remains considerably less than 2700ºF, and the amount of zirconium-water | ||
Line 4,783: | Line 4,783: | ||
procedures intended to preclude the possibility of a RCCA drive mechanism housing failure are | procedures intended to preclude the possibility of a RCCA drive mechanism housing failure are | ||
listed below: | listed below: | ||
: 1. Each full length control rod drive mechanism housing was completely assembled and shop tested at 4100 psi. | : 1. Each full length control rod drive mechanism housing was completely assembled and shop tested at 4100 psi. | ||
: 2. The mechanism housings were individually hydrotested after being attached to the head adapters in the reactor vessel head, and checked during the hydrotest of the completed | : 2. The mechanism housings were individually hydrotested after being attached to the head adapters in the reactor vessel head, and checked during the hydrotest of the completed | ||
reactor coolant system. | reactor coolant system. | ||
: 3. Stress levels in the mechanism are not affected by anticipated system transients at power, or by the thermal movement of the coolant loops. Moments by the design | : 3. Stress levels in the mechanism are not affected by anticipated system transients at power, or by the thermal movement of the coolant loops. Moments by the design | ||
earthquake are acceptable within the allowable primary working stress range specified | earthquake are acceptable within the allowable primary working stress range specified | ||
by the ASME Code, Section III, for Class 1 components. | by the ASME Code, Section III, for Class 1 components. | ||
: 4. The latch mechanism housing and rod travel housing are each a single length of forged Type-304 stainless steel. This material exhibits excellent notch toughness at all | : 4. The latch mechanism housing and rod travel housing are each a single length of forged Type-304 stainless steel. This material exhibits excellent notch toughness at all | ||
Line 4,947: | Line 4,947: | ||
possibility of fuel dispersal in the coolant, gross lattice distortion, or severe shock waves. These | possibility of fuel dispersal in the coolant, gross lattice distortion, or severe shock waves. These | ||
criteria are: | criteria are: | ||
: 1. Average fuel pellet enthalpy at the hot spot to be below 225 cal/gm for unirradiated fuel and 200 cal/gm for irradiated fuel. | : 1. Average fuel pellet enthalpy at the hot spot to be below 225 cal/gm for unirradiated fuel and 200 cal/gm for irradiated fuel. | ||
: 2. Peak reactor coolant pressure less than that which would cause stresses to exceed the faulted condition stress limits. This criteria is generically addressed in Reference [16]. | : 2. Peak reactor coolant pressure less than that which would cause stresses to exceed the faulted condition stress limits. This criteria is generically addressed in Reference [16]. | ||
: 3. Fuel melting will be limited to less than the innermost 10% of the fuel pellet at the hot spot even if the average fuel pellet enthalpy at the hot spot is below the limits of criterion | : 3. Fuel melting will be limited to less than the innermost 10% of the fuel pellet at the hot spot even if the average fuel pellet enthalpy at the hot spot is below the limits of criterion | ||
Line 5,267: | Line 5,267: | ||
Following reactor trip, requirements for operator action and protection system operation are similar to those presented in the analysis of a small loss of coolant event described in Section 15.3.1. | Following reactor trip, requirements for operator action and protection system operation are similar to those presented in the analysis of a small loss of coolant event described in Section 15.3.1. | ||
REFERENCES | REFERENCES | ||
: 1. Bordelon, F. M., Massie, H. W., and Zordan, T. A., "Westinghouse ECCS Evaluation Model - Summary," WCAP-8339 (Nonproprietary), July 1974. (Unit 1 only) | : 1. Bordelon, F. M., Massie, H. W., and Zordan, T. A., "Westinghouse ECCS Evaluation Model - Summary," WCAP-8339 (Nonproprietary), July 1974. (Unit 1 only) | ||
: 2. Deleted by UFSAR Amendment 2. | : 2. Deleted by UFSAR Amendment 2. | ||
: 3. Deleted by UFSAR Amendment 2. | : 3. Deleted by UFSAR Amendment 2. | ||
: 4. Deleted by UFSAR Amendment 2 | : 4. Deleted by UFSAR Amendment 2 | ||
Line 5,277: | Line 5,277: | ||
5b. Hsieh, T., and Raymund, M., "Long Term Ice Condenser Transient Analysis (LOTIC II)," WCAP-8355 Supplement 1, May 1975 and WCAP-8354 (Proprietary), July 1974. (Unit 2 | 5b. Hsieh, T., and Raymund, M., "Long Term Ice Condenser Transient Analysis (LOTIC II)," WCAP-8355 Supplement 1, May 1975 and WCAP-8354 (Proprietary), July 1974. (Unit 2 | ||
only) | only) | ||
: 6. Deleted by UFSAR Amendment 2. | : 6. Deleted by UFSAR Amendment 2. | ||
WBN 15.4-66 7. Deleted in initial UFSAR. | WBN 15.4-66 7. Deleted in initial UFSAR. | ||
: 8. Deleted in initial UFSAR. | : 8. Deleted in initial UFSAR. | ||
: 9. Moody, F. S., "Transactions of the ASME, Journal of Heat Transfer," Figure 3, Page 134, February 1965. (Units 1 and 2) | : 9. Moody, F. S., "Transactions of the ASME, Journal of Heat Transfer," Figure 3, Page 134, February 1965. (Units 1 and 2) | ||
: 10. Deleted in initial UFSAR. | : 10. Deleted in initial UFSAR. | ||
: 11. Burnett, T. W. T., et. al., "LOFTRAN Code Description," WCAP-7907-P-A (proprietary) and WCAP-7907-A (non-proprietary), April 1984. (Units 1 and 2) | : 11. Burnett, T. W. T., et. al., "LOFTRAN Code Description," WCAP-7907-P-A (proprietary) and WCAP-7907-A (non-proprietary), April 1984. (Units 1 and 2) | ||
: 12. Hunin, C., "FACTRAN, A FORTRAN IV Code for Thermal Transients in a UO 2 Fuel Rod," WCAP-7908, July 1972. (Units 1 and 2) | : 12. Hunin, C., "FACTRAN, A FORTRAN IV Code for Thermal Transients in a UO 2 Fuel Rod," WCAP-7908, July 1972. (Units 1 and 2) | ||
: 13. Liimataninen, R. C. and Testa, F. J., "Studies in TREAT of Zircaloy-2-Clad, UO 2-Core Simulated Fuel Elements," ANL-7225, January - June 1966, p. 177, November 1966. | : 13. Liimataninen, R. C. and Testa, F. J., "Studies in TREAT of Zircaloy-2-Clad, UO 2-Core Simulated Fuel Elements," ANL-7225, January - June 1966, p. 177, November 1966. | ||
(Units 1 and 2) | (Units 1 and 2) | ||
: 14. Burnett, T. W. T, "Reactor Protection System Diversity in Westinghouse Pressurized Water Reactors," WCAP-7306, April 1969. (Units 1 and 2) | : 14. Burnett, T. W. T, "Reactor Protection System Diversity in Westinghouse Pressurized Water Reactors," WCAP-7306, April 1969. (Units 1 and 2) | ||
: 15. Taxelius, T. G., "Annual Report - Spert Project, October 1968, September 1968," Idaho Nuclear Corporation IN-1370, June 1970. (Units 1 and 2) | : 15. Taxelius, T. G., "Annual Report - Spert Project, October 1968, September 1968," Idaho Nuclear Corporation IN-1370, June 1970. (Units 1 and 2) | ||
: 16. Risher, D. H., Jr., "An Evaluation of the Rod Ejection Accident in Westinghouse Pressurized Water Reactors Using Spatial Kinetics Methods," WCAP-7588, Revision | : 16. Risher, D. H., Jr., "An Evaluation of the Rod Ejection Accident in Westinghouse Pressurized Water Reactors Using Spatial Kinetics Methods," WCAP-7588, Revision | ||
1-A, January 1975. (Units 1 and 2) | 1-A, January 1975. (Units 1 and 2) | ||
: 17. Barry, R. F., and Risher, D. H., Jr., "TWINKLE - A Multi-Dimensional Neutron Kinetics Computer Code," WCAP-7979-P-A, January 1975 (Proprietary) and WCAP-8208-A, January 1975 (Non-Proprietary). (Units 1 and 2) | : 17. Barry, R. F., and Risher, D. H., Jr., "TWINKLE - A Multi-Dimensional Neutron Kinetics Computer Code," WCAP-7979-P-A, January 1975 (Proprietary) and WCAP-8208-A, January 1975 (Non-Proprietary). (Units 1 and 2) | ||
: 18. Deleted in initial UFSAR. | : 18. Deleted in initial UFSAR. | ||
: 19. Bishop, A. A., et al., "Forced Convection Heat Transfer at High Pressure After the Critical Heat Flux," ASME 65-HT-31, August 1965. (Units 1 and 2) | : 19. Bishop, A. A., et al., "Forced Convection Heat Transfer at High Pressure After the Critical Heat Flux," ASME 65-HT-31, August 1965. (Units 1 and 2) | ||
: 20. Anderson, F. D., et al., "Calculation of Distance Factors for Power and Test Reactor Sites," TID-14844, March 1962. (Unit 1) | : 20. Anderson, F. D., et al., "Calculation of Distance Factors for Power and Test Reactor Sites," TID-14844, March 1962. (Unit 1) | ||
: 21. Branch Technical Position CSB 6-2, "Control of Combustible Gas Concentrations in Containment Following a Loss-of Coolant Accident." (Unit 1) | : 21. Branch Technical Position CSB 6-2, "Control of Combustible Gas Concentrations in Containment Following a Loss-of Coolant Accident." (Unit 1) | ||
: 22. Cottrell, W. B., "ORNL Nuclear Safety Research and Development Program Bi-Monthly Report for July - August 1968," ORNL-TM-2368, November 1968. (Unit 1) | : 22. Cottrell, W. B., "ORNL Nuclear Safety Research and Development Program Bi-Monthly Report for July - August 1968," ORNL-TM-2368, November 1968. (Unit 1) | ||
WBN 15.4-67 23. Cottrell, W. B., "ORNL Nuclear Safety Research and Development Program Bi-Monthly Report for September - October 1968," ORNL-TM-2425, p. 53, January 1969. (Unit 1) | WBN 15.4-67 23. Cottrell, W. B., "ORNL Nuclear Safety Research and Development Program Bi-Monthly Report for September - October 1968," ORNL-TM-2425, p. 53, January 1969. (Unit 1) | ||
: 24. Bell, M. J, et al., "Post-LOCA Hydrogen Generation in PWR Containments," Nuclear Technology 10, 420-422, (1971). (Unit 1) | : 24. Bell, M. J, et al., "Post-LOCA Hydrogen Generation in PWR Containments," Nuclear Technology 10, 420-422, (1971). (Unit 1) | ||
: 25. American Nuclear Society Standary ANSI/ANS-5.1-1979, "Decay Heat Power in Light-Water Reactors," August 29, 1979. (Unit 1) | : 25. American Nuclear Society Standary ANSI/ANS-5.1-1979, "Decay Heat Power in Light-Water Reactors," August 29, 1979. (Unit 1) | ||
: 26. Row, T. H., and Zittel, H. E., "Radiation and Thermal Stability of Spray Solutions," Nuclear Technology 10, 436-443, (1971). (Unit 1) | : 26. Row, T. H., and Zittel, H. E., "Radiation and Thermal Stability of Spray Solutions," Nuclear Technology 10, 436-443, (1971). (Unit 1) | ||
: 27. Allen, A. O., "The Radiation Chemistry of Water and Aqueous Solutions," Princeton, N. | : 27. Allen, A. O., "The Radiation Chemistry of Water and Aqueous Solutions," Princeton, N. | ||
J., Van Nostrand, 1961. (Unit 1) | J., Van Nostrand, 1961. (Unit 1) | ||
: 28. Deleted in initial UFSAR. | : 28. Deleted in initial UFSAR. | ||
: 29. Deleted in initial UFSAR. | : 29. Deleted in initial UFSAR. | ||
: 30. C. W. Stewart, et al., "VIPRE-01: A Thermal-Hydraulic Code for Reactor Cores," | : 30. C. W. Stewart, et al., "VIPRE-01: A Thermal-Hydraulic Code for Reactor Cores," | ||
Volume 1-3 (Revision 3, August 1989), Volume 4 (April 1987), NP-2511-CCM-A, EPRI. | Volume 1-3 (Revision 3, August 1989), Volume 4 (April 1987), NP-2511-CCM-A, EPRI. | ||
: 31. Deleted in initial UFSAR. (Units 1 and 2) | : 31. Deleted in initial UFSAR. (Units 1 and 2) | ||
: 32. USNRC Regulatory Guide 1.7, Revision 2, November 1978, "Control of Combustible Gas Concentrations in Containment Following a Loss of Coolant Accident". (Unit 1) | : 32. USNRC Regulatory Guide 1.7, Revision 2, November 1978, "Control of Combustible Gas Concentrations in Containment Following a Loss of Coolant Accident". (Unit 1) | ||
: 33. "American National Standard for Decay Heat Power in Light Water Reactors," ANSI/ANS-5.1-1979, August 1979. (Units 1 and 2) | : 33. "American National Standard for Decay Heat Power in Light Water Reactors," ANSI/ANS-5.1-1979, August 1979. (Units 1 and 2) | ||
: 34. Rupprecht, S. D, et. al., "Westinghouse Small Break LOCA ECCS Evaluation Model Generic Study with the NOTRUMP Code," WCAP-11145-P-A (Proprietary), WCAP- | : 34. Rupprecht, S. D, et. al., "Westinghouse Small Break LOCA ECCS Evaluation Model Generic Study with the NOTRUMP Code," WCAP-11145-P-A (Proprietary), WCAP- | ||
11372 (Non-Proprietary), October 1986. | 11372 (Non-Proprietary), October 1986. | ||
: 35. U.S. Nuclear Regulatory Commission, Code Federal Regulations, Title 10 - Energy, Chapter 1, Part 50, Section 50.46(c), "Acceptance Criteria for Emergency Core Cooling | : 35. U.S. Nuclear Regulatory Commission, Code Federal Regulations, Title 10 - Energy, Chapter 1, Part 50, Section 50.46(c), "Acceptance Criteria for Emergency Core Cooling | ||
Systems for Light Water Nuclear Power Reactors," as amended through the Federal | Systems for Light Water Nuclear Power Reactors," as amended through the Federal | ||
Register, V53, N180, pp. 35996 - 36005, September 16, 1988. (Units 1 and 2) | Register, V53, N180, pp. 35996 - 36005, September 16, 1988. (Units 1 and 2) | ||
: 36. Deleted by UFSAR Amendment 2. (Unit 1 Only) and "Westinghouse Methodology for Implementation of 10 CFR 50.46 Reporting", WCAP-13451 October 1992." (Unit 2 Only) | : 36. Deleted by UFSAR Amendment 2. (Unit 1 Only) and "Westinghouse Methodology for Implementation of 10 CFR 50.46 Reporting", WCAP-13451 October 1992." (Unit 2 Only) | ||
: 37. Devault, R. M., Smith, J. D., and Studer , P. G., "MONSTER - A Multi-Compartment Containment System Analysis Program Us er Manual," System I.D. 262303, March 1993. (Units 1 and 2) | : 37. Devault, R. M., Smith, J. D., and Studer , P. G., "MONSTER - A Multi-Compartment Containment System Analysis Program Us er Manual," System I.D. 262303, March 1993. (Units 1 and 2) | ||
WBN 15.4-68 38. Deleted by UFSAR Amendment 6. | WBN 15.4-68 38. Deleted by UFSAR Amendment 6. | ||
: 39. Letter from Walsh, L. A., Westinghouse Owners Group, to Jones, R. C., | : 39. Letter from Walsh, L. A., Westinghouse Owners Group, to Jones, R. C., | ||
U.S. Nuclear Regulatory Commission, "Steam Generator Tube Uncovery Issue," OG 25, March 1992. (Units 1 and 2) | U.S. Nuclear Regulatory Commission, "Steam Generator Tube Uncovery Issue," OG 25, March 1992. (Units 1 and 2) | ||
: 40. "Report on the Methodology for the Resolution of the Steam Generator Tube Uncovery Issue," WCAP-13247 (Proprietary), March 1992. (Units 1 and 2) | : 40. "Report on the Methodology for the Resolution of the Steam Generator Tube Uncovery Issue," WCAP-13247 (Proprietary), March 1992. (Units 1 and 2) | ||
: 41. Letter from Jones, R. C., U.S. Nuclear Regulatory Commission, to Walsh, L. A., Westinghouse Owners Group, "Steam Generator Tube Uncovery Issue," March 10, 1993. (Units 1 and 2) | : 41. Letter from Jones, R. C., U.S. Nuclear Regulatory Commission, to Walsh, L. A., Westinghouse Owners Group, "Steam Generator Tube Uncovery Issue," March 10, 1993. (Units 1 and 2) | ||
: 42. Watts Bar "Design Basis Events Design Criteria", Document WB-DC-40-64. (Units 1 and | : 42. Watts Bar "Design Basis Events Design Criteria", Document WB-DC-40-64. (Units 1 and | ||
: 2) | : 2) | ||
: 43. "Criticality Analysis Summary Report For the Watts Bar Nuclear Plant," Document Number PFE-R07, Tennessee Valley Authority Nuclear Fuels Department (L38961015802). (Units 1 and 2) | : 43. "Criticality Analysis Summary Report For the Watts Bar Nuclear Plant," Document Number PFE-R07, Tennessee Valley Authority Nuclear Fuels Department (L38961015802). (Units 1 and 2) | ||
: 44. USNRC Regulatory Guide 1.157, "Best-Esti mate Calculations of Emergency Core Cooling System Performances," May 1989. (Units 1 and 2) | : 44. USNRC Regulatory Guide 1.157, "Best-Esti mate Calculations of Emergency Core Cooling System Performances," May 1989. (Units 1 and 2) | ||
: 45. Boyack, B., et al., 1989, "Qualifying Reactor Safety Margins: Application of Code Scaling Applicability and Uncertainty (CSAU) Evaluation Methodology to a Large Break | : 45. Boyack, B., et al., 1989, "Qualifying Reactor Safety Margins: Application of Code Scaling Applicability and Uncertainty (CSAU) Evaluation Methodology to a Large Break | ||
Loss-of-Coolant-Accident," NUREG/CR-5249. (Units 1 and 2) | Loss-of-Coolant-Accident," NUREG/CR-5249. (Units 1 and 2) | ||
: 46. "Code Qualification Document for Best Estimate Loss of Coolant Accident Analysis," | : 46. "Code Qualification Document for Best Estimate Loss of Coolant Accident Analysis," | ||
WCAP-12945-P-A, Volume I (Revision 2) and Volumes 2 through 5 (Revision 1), March | WCAP-12945-P-A, Volume I (Revision 2) and Volumes 2 through 5 (Revision 1), March | ||
1998 (Westinghouse Proprietary). (Units 1 and 2) | 1998 (Westinghouse Proprietary). (Units 1 and 2) | ||
: 47. "Best Estimate Analysis of the Large Break Loss of Coolant Accident for the Watts Bar Nuclear Plant," WCAP-14839-P Revision 1, June 1998. (Units 1 and 2) | : 47. "Best Estimate Analysis of the Large Break Loss of Coolant Accident for the Watts Bar Nuclear Plant," WCAP-14839-P Revision 1, June 1998. (Units 1 and 2) | ||
: 48. Letter from W. J. Johnson of Westinghouse to R. C. Jones of the NRC, "Use of 2700ºF PCT Acceptance Limit in Non-LOCA Accidents," NS-NRC-89-3466, October 1989. | : 48. Letter from W. J. Johnson of Westinghouse to R. C. Jones of the NRC, "Use of 2700ºF PCT Acceptance Limit in Non-LOCA Accidents," NS-NRC-89-3466, October 1989. | ||
(Units 1 and 2) | (Units 1 and 2) | ||
: 49. "Realistic Large-Break LOCA Evaluation Methodology Using the Automated Statistical Treatment of Uncertainty Method (ASTRUM)", WCAP-16009-P-A, January 2005 (Westinghouse Proprietary) (Unit 2 Only) | : 49. "Realistic Large-Break LOCA Evaluation Methodology Using the Automated Statistical Treatment of Uncertainty Method (ASTRUM)", WCAP-16009-P-A, January 2005 (Westinghouse Proprietary) (Unit 2 Only) | ||
: 50. "Emergency Core Cooling System Analysis Methods", SECY-83-472, Information Report from W. J. Dircks to the Commissioners, November 17.1983. (Unit 2 Only) | : 50. "Emergency Core Cooling System Analysis Methods", SECY-83-472, Information Report from W. J. Dircks to the Commissioners, November 17.1983. (Unit 2 Only) | ||
: 51. "Westinghouse Improved Performance Anal ysis and Design Model (PAD 4.0),"WCAP-15063-P-A, Revision 1 with Errata (Proprietary), July 2000. (Unit 2 Only) | : 51. "Westinghouse Improved Performance Anal ysis and Design Model (PAD 4.0),"WCAP-15063-P-A, Revision 1 with Errata (Proprietary), July 2000. (Unit 2 Only) | ||
Line 5,387: | Line 5,387: | ||
[2] The parameters used for each of these analyses are listed in Table 15.5-3. | [2] The parameters used for each of these analyses are listed in Table 15.5-3. | ||
The assumptions for the Regulatory Guide analysis are: | The assumptions for the Regulatory Guide analysis are: | ||
: 1. The reactor has been operating at full power with 1% defective fuel for the RG 1.24 analysis. | : 1. The reactor has been operating at full power with 1% defective fuel for the RG 1.24 analysis. | ||
: 2. The maximum content of the decay tank assumed to fail is used for the purpose of computing the noble gas inventory in the tank. Radiological decay is taken into account | : 2. The maximum content of the decay tank assumed to fail is used for the purpose of computing the noble gas inventory in the tank. Radiological decay is taken into account | ||
Line 5,396: | Line 5,396: | ||
analysis, source terms are based on ANSI/ANS-18.1-1984 methodology. | analysis, source terms are based on ANSI/ANS-18.1-1984 methodology. | ||
[14] | [14] | ||
: 3. The tank rupture is assumed to occur immediately upon completion of the waste gas transfer, releasing the entire contents of the tank through the Auxiliary Building vent to the | : 3. The tank rupture is assumed to occur immediately upon completion of the waste gas transfer, releasing the entire contents of the tank through the Auxiliary Building vent to the | ||
Line 5,411: | Line 5,411: | ||
the gas decay tank rupture at the exclusion area boundary and low population zone are | the gas decay tank rupture at the exclusion area boundary and low population zone are | ||
given in Table 15.5-5 for both the realistic and Regulatory Guide 1.24 analyses. | given in Table 15.5-5 for both the realistic and Regulatory Guide 1.24 analyses. | ||
: 5. The whole body, beta, and thyroid doses to control room personnel from the radiation sources discussed above are presented in Table 15.5-5. The doses are calculated by the | : 5. The whole body, beta, and thyroid doses to control room personnel from the radiation sources discussed above are presented in Table 15.5-5. The doses are calculated by the | ||
Line 5,487: | Line 5,487: | ||
radioactive decay), (2) flow out of the component to other components, and (3) removal from the | radioactive decay), (2) flow out of the component to other components, and (3) removal from the | ||
system. Thus, the loss rate from component j for material i can be expressed as: | system. Thus, the loss rate from component j for material i can be expressed as: | ||
()ij()()(t) = + (t) +iijij t23 (4) where i is the removal rate inside the component due to radioactive decay (neither time nor component dependent), )t(f);t(f)t(jjijjjij njjj)2(ij= is the transfer coefficient of material i from component j to jj, and | |||
()t)3(ij is the removal from the system. | |||
A computer program Source Transport Program (STP) has been developed to solve equation (1) for each isotope and for two halogen forms (i.e., elemental and or organic). From this, the | A computer program Source Transport Program (STP) has been developed to solve equation (1) for each isotope and for two halogen forms (i.e., elemental and or organic). From this, the | ||
Line 5,550: | Line 5,550: | ||
loss-of-coolant accident. | loss-of-coolant accident. | ||
[4] | [4] | ||
With respect to iodine removal by the ice condenser, the following assumptions were made: | With respect to iodine removal by the ice condenser, the following assumptions were made: | ||
: 1. The ice condenser is only effective in removing airborne elemental and particulate iodine from the containment atmosphere. | : 1. The ice condenser is only effective in removing airborne elemental and particulate iodine from the containment atmosphere. | ||
: 2. The ice condenser is modeled as a time dependent removal process. | : 2. The ice condenser is modeled as a time dependent removal process. | ||
: 3. The ice condenser is no longer effective in removing iodine after all of the ice has been melted using the most conservative assumptions. | : 3. The ice condenser is no longer effective in removing iodine after all of the ice has been melted using the most conservative assumptions. | ||
Line 5,878: | Line 5,878: | ||
control room via the ventilation system. In addition, personnel are exposed to direct gamma | control room via the ventilation system. In addition, personnel are exposed to direct gamma | ||
radiation penetrating the control room walls, floor, and roof from: | radiation penetrating the control room walls, floor, and roof from: | ||
: 1. Radioactivity within the primary containment atmosphere | : 1. Radioactivity within the primary containment atmosphere | ||
: 2. Radioactivity released from containment which may have entered adjacent structures | : 2. Radioactivity released from containment which may have entered adjacent structures | ||
: 3. Radioactivity released from containment which passes above the control room roof | : 3. Radioactivity released from containment which passes above the control room roof | ||
Line 5,949: | Line 5,949: | ||
interval as described below. Solving equations (1), (2), and (3) yields: | interval as described below. Solving equations (1), (2), and (3) yields: | ||
(4) ) | |||
e-eL(-)e-(1 V W L R+)e-(1)K-(1 L x V W C)K-)(1 K-(1 = C(t)t W-t W-t W-n c t W-2 m o 2 1 m n n m Where: | e-eL(-)e-(1 V W L R+)e-(1)K-(1 L x V W C)K-)(1 K-(1 = C(t)t W-t W-t W-n c t W-2 m o 2 1 m n n m Where: | ||
m c W = (L + R + V)V n W = (L + V)V WBN 15.5-15 The value of C o used in equation (4) is determined as follows: | m c W = (L + R + V)V n W = (L + V)V WBN 15.5-15 The value of C o used in equation (4) is determined as follows: | ||
Line 6,096: | Line 6,096: | ||
during ingress from and egress to the exclusion area boundary. The doses due to ingress and | during ingress from and egress to the exclusion area boundary. The doses due to ingress and | ||
egress were computed based on the following assumptions: | egress were computed based on the following assumptions: | ||
: 1. Five minutes are required to leave the control room and arrive at car or vice versa. | : 1. Five minutes are required to leave the control room and arrive at car or vice versa. | ||
: 2. The distance traveled on the access road to the site exclusion boundary is estimated to be 1500 meters. The average car speed is assumed to be 25 mph. | : 2. The distance traveled on the access road to the site exclusion boundary is estimated to be 1500 meters. The average car speed is assumed to be 25 mph. | ||
: 3. One one-way trip first day, one round-trip/day 2nd through 30th days. | : 3. One one-way trip first day, one round-trip/day 2nd through 30th days. | ||
Line 6,130: | Line 6,130: | ||
The dose from gamma radiation originating within the control room is given by: | The dose from gamma radiation originating within the control room is given by: | ||
()()++++µµ=======11 m1 n1 q 2 q 2 n 2 m 2 q 2 n 2 ma ekk1k ik1i 4zyxzyxzyxexpfE TCOT10x696.1D WBN 15.5-19 Where: | |||
D = Absorbed dose in flesh in mrads TCOT ik = Total concentration integrated over time period i of isotope k in curies/m 3 E k = Energy of gamma from isotope k in MeV | D = Absorbed dose in flesh in mrads TCOT ik = Total concentration integrated over time period i of isotope k in curies/m 3 E k = Energy of gamma from isotope k in MeV | ||
Line 6,150: | Line 6,150: | ||
and penetrating concrete walls is given as: | and penetrating concrete walls is given as: | ||
()()()*µµ*++++µµ=======zyx)sect(BsectexpzyxzyxexpfEo10x696.1Dccccc 2 q 2 n 2 m 2 q 2 n 2 ma1q1n1m ekk 1 ik C1k1i 4)tt(1ii WBN 15.5-20 Where: | |||
µc = Linear attenuation coefficient of concrete determined at the energy of gamma in inverse meters t c = Concrete shield thickness in meters | µc = Linear attenuation coefficient of concrete determined at the energy of gamma in inverse meters t c = Concrete shield thickness in meters | ||
= Angle between a vector normal to the shield and a vector from the dose point to the source point B c (µc t c sec) = Buildup factor for concrete C o ik = Average concentration of isotope k outside the control room during time period i in curies/m 3 | = Angle between a vector normal to the shield and a vector from the dose point to the source point B c (µc t c sec) = Buildup factor for concrete C o ik = Average concentration of isotope k outside the control room during time period i in curies/m 3 | ||
Line 6,190: | Line 6,190: | ||
For inhalation dose within the control room, equation (13) becomes: | For inhalation dose within the control room, equation (13) becomes: | ||
())tt()DCF(CBD1jji n1i ij I== | |||
WBN 15.5-22 In this expression C ij , the average concentration of isotope i during time period j, has replaced the following factor: | WBN 15.5-22 In this expression C ij , the average concentration of isotope i during time period j, has replaced the following factor: | ||
(/Q) Q ij The C ij's are those determined by equations (4) and (6). The breathing rate factor B j , was taken to be 3.47 x 10 | |||
-4 m 3/sec, 1.75 x 10 | -4 m 3/sec, 1.75 x 10 | ||
-4 m 3/sec, and 2.32 x 10 | -4 m 3/sec, and 2.32 x 10 | ||
Line 6,223: | Line 6,223: | ||
Two methods for determining the resultant dose for a MSLB in accordance with the Standard | Two methods for determining the resultant dose for a MSLB in accordance with the Standard | ||
Review Plan 15.1.5, Appendix A methodology are: | Review Plan 15.1.5, Appendix A methodology are: | ||
: 1. A pre-accident iodine spike where the iodine level in the reactor coolant spiked upward to the maximum allowable limit of 14 | : 1. A pre-accident iodine spike where the iodine level in the reactor coolant spiked upward to the maximum allowable limit of 14 | ||
µCi/gm I-131 dose equivalent just prior to the initiation of the accident. | µCi/gm I-131 dose equivalent just prior to the initiation of the accident. | ||
: 2. The reactor coolant at the maximum steady state dose equivalent I-131 of 0.265 | : 2. The reactor coolant at the maximum steady state dose equivalent I-131 of 0.265 | ||
µCi/gm with an accident initiated iodine spike consisting of a 500 times increase on the rate of iodine release from the fuel. | µCi/gm with an accident initiated iodine spike consisting of a 500 times increase on the rate of iodine release from the fuel. | ||
WBN 15.5-24 8. Iodine partition factor from steaming of steam generator water: | WBN 15.5-24 8. Iodine partition factor from steaming of steam generator water: | ||
: i. non-defective steam generators initial inventory and primary-to-secondary | : i. non-defective steam generators initial inventory and primary-to-secondary | ||
leakage,100. | leakage,100. | ||
ii. faulted steam generator initial inventory and primary-to-secondary leakage, 1.0. | ii. faulted steam generator initial inventory and primary-to-secondary leakage, 1.0. | ||
: 9. Atmospheric dilution factors, /Q, are in Table 15A-2 for Offsite and Table 15.5-14 for control room personnel. | : 9. Atmospheric dilution factors, /Q, are in Table 15A-2 for Offsite and Table 15.5-14 for control room personnel. | ||
: 10. Main Control room related assumptions are in Table 15.5-14. | : 10. Main Control room related assumptions are in Table 15.5-14. | ||
For Unit 2, assumptions for the MSLB accident: | For Unit 2, assumptions for the MSLB accident: | ||
: 1. RCS letdown flow of 124.39 gpm. | : 1. RCS letdown flow of 124.39 gpm. | ||
: 2. RCS letdown demineralizer efficiency is 1.0 for iodines. | : 2. RCS letdown demineralizer efficiency is 1.0 for iodines. | ||
: 3. ANSI/ASN-18.1-1984 spectrum scaled up to 0.265 or 14 Ci/gm equivalent iodine. 4. Two cases were used. In the first, pre-accident iodine spike of 14 Ci/gm I-131 dose equivalent in the RCS. In the second case, an accident initiated spike which increases | : 3. ANSI/ASN-18.1-1984 spectrum scaled up to 0.265 or 14 Ci/gm equivalent iodine. 4. Two cases were used. In the first, pre-accident iodine spike of 14 Ci/gm I-131 dose equivalent in the RCS. In the second case, an accident initiated spike which increases | ||
Line 6,247: | Line 6,247: | ||
b) total from the non-defective steam generators (2-8 hrs), 870,754 lbm | b) total from the non-defective steam generators (2-8 hrs), 870,754 lbm | ||
c) total from the faulted steam generator (0-30 mins), 96,100 lbm | c) total from the faulted steam generator (0-30 mins), 96,100 lbm | ||
: 8. Iodine partition coefficients from steaming of steam generator water: | : 8. Iodine partition coefficients from steaming of steam generator water: | ||
: i. non-defective steam generators initial inventory and primary-to-secondary leakage, 100. ii. faulted steam generator initial inventory and primary-to-secondary leakage, 1.0 | : i. non-defective steam generators initial inventory and primary-to-secondary leakage, 100. ii. faulted steam generator initial inventory and primary-to-secondary leakage, 1.0 | ||
: 9. Atmospheric dilution factors, x/Q, are in Table 15A-2 for offsite and Table 15.5-14 for control room personnel. 10. Main control room related assumptions are in Table 15.5-14. | : 9. Atmospheric dilution factors, x/Q, are in Table 15A-2 for offsite and Table 15.5-14 for control room personnel. 10. Main control room related assumptions are in Table 15.5-14. | ||
Line 6,397: | Line 6,397: | ||
accident in the spent fuel pool area located in the Auxiliary Building. This case is evaluated using the Alternate Source Term based on Regulatory Guide 1.183[11], "Alternate Source Term (AST)." The second case considered is an open containment case for an accident inside containment where there is open communication between the containment and the Auxiliary Building. This evaluation is also based on the AST and Regulatory Guide 1.183. An FHA could occur with the containment closed and the reactor building purge operating. This scenario is bounded by Case 2. The parameters used for this analysis are listed in Table 15.5-20a. | accident in the spent fuel pool area located in the Auxiliary Building. This case is evaluated using the Alternate Source Term based on Regulatory Guide 1.183[11], "Alternate Source Term (AST)." The second case considered is an open containment case for an accident inside containment where there is open communication between the containment and the Auxiliary Building. This evaluation is also based on the AST and Regulatory Guide 1.183. An FHA could occur with the containment closed and the reactor building purge operating. This scenario is bounded by Case 2. The parameters used for this analysis are listed in Table 15.5-20a. | ||
The bases for evaluation consistent with Regulatory Guide 1.183 are: | The bases for evaluation consistent with Regulatory Guide 1.183 are: | ||
: 1. The accident occurs 100 hours after plant shutdown. Radioactive decay of the fission product inventory during the interval between shutdown and placement of the first | : 1. The accident occurs 100 hours after plant shutdown. Radioactive decay of the fission product inventory during the interval between shutdown and placement of the first | ||
spent fuel assembly into the spent fuel pit is taken into account. | spent fuel assembly into the spent fuel pit is taken into account. | ||
: 2. Damage was assumed for all rods in one assembly. | : 2. Damage was assumed for all rods in one assembly. | ||
: 3. The assembly damaged is the highest powered assembly in the core region to be discharged. The values for individual fission product inventories in the damaged assembly are calculated assuming full-power operation at the end of core life immediately preceding shutdown. Nuclear core characteristics used in the analysis are given in Table 15.5-21. A radial peaking factor of 1.65 is used. | : 3. The assembly damaged is the highest powered assembly in the core region to be discharged. The values for individual fission product inventories in the damaged assembly are calculated assuming full-power operation at the end of core life immediately preceding shutdown. Nuclear core characteristics used in the analysis are given in Table 15.5-21. A radial peaking factor of 1.65 is used. | ||
: 4. All of the gap activity in the damaged rods is released to the spent fuel pool and consists of 8% I-131, 10% Kr-85, and 5% of other noble gases and other halogens. | : 4. All of the gap activity in the damaged rods is released to the spent fuel pool and consists of 8% I-131, 10% Kr-85, and 5% of other noble gases and other halogens. | ||
: 5. Noble gases released to the Auxiliary Building spent fuel pool are released through the Auxiliary Building vent to the environment. | : 5. Noble gases released to the Auxiliary Building spent fuel pool are released through the Auxiliary Building vent to the environment. | ||
: 6. The iodine gap inventory is composed of inorganic species (99.85%) and organic species (0.15%). | : 6. The iodine gap inventory is composed of inorganic species (99.85%) and organic species (0.15%). | ||
: 7. The overall inorganic and organic iodine spent fuel pool decontamination factor is 200. | : 7. The overall inorganic and organic iodine spent fuel pool decontamination factor is 200. | ||
: 8. All iodine escaping from the Auxiliary Building spent fuel pool is exhausted unfiltered through the Auxiliary Building vent. | : 8. All iodine escaping from the Auxiliary Building spent fuel pool is exhausted unfiltered through the Auxiliary Building vent. | ||
: 9. The release path for the containment scenario is changed to include 12.7 seconds of unfiltered release through the Shield Building vent, with the remainder of the unfiltered release through the Auxiliary Building vent. | : 9. The release path for the containment scenario is changed to include 12.7 seconds of unfiltered release through the Shield Building vent, with the remainder of the unfiltered release through the Auxiliary Building vent. | ||
: 10. No credit is taken for the ABGTS or Containment Purge System Filters in the analysis. | : 10. No credit is taken for the ABGTS or Containment Purge System Filters in the analysis. | ||
WBN 15.5-29 11. No credit is taken for natural decay either due to holdup in the Auxiliary Building or after the activity has been released to the atmosphere. | WBN 15.5-29 11. No credit is taken for natural decay either due to holdup in the Auxiliary Building or after the activity has been released to the atmosphere. | ||
: 12. The short-term (i.e., 0-2 hour) atmospheric dilution factors at the exclusion area | : 12. The short-term (i.e., 0-2 hour) atmospheric dilution factors at the exclusion area | ||
boundary and low population zone given in Table 15A-2 are used. | boundary and low population zone given in Table 15A-2 are used. | ||
: 13. The TEDE values for the Exclusion Area Boundary and Low Population Zone are | : 13. The TEDE values for the Exclusion Area Boundary and Low Population Zone are | ||
Line 6,421: | Line 6,421: | ||
Protective Action Guides and Protective Actions of Nuclear Incidents," May 1992. A | Protective Action Guides and Protective Actions of Nuclear Incidents," May 1992. A | ||
breathing rate of 3.33E-4 m3/sec was used for calculating the TEDE. | breathing rate of 3.33E-4 m3/sec was used for calculating the TEDE. | ||
: 14. The TEDE values for the Main Control Room are calculated using the 100% of the | : 14. The TEDE values for the Main Control Room are calculated using the 100% of the | ||
Line 6,454: | Line 6,454: | ||
loss-of-coolant accident. | loss-of-coolant accident. | ||
WBN 15.5-31 REFERENCES | WBN 15.5-31 REFERENCES | ||
: 1. Styrikovich, M. A., Martynova, 0. I., Ka tkovska, K. YA., Dubrovski, I. YA., Smrinova, I. | : 1. Styrikovich, M. A., Martynova, 0. I., Ka tkovska, K. YA., Dubrovski, I. YA., Smrinova, I. | ||
N., "Transfer of Iodine from Aqueous Solutions to Saturated Vapor," translated from | N., "Transfer of Iodine from Aqueous Solutions to Saturated Vapor," translated from | ||
Atomnaya Energiya, Vol. 17, No. 1, pp. 45-49, July 1964. | Atomnaya Energiya, Vol. 17, No. 1, pp. 45-49, July 1964. | ||
: 2. Regulatory Guide 1.24, "Assumptions Used for Evaluating the Potential Radiological Consequences of a Pressurized Water Reactor Gas Storage Tank Failure," Division of | : 2. Regulatory Guide 1.24, "Assumptions Used for Evaluating the Potential Radiological Consequences of a Pressurized Water Reactor Gas Storage Tank Failure," Division of | ||
Reactor Standards, U.S. Atomic Energy Commission, March 23, 1972. | Reactor Standards, U.S. Atomic Energy Commission, March 23, 1972. | ||
: 3. Regulatory Guide 1.4, "Assumptions Used for Evaluating the Potential Radiological Consequences of a Loss of Coolant Accident for Pressurized Water Reactors," | : 3. Regulatory Guide 1.4, "Assumptions Used for Evaluating the Potential Radiological Consequences of a Loss of Coolant Accident for Pressurized Water Reactors," | ||
Directorate of Regulatory Standards, U.S. Atomic Energy Commission, June 1974. | Directorate of Regulatory Standards, U.S. Atomic Energy Commission, June 1974. | ||
: 4. D. D. Malinowski, "Iodine Removal in the Ice Condenser System," WCAP-7426, April 1970. | : 4. D. D. Malinowski, "Iodine Removal in the Ice Condenser System," WCAP-7426, April 1970. | ||
: 5. NAA-SR 10100, Conventional Buildings for Reactor Containment. | : 5. NAA-SR 10100, Conventional Buildings for Reactor Containment. | ||
: 6. ORNL-NSIC-4, Behavior of Iodine in Reactor Containment Systems, February 1965. | : 6. ORNL-NSIC-4, Behavior of Iodine in Reactor Containment Systems, February 1965. | ||
: 7. Branch Technical Position CSB 6-2, "Control of Combustible Gas Concentrations in Containment Following a Loss-of-Coolant Accident." | : 7. Branch Technical Position CSB 6-2, "Control of Combustible Gas Concentrations in Containment Following a Loss-of-Coolant Accident." | ||
: 8. Ramsdell, J. V. Jr. and C. A. Simonen, "Atmospheric Relative Concentration in Building Wakes." Prepared by Pacific Northwest Laboratory for the U. S. Nuclear Regulatory | : 8. Ramsdell, J. V. Jr. and C. A. Simonen, "Atmospheric Relative Concentration in Building Wakes." Prepared by Pacific Northwest Laboratory for the U. S. Nuclear Regulatory | ||
Commission, PNL-10521, NUREG/CR-6331, Revision 1, May 1997. | Commission, PNL-10521, NUREG/CR-6331, Revision 1, May 1997. | ||
: 9. K. G. Murphy and Dr. K. M. Campe "Nuclear Power Plant Control Room Ventilation System Design for Meeting General Criterion 19," 13th AEC Air Cleaning Conference, August 1974. | : 9. K. G. Murphy and Dr. K. M. Campe "Nuclear Power Plant Control Room Ventilation System Design for Meeting General Criterion 19," 13th AEC Air Cleaning Conference, August 1974. | ||
: 10. Deleted in initial UFSAR. | : 10. Deleted in initial UFSAR. | ||
: 11. Regulatory Guide 1.183, "Alternative Radiological Source Terms for Evaluating Design Basis Accidents At Nuclear Power Reactors", July 2000. | : 11. Regulatory Guide 1.183, "Alternative Radiological Source Terms for Evaluating Design Basis Accidents At Nuclear Power Reactors", July 2000. | ||
: 12. Regulatory Guide 1.77, "Assumptions Used for Evaluating a Control Rod Ejection Accident for Pressurized Water Reactors," Directorate of Regulatory Standards, U.S. | : 12. Regulatory Guide 1.77, "Assumptions Used for Evaluating a Control Rod Ejection Accident for Pressurized Water Reactors," Directorate of Regulatory Standards, U.S. | ||
Atomic Energy Commission, May 1974. | Atomic Energy Commission, May 1974. | ||
WBN 15.5-32 | WBN 15.5-32 | ||
: 13. D. B. Risher, Jr., "An Evaluation of the Rod Ejection Accident in Westinghouse Pressurized Water Reactors Using Spatial Kinetics Methods," WCAP-7588, Revision 1, December 1971. | : 13. D. B. Risher, Jr., "An Evaluation of the Rod Ejection Accident in Westinghouse Pressurized Water Reactors Using Spatial Kinetics Methods," WCAP-7588, Revision 1, December 1971. | ||
: 14. ANSI/ANS-18.1-1984, "Radioactive Source Terms for Normal Operations of Light Water Reactors," December 31, 1984. | : 14. ANSI/ANS-18.1-1984, "Radioactive Source Terms for Normal Operations of Light Water Reactors," December 31, 1984. | ||
: 15. WCAP-7664, Revision 1, "Radiation Analysis Design Manual-4 Loop Plant," RIMS Number NEB 810126 316, October 1972. | : 15. WCAP-7664, Revision 1, "Radiation Analysis Design Manual-4 Loop Plant," RIMS Number NEB 810126 316, October 1972. | ||
: 16. Computer Code FENCDOSE, Code I.D. 262358. | : 16. Computer Code FENCDOSE, Code I.D. 262358. | ||
: 17. Computer Code COROD, Code I.D. 262347. | : 17. Computer Code COROD, Code I.D. 262347. | ||
: 18. Deleted by UFSAR Amendment 4. | : 18. Deleted by UFSAR Amendment 4. | ||
: 19. Deleted by UFSAR Amendment 4. | : 19. Deleted by UFSAR Amendment 4. | ||
: 20. NRC Safety Evaluation for Watts Bar Nuclear Plant Unit 1, Amendment 38, for Steam Generator Tubing Voltage Based Alternate Repair Criteria for Outside Diameter Stress Corrosion Cracking (ODSCC) dated February 26, 2002. (Unit 2 Only) | : 20. NRC Safety Evaluation for Watts Bar Nuclear Plant Unit 1, Amendment 38, for Steam Generator Tubing Voltage Based Alternate Repair Criteria for Outside Diameter Stress Corrosion Cracking (ODSCC) dated February 26, 2002. (Unit 2 Only) | ||
: 21. NRC Generic Letter 95-05, "Voltage-Based Repair Criteria for Westinghouse Steam Generator Tubes Affected by Outside Diameter Stress Corrosion Cracking", dated | : 21. NRC Generic Letter 95-05, "Voltage-Based Repair Criteria for Westinghouse Steam Generator Tubes Affected by Outside Diameter Stress Corrosion Cracking", dated | ||
August 3, 1995. (Unit 2 Only) | August 3, 1995. (Unit 2 Only) | ||
: 22. TVA Letters to NRC "Technical Specification Change No. WBN-TS-99-014 - Steam Generator Alternate Repair Criteria for Axial Outside Diameter Stress Corrosion | : 22. TVA Letters to NRC "Technical Specification Change No. WBN-TS-99-014 - Steam Generator Alternate Repair Criteria for Axial Outside Diameter Stress Corrosion | ||
Cracking (ODSCC)," dated April 10, 2000, September 18, 2000, August 22, 2001, November 8, 2001 and January 15, 2002. (Unit 2 Only)" | Cracking (ODSCC)," dated April 10, 2000, September 18, 2000, August 22, 2001, November 8, 2001 and January 15, 2002. (Unit 2 Only)" | ||
23 J.J. Dinunno, et, al "Calculation of Distance Factors for Power and Test Reactor Sites", TID-14844, March 1962." | 23 J.J. Dinunno, et, al "Calculation of Distance Factors for Power and Test Reactor Sites", TID-14844, March 1962." | ||
: 24. NUREG/CR-5009, "Assessment of the Use of Extended Burnup Fuel in Light Water Power Reactors," February 1988. | : 24. NUREG/CR-5009, "Assessment of the Use of Extended Burnup Fuel in Light Water Power Reactors," February 1988. | ||
: 25. International Commission on Radiation Protection (ICRP) Publication 30, "Limits for Intakes of Radionuclides by Workers," 1979. | : 25. International Commission on Radiation Protection (ICRP) Publication 30, "Limits for Intakes of Radionuclides by Workers," 1979. | ||
Line 6,507: | Line 6,507: | ||
result from releases of radioactivity due to various postulated accidents. The postulated | result from releases of radioactivity due to various postulated accidents. The postulated | ||
accidents are: | accidents are: | ||
: 1. Waste Gas Decay Tank Rupture | : 1. Waste Gas Decay Tank Rupture | ||
: 2. Steam Generator Tube Rupture | : 2. Steam Generator Tube Rupture | ||
: 3. Steam Line Break | : 3. Steam Line Break | ||
: 4. Loss of A. C. Power | : 4. Loss of A. C. Power | ||
: 5. Loss of Coolant Accident | : 5. Loss of Coolant Accident | ||
Line 6,520: | Line 6,520: | ||
immersion in a cloud of radioactivity and the model for the thyroid dose due to inhalation of | immersion in a cloud of radioactivity and the model for the thyroid dose due to inhalation of | ||
radioactivity. | radioactivity. | ||
: 1. Direct radiation from the source point is negligible compared to gamma and beta radiation due to submersion in the radioactivity leakage cloud. | : 1. Direct radiation from the source point is negligible compared to gamma and beta radiation due to submersion in the radioactivity leakage cloud. | ||
: 2. All radioactivity releases are from the appropriate point of discharge. | : 2. All radioactivity releases are from the appropriate point of discharge. | ||
: 3. The dose receptor is a standard man as defined by the International Commission on Radiological Protection (ICRP). | : 3. The dose receptor is a standard man as defined by the International Commission on Radiological Protection (ICRP). | ||
[1] | [1] | ||
: 4. Radioactive decay from the point of release to the dose receptor is neglected. | : 4. Radioactive decay from the point of release to the dose receptor is neglected. | ||
: 5. Isotopic data such as decay rates and decay energy emissions are taken from Table of Isotopes.[2] | : 5. Isotopic data such as decay rates and decay energy emissions are taken from Table of Isotopes.[2] | ||
15A.3 GAMMA DOSE AND BETA DOSE | 15A.3 GAMMA DOSE AND BETA DOSE | ||
Line 6,543: | Line 6,543: | ||
gamma radiation. Equations describing an infinite semispherical cloud were used to calculate | gamma radiation. Equations describing an infinite semispherical cloud were used to calculate | ||
the doses for a given time period as follows : | the doses for a given time period as follows : | ||
[5] | [5] | ||
Line 6,558: | Line 6,558: | ||
D = thyroid inhalation dose, rem | D = thyroid inhalation dose, rem | ||
(X/Q)t = site dispersion factor for time interval t, sec/m 3 | |||
B = Breathing rate for time interval t, m 3/sec Q i = total activity of iodine isotope i released in time period t, curies | B = Breathing rate for time interval t, m 3/sec Q i = total activity of iodine isotope i released in time period t, curies | ||
(DCF)i = dose conversion factor for iodine isotope i, rem/curies inhaled | |||
The isotopic data and "standard man" data are given in Table 15A-1. The atmospheric dilution | The isotopic data and "standard man" data are given in Table 15A-1. The atmospheric dilution | ||
Line 6,574: | Line 6,574: | ||
one-third the maximum beta energies. | one-third the maximum beta energies. | ||
REFERENCES | REFERENCES | ||
: 1. "Report of ICRP Committee II on Permissible Dose for Internal Radiation (1959)," Health Physics, Vol. 3, pp. 30, 146-153, 1970. | : 1. "Report of ICRP Committee II on Permissible Dose for Internal Radiation (1959)," Health Physics, Vol. 3, pp. 30, 146-153, 1970. | ||
: 2. Leaderer, C. M., et. al., Table of Isotopes, 6th edition, 1968. | : 2. Leaderer, C. M., et. al., Table of Isotopes, 6th edition, 1968. | ||
: 3. Nuclear Data Sheets, Oak Ridge National Laboratory (ORNL) Nuclear Data Group, Vol. | : 3. Nuclear Data Sheets, Oak Ridge National Laboratory (ORNL) Nuclear Data Group, Vol. | ||
7, Number 1, Academic Press, New York, January 1972. | 7, Number 1, Academic Press, New York, January 1972. | ||
: 4. Radioactive Atoms - Supplement 1, ORNL-4923, Martin, M. J., NTIS, November 1973. | : 4. Radioactive Atoms - Supplement 1, ORNL-4923, Martin, M. J., NTIS, November 1973. | ||
: 5. Regulatory Guide 1.4 "Assumptions Used for Evaluating the Potential Radiological Consequences of a Loss of Coolant Accident for Pressurized Water Reactors," USAEC, June 1974. | : 5. Regulatory Guide 1.4 "Assumptions Used for Evaluating the Potential Radiological Consequences of a Loss of Coolant Accident for Pressurized Water Reactors," USAEC, June 1974. | ||
: 6. J. J. Dinunno, et. al, "Calculation of Distance Factors for Power and Test Reactor Sites", TID 14844, March 1962.}} | : 6. J. J. Dinunno, et. al, "Calculation of Distance Factors for Power and Test Reactor Sites", TID 14844, March 1962.}} |
Revision as of 07:04, 26 April 2019
ML17334A163 | |
Person / Time | |
---|---|
Site: | Watts Bar |
Issue date: | 11/02/2017 |
From: | Tennessee Valley Authority |
To: | Office of Nuclear Reactor Regulation |
Shared Package | |
ML17334A154 | List: |
References | |
Download: ML17334A163 (522) | |
Text
WBN 15.1-1 15.0 ACCIDENT ANALYSES
The ANS classification of plant conditions divides plant conditions into four categories in
accordance with anticipated frequency of occurrence and potential radiological consequences
to the public. The four categories are as follows:
Condition I: Normal Operation and Operational Transients Condition II: Faults of Moderate Frequency Condition III: Infrequent Faults Condition IV: Limiting Faults
The basic principle applied in relating design requirements to each of the conditions is that the
most probable occurrences should yield the least radiological risk to the public and those
extreme situations having the potential for the greatest risk to the public shall be those least
likely to occur. Where applicable, Reactor Trip System and engineered safeguards functioning
is assumed to the extent allowed by considerations such as the single failure criterion, in
fulfilling this principle.
In the evaluation of the radiological consequences associated with initiation of a spectrum of
accident conditions numerous assumptions must be postulated. In many instances these
assumptions are a product of extremely conservative judgments. This is due to the fact that
many physical phenomena, in particular fission product transport under accident conditions, are presently not understood to the extent that accurate predictions can be made. Therefore, the
set of assumptions postulated would predominantly determine the accident classification.
This chapter addresses the accident conditions listed in Table 15-1 of the NRC Standard
Format and Content Guide, Regulatory Guide 1.70, Revision 3, which apply to WBN.
15.1 CONDITION I - NORMAL OPERATION AND OPERATIONAL TRANSIENTS
Condition I occurrences are those which are expec ted frequently or regularly in the course of power operation, refueling, maintenance, or maneuvering of the plant. As such, Condition I
occurrences are accommodated with margin between any plant parameter and the value of that
parameter which would require either automatic or manual protective action. Condition I
occurrences occur frequently or regularly. Therefor e, they must be considered from the point of view of affecting the consequences of fault conditions (Condition II, III, and IV). In this regard, analysis of each fault condition described is generally based on a conservative set of initial
conditions corresponding to the most adverse set of conditions which can occur during
Condition I operation.
WBN 15.1-2 Typical Condition I events are listed below:
- 1. Steady-state and shutdown operations
- a. Power operation (>5% to 100% of full power)
- b. Startup (critical, 0% to <5% of full power)
- c. Hot shutdown (subcritical, residual heat removal system isolated)
- d. Cold shutdown (subcritical, residual heat removal system in operation)
- e. Refueling (reactor vessel head open)
- 2. Operation with permissible deviations
Various deviations which may occur during continued operation as permitted by the plant Technical Specifications must be considered in conjunction with other operational
modes. These include:
- a. Operation with components or systems out of service (such as power operation with a reactor coolant pump out of service)
- b. Leakage from fuel with cladding defects
- c. Radioactivity in the reactor coolant
- i. Fission products ii. Activation products iii. Tritium
- d. Operation with steam generator leaks up to the maximum allowed by the Technical Specifications
- e. Testing as allowed by the Technical Specifications
- 3. Operational transients
- a. Plant heatup and cooldown (up to 100ºF/hour for the reactor coolant system; 200ºF/hour for the pressurizer)
- b. Step load changes (up to + 10%)
- c. Ramp load changes (up to 5%/minute)
- d. Load rejection up to and including design load rejection transient
WBN 15.1-3 15.1.1 Optimization of Control Systems
A setpoint study was performed to simulate performance of the reactor control and protection
systems. In this study, emphasis was plac ed on the development of a control system to automatically maintain prescribed conditions in the plant even under the most conservative set
of reactivity parameters with respect to both system stability and transient performance.
For each mode of plant operation, a group of optimum controller setpoints was determined. In
areas where the resultant setpoints were different, compromises based on the optimum overall
performance were made and verified. A consist ent set of control system parameters was derived, satisfying plant operational requirements throughout the core life and for power levels
between 15 and 100%.
The study was comprised of an analysis of the following control systems: rod cluster control
assembly, steam dump, steam generator level, pressurizer pressure and pressurizer level.
15.1.2 Initial Power Conditions Assumed In Accident Analyses
15.1.2.1 Power Rating
Table 15.1-1 lists the principle power rating values which are used in analyses performed in this
section. Two ratings are given:
- 1. The guaranteed Nuclear Steam Supply System thermal power output rating. This power output includes the thermal power generated by the reactor coolant pumps.
- 2. The Engineered Safety Features design rating. The Westinghouse supplied Engineered Safety Features are designed for thermal power higher than the guaranteed value in
order not to preclude realization of future potential power capability. This higher thermal
power value is designated as the Engineered Safety Features design rating. This power
output includes the thermal power generated by the reactor coolant pumps.
Where initial power operating conditions are assumed in accident analyses, the "guaranteed
Nuclear Steam Supply System thermal power output" plus allowance for errors in steady state
power determination is assumed. Where demonstration of adequacy of the containment and
Engineered Safety Features is concerned, the "Engineered Safety Features design rating" plus
allowance for error is assumed. The thermal power values used for each transient analyzed are
given in Table 15.1-2.
WBN 15.1-4 15.1.2.2 Initial Conditions
For Unit 1 accident evaluation, the initial conditions are obtained by adding bounding steady
state errors to rated values. The following steady state errors are bounded:
For Unit 2 accident evaluation, the initial conditions are obtained by adding the maximum steady
state errors to rated values. The following steady state errors are considered:
- 1. Core power
+ 0.6% allowance for calorimetric error (Unit 1)
+ 2% allowance for calorimetric error (Unit 2) 2. Average reactor coolant system temperature
+ 6ºF allowance for deadband and measurement error (bounds an instrument
uncertainty of
+/-5°F and instrument bias of -
1°F) 3. Pressurizer pressure
+ 70/-50 psi allowance for steady state fluctuations and measurement error (bounds
an instrument uncertainty of
+/-50 psi and instrument bias of -20 psi)
For most accidents which are departure from nucleate boiling (DNB) limited, nominal values of
initial conditions are assumed. The allowance on power, temperature, and pressure are
determined on a statistical basis and are included in the DNB limit ratio (DNBR) as described in
Reference [27]. This procedure is known as the Revised Thermal Design Procedure (RTDP).
The minimum measured flow value is used in all RTDP transients.
Note that the signs of the errors used in the accident analyses are typically opposite of the signs
describing the instrument uncertainties; e.g., an instrument error of +50, defined as indicated
value of 50 greater than actual value, may be applied in the analysis as -50, i.e., the analysis
assumes that the actual value may be 50 less than the nominal value.
For accidents which are not DNB limited or for which the RTDP is not employed, the initial
conditions are obtained by adding the bounding steady-state errors to nominal values in such a
manner to maximize the impact on the limiting parameter. The thermal design flow value, which
is the minimum measured flow minus measurem ent uncertainty, is used for such analyses.
The thermal design (Unit 1 and Unit 2) and minimum measured flowrates (Unit 1 only) are given
in Table 15.1-1.
WBN 15.1-5 15.1.2.3 Power Distribution
The transient response of the reactor system is dependent on the initial power distribution. The
nuclear design of the reactor core minimizes adverse power distribution through the placement
of control rods and operation instructions. The power distribution may be characterized by the
radial factor FH and the total peaking factor F
- q. The peaking factor limits are given in the Core Operating Limits Report.
For transients that may be DNB-limited the radial peaking factor is of importance. The radial
peaking factor increases with decreasing power level due to rod insertion. This increase in FH is included in the core limits illustrated in Figure 15.1-1. All transients that may be DNB limited
are assumed to begin with a value of FH consistent with the initial power level defined in the Technical Specifications.The axial power shape used in the DNB calculations is discussed in
Section 4.4.3.2.2.
For transients which may be overpower-limited the total peaking factor F q is of importance. The value of F q may increase with decreasing power level such that full power hot spot heat flux is not exceeded (i.e., F q x Power = design hot spot heat flux). All transients that may be overpower-limited are assumed to begin with a value of F q consistent with the initial power level as defined in the Technical Specifications.
The value of peak kW/ft can be directly related to fuel temperature. For transients which are
fast with respect to the fuel rod thermal time constant, for example, rod ejection, a detailed heat
transfer calculation is made.
15.1.3 Trip Points And Time Delays To Trip Assumed In Accident Analyses
A reactor trip signal acts to open two trip breakers connected in series feeding power to the
control rod drive mechanisms. The loss of power to the mechanism coils causes the
mechanisms to release the rod cluster control assemblies which then fall by gravity into the
core. There are various instrumentation delays associated with each trip function, including
delays in signal actuation, in opening the trip breakers, and in the release of the rods by the
mechanisms. The total delay to trip is defined as the time delay from the time that trip
conditions are reached to the time the rods are free and begin to fall. Limiting trip setpoints
assumed in accident analyses and the time delay assumed for each trip function are given in
Table 15.1.3. Reference is made in that table to overtemperature and overpower T trip shown in Figure 15.1-1.
Accident analyses which assume the steam generator low-low water level trip signal to initiate
protection functions may be affected by the Trip Time Delay (TTD)
[23] system, which was developed to reduce the incidence of unnecessary feedwater-related reactor trips.
WBN 15.1-6 The TTD imposes a system of pre-determined delays upon the steam generator low-low level
reactor trip and auxiliary feedwater initiation. The values of these delays are based upon (1) the
prevailing power level at the time the low-low level trip setpoint is reached, and by (2) the
number of steam generators in which the low-low level trip setpoint is reached. The TTD delays
the reactor trip and auxiliary feedwater actuation in order to provide time for corrective action by the operator or for natural stabilization of shrink/swell water level transients. The TTD is
primarily designed for low power or startup operations.
The difference between the limiting trip point assumed for the analysis and the nominal trip point
represents an allowance for instrumentation channel error and setpoint error. During
preoperational start-up tests, it is demonstrated that actual instrument errors and time delays
are equal to or less than the assumed values.
Additionally, protection system channels are
calibrated and instrument response times determined periodically in accordance with the plant
Technical Specifications.
15.1.4 Instrumentation Drift And Calorimetric Errors - Power Range Neutron Flux
The instrumentation drift and calorimetric errors used in establishing the power range high
neutron flux setpoint are presented in Reference [22] and [28] (Unit 2 only).
The calorimetric error is the error assumed in the determination of core thermal power as
obtained from secondary plant measurements. The total ion chamber current (sum of the top
and bottom sections) is calibrated (set equal) to this measured power on a periodic basis.
The secondary power is obtained from measurement of feedwater flow, feedwater inlet
temperature to the steam generators and steam pr essure. High accuracy instrumentation is provided for these measurements with accuracy tolerances much tighter than those which
would be required to control feedwater flow.
15.1.5 Rod Cluster Control Assembly Insertion Characteristic
The rate of negative reactivity insertion following a reactor trip is a function of the acceleration of
the rod cluster control assemblies and the variation in rod worth as a function of rod position.
With respect to accident analyses, the critical parameter is the time of insertion up to the
dashpot entry or approximately 85% of the rod cluster travel. The most limiting insertion time to
dashpot entry used for accident analyses is 2.7 seconds. The normalized rod cluster control
assembly position versus time curve assumed in accident analyses is shown in Figure 15.1-2.
Figure 15.1-3 shows the fraction of total negative r eactivity insertion for a core where the axial distribution is skewed to the lower region of the core. An axial distribution which is skewed to
the lower region of the core can arise from an unbalanced xenon distribution. There is inherent
conservatism in the use of this curve in that it is based on a skewed flux distribution which
would exist relatively infrequently.
WBN 15.1-9 Condition IV Events
- 1. Major Rupture of a Main Steam Line 15.4.2.1
- 2. Major Rupture of a Main Feedwater Pipe 15.4.2.2
- 3. Steam Generator Tube Rupture 15.4.3
- 4. Single Reactor Coolant Pump Locked Rotor 15.4.4
- 5. Rupture of a Control Rod Drive Mechanism 15.4.6 Housing (Rod Cluster Control Assembly Ejection)
15.1.7 Fission Product Inventories
15.1.7.1 Radioactivity in the Core
Unit 1
The core fission product-inventory is calculated by the ORIGEN
[2] computer code. The inventories of fission products important from a health hazard point of view are given in Table 15.1-4. The isotopes included in Table 15.1-4 are the isotopes controlling from considerations
of inhalation dose (iodines) and from direct dose due to immersion (noble gases).
Unit 2
The average core fission product-inventory is calc ulated by the ORIGEN-S Subcode within the SCALE-4.2 [2] computer code. The inventories of fission products important from a health
hazard point of view are given in Table 15.1-4. The isotopes included in Table 15.1-4 are the
isotopes controlling from considerations of inhalation dose (iodines) and from direct dose due to
immersion (noble gases).
15.1.7.2 Radioactivity in the Fuel Pellet Clad Gap
Unit 1
The calculation of the maximum core fission product-inventories are also calculated by the
ORIGEN computer code and are the basis for determining the gap activities used in single fuel
assembly accident analyses. The gap activities are consistent with the guidance of Regulatory
Guide 1.25
[3]: 10% of the total noble gases other than Kr-85 and 30% of Kr-85. For an accident analysis involving a fuel assembly, 10% of the total radioactive iodine in the rods at the time of
the accident is also in the gap.
The radioactivity in the reactor coolant as well as in the volume control tank, pressurizer, and
waste gas decay tanks are given in Chapter 11 along with the data on which these
computations are based.
WBN 15.1-10 Unit 2
The calculation of the maximum core fission product-inventories are also calculated by the
ORIGEN-S computer code and are the basis for determining the gap activities used in single
fuel assembly accident analyses. The gap activities are consistent with the guidance of Safety
Guide 25 [3]: 10% of the total noble gases other than Kr-85 and 30% of Kr-85. For an accident
analysis involving a fuel assembly, 10% of the total radioactive iodine in the rods at the time of
the accident is also in the gap.
The radioactivity in the reactor coolant as well as in the volume control tank, pressurizer, and
waste gas decay tanks are given in Chapter 11 along with the data on which these
computations are based.
15.1.8 Residual Decay Heat
Residual heat in a subcritical core consists of:
- 1. Fission product decay energy,
- 2. Decay of neutron capture products, and
- 3. Residual fissions due to the effect of delayed neutrons.
These constituents are discussed separately in the following paragraphs.
15.1.8.1 Fission Product Decay Energy
For short times (10 3 seconds) after shutdown, data on yields of short half life isotopes is sparse. Very little experimental data is available for the X-ray contributions and even less for the -ray contribution. Several authors have compiled the available data into a conservative estimate of
fission product decay energy for short times after shutdown, notably Shure
[7] and Dudziak.
[8] Of these two selections, Shure's curve is the highest, and it is based on the data of Stehn and
Clancy[10] and Obenshain and Foderaro.
[11]
The fission product contribution to decay energy which has been assumed in the accident
analyses is the curve of Shure increased by 20% for conservatism unless otherwise stated in
the sections describing specific accidents. This curve with the 20% factor included is shown in
Figure 15.1-6.
WBN 15.1-11 15.1.8.2 Decay of U-238 Capture Products
Betas and gammas from the decay of U-239 (23.5 minute half-life) and Np-239 (2.35 day
half-life) contribute significantly to the heat generation after shutdown. The cross section for
production of these isotopes and their decay schemes is relatively well known. For long
irradiation times their contribution can be written as:
10-t P/P = E + E200Mev c(1+)
e watts/watt 11 1 t watts/wat e+e -e( - )+c(1 Mev200 E+E = P/Pt-t)-t-21 202 2 1 2 2 2 where:
P 1/P 0 = the energy from U-239 decay P 2/P 0 = the energy from Np-239 decay t = the time after shutdown (seconds) c(l+a) = the ratio of U-238 captures to total fissions = 0.6 (1 + 0.2) 1 = the decay constant for U-239 = 4.91 x 10
-4 second-1 2 = the decay constant for Np-239 = 3.41 x 10
-6 second-1 1 E1 = total (-ray energy from U-239 decay = 0.06 Mev 2 E2 = total (-ray energy from Np-239 decay = 0.30 Mev 1 E3 = total -ray energy from U-239 decay = 1/3 x 1.18 Mev 2 E4 = total -ray energy from Np-239 decay = 1/3 x 0.43 Mev (Two-thirds of the potential -energy is assumed to escape by the accompanying neutrinos.)
This expression with a margin of 10% has been assumed in the accident analysis unless
otherwise stated in the sections describing specific accidents and is shown in Figure 15.1-6.
The 10% margin, compared to 20% for fission product decay, is justified by the availability of the
basic data required for this analysis. The decay of other isotopes, produced by neutron
reactions other than fission, is neglected.
WBN 15.1-13 15.1.9.1 FACTRAN
FACTRAN calculates the transient temperature distribution in a cross section of a metal clad
UO 2 fuel rod and the transient heat flux at the surface of the clad using as input the nuclear power and the time-dependent coolant parameters (pressure, flow, temperature, and density).
The code uses a fuel model which exhibits the following features simultaneously:
- 1. A sufficiently large number of radial space increments to handle fast transients such as rod ejection accidents.
- 2. Material properties which are functions of temperature and a sophisticated fuel-to-clad gap heat transfer calculation.
- 3. The necessary calculations to handle post-DNB transients, film boiling heat transfer correlations, Zircaloy-water reaction and partial melting of the materials.
The gap heat transfer coefficient is calculated according to an elastic pellet model (refer to
Figure 15.1-8). The thermal expansion of the pellet is calculated as the sum of the radial (one-
dimensional) expansions of the rings. Each ring is assumed to expand freely. The cladding
diameter is calculated based on thermal expansion and internal and external pressures.
If the outside radius of the expanded pellet is smaller than the inside radius of the expanded
clad, there is no fuel-clad contact and the gap conductance is calculated on the basis of the
thermal conductivity of the gas contained in the gap. If the pellet's outside radius so calculated
is larger than the clad inside radius (negative gap), the pellet and the clad are pictured as
exerting upon each other a pressure sufficiently important to reduce the gap to zero by elastic
deformation of both. The contact pressure determines the gap heat transfer coefficient.
FACTRAN is further discussed in Reference [12].
15.1.9.2 LOFTRAN
LOFTRAN is used for studies of transient response of a pressurized water reactor system to
specified perturbations in process parameter
- s. LOFTRAN simulates a multi-loop system containing reactor vessel, hot and cold leg piping, steam generators (tube and shell sides) and
the pressurizer. The pressurizer heaters, spray, relief and safety valves are also considered in
the program. Point model neutron kinetics, and reactivity effects of the moderator, fuel, boron
and rods are included. The secondary side of the steam generator utilizes a homogeneous, saturated mixture for the thermal transients and a water level correlation for indication and
control. The reactor protection system is simulated to include reactor trips on neutron flux, overpower and overtemperature reactor coolant T, high and low pressure, low flow, and high pressurizer level. Control systems are also simulated including rod control, steam dump, feedwater control and pressurizer pressure control. The safety injection system including the
accumulators is also modeled.
LOFTRAN is suited to both accident evaluation and control studies as well as parameter sizing.
WBN 15.1-15 15.1.9.7 LOFTTR
The steam generator tube rupture (SGTR) analyses were performed for Watts Bar using the
analysis methodology developed in WCAP-10698
[24] and Supplement 1 to WCAP-10698.
[25] The methodology was developed by the SGTR Subgroup of the Westinghouse Owners Group (WOG) and was approved by the NRC in Safety Evaluation Reports (SERs) dated December 17, 1985 and March 30, 1987. The LOFTTR2 program, an updated version of the LOFTTR1
program, was used to perform the SGTR analys is for Watts Bar. The LOFTTR1 program was developed as part of the revised SGTR analysis methodology and was used for the SGTR
evaluations.
[24][25] However, the LOFTTR1 program was subsequently modified to accommodate steam generator overfill and the revised program, designated as LOFTTR2, and
was used for the evaluation of the consequences of overfill in WCAP-11002.
[26] The LOFTTR2 program is identical to the LOFTTR1 program, with the exception that the LOFTTR2 program has the additional capability to represent the transition from two regions (steam and water) on
the secondary side to a single water region if overfill occurs, and the transition back to two
regions again depending upon the calculated secondary conditions. Since the LOFTTR2
program has been validated against the LOFTTR1 program, the LOFTTR2 program is also appropriate for performing licensing basis SGTR analyses. The specific Watts Bar LOFTTR2
analysis utilizing this methodology is described in 15.4.3.
WBN 15.1-16 REFERENCES
- 1. Deleted in initial UFSAR.
2a. SCALE: A Modular Code System for Performing Standardized Computer Analyses for Licensing Evaluation, Vols. I-III, NUREG/CR-0200, Rev. 5 (ORNL/NUREG/CSD-2/R5),
March 1997. (Unit 1)
2b. SCALE-4.2: A Modular Code System for Performing Standardized Computer Analyses for Licensing Evaluation, Volumes I-III, NUREG/CR-0200, Rev. 5 (ORNL/NUREG/CSD-
2/R5), March 1997 (ORIGEN-S Subsection) (Unit 2)
- 3. Regulatory Guide 1.183, Alternative Radiological Source Terms for Evaluating Design Basis Accidents At Nuclear Power Reactors, July 2000
- 4. Toner, D. F. and Scott, J. S., "Fission-Product Release from UO", Nuc. Safety 3 No. 2, 15-20, December 1961.
- 5. Belle, J., "Uranium Dioxide Properties and Nuclear Applications," Naval Reactors, Division of Reactor Development United States Atomic Energy Commission, 1961.
- 6. Booth. A. H., "A Suggested Method for Calculating the Diffusion of Radioactive Rare Gas Fission Products From UO Fuel Elements," DCI-27, 1957.
- 7. Shure, K., "Fission Product Decay Energy" in Bettis Technical Review, WAPD-BT-24, p.
1-17, December 1961.
- 8. Shure, K. and Dudziak, D. J., "Calculating Energy Released by Fission Products," Trans.
Am. Nucl. Soc. 4 (1) 30 (1961).
- 9. Deleted in initial UFSAR.
- 10. Stehn, J.R. and Clancy, E. F., "Fission-Product Radioactivity and Heat Generation" and "Proceedings of the Second United Nations International Conference on the Peaceful
Uses of Atomic Energy, Geneva, 1958," Volu me 13, pp. 49-54, United Nations, Geneva, 1958.
- 11. Obershain, F. E. and Foderaro, A. H., "Energy from Fission Product Decay," WAPD-P-652, 1955.
- 12. Hargrove, H. G., "FACTRAN, a FORTRAN IV Code for Thermal Transients in a UO 2 Fuel Rod," WCAP-7908, December 1989.
- 13. Deleted in initial UFSAR.
- 14. Deleted. in initial UFSAR
- 15. Burnett, T. W. T., et al., "LOFTRAN Code Description," WCAP-7907-P-A (Proprietary), WCAP-7907-A (Non-Proprietary) April 1984.
WBN 15.1-17 16. Barry, R. F., "LEOPARD, A Spectrum Dependent Non-Spatial Depletion Code for the IBM-7094," WCAP-3269-26, September 1963.
- 17. Barry, R. F. and Altomare, S., "The TURTLE 24.0 Diffusion Depletion Code," WCAP-7213-P-A (Proprietary) and WCAP-7758-A (Non-Proprietary), January 1975.
- 18. Risher, D. H., Jr. and Barry, R. F., "TWINKLE - A Multi-Dimensional Neutron Kinetics Computer Code," WCAP-7979-P-A (Proprietary) and WCAP-8028-A (Non-Proprietary),
January 1975.
- 19. Deleted in initial UFSAR.
- 20. Deleted in initial UFSAR.
- 21. Deleted by UFSAR Amendment 1
- 22. Reagan, J. R. and Tuley, C. R., "Westinghouse Setpoint Methodology for Protection Systems, Watts Bar Units 1 and 2, Eagle 21 Version," WCAP-12096, Rev. 9, March
1998. (Proprietary). Unit 1 only
- 23. Miranda, S., et.al., "Steam Generator Low Water Level Protection System Modifications to Reduce Feedwater Related Trips," WCAP-11325-P-A, Revision 1, February 1988.
- 24. Lewis, Huang, Behnke, Fittante, Gelman, "SGTR Analysis Methodology to Determine the Margin to Steam Generator Overfill," WCAP-10698-P-A [PROPRIETARY]/WCAP-
10750-A [NON-PROPRIETARY], August 1987.
- 25. Lewis, Huang, Rubin, "Evaluation of Offsite Radiation Doses for a Steam Generator Tube Rupture Accident," Supplement 1 to WCAP-10698-P-A
[PROPRIETARY]/Supplement 1 to WCAP-10750-A [NON-PROPRIETARY], March
1986.
- 26. Lewis, Huang, Rubin, Murray, Roidt, Hopkins, "Evaluation of Steam Generator Overfill Due to a Steam Generator Tube Ruptur e Accident," WCAP-11002 [PROPRIETARY]/
WCAP-11003 [NON-PROPRIETARY], February 1986.
- 27. Friedland, A. J. and S. Ray, "Revised Thermal Design Procedure," WCAP-11397-P-A (PROPRIETARY) and WCAP-11398-A (NON-PROPRIETARY), April 1989.
- 28. Trozzo, R. W., "Westinghouse Setpoint Methodology for Protection Systems - Watts Bar Unit 2," WCAP-17044-P, Revision 1, September 2012, (Unit 2 Only).
WBN 15.3-1 15.3 CONDITION III - INFREQUENT FAULTS By definition Condition III occurrences are faults which may occur very infrequently during the life of the plant. They will be accommodated with the failure of only a small fraction of the fuel
rods although sufficient fuel damage might occur to preclude resumption of the operation for a
considerable outage time. The release of radioactivity will not be sufficient to interrupt or restrict
public use of those areas beyond the exclusion radius. A Condition III fault will not, by itself, generate a Condition IV fault or result in a consequential loss of function of the RCS or
containment barriers. For the purposes of this report the following faults have been grouped
into this category: 1.Loss of reactor coolant, from sm all ruptured pipes or from cracks in large pipes, which actuates the ECCS.2.Minor secondary system pipe breaks.3.Inadvertent loading of a fuel assembly into an improper position.
4.Complete loss of forced reactor coolant flow.5.Waste gas decay tank rupture.
6.Single rod cluster control assembly withdrawal at full power.15.3.1 LOSS OF REACTOR COOLANT FROM SMALL RUPTURED PIPES OR FROM CRACKS IN LARGE PIPES WHICH ACTUATE THE EMERGENCY CORE COOLING SYSTEM 15.3.1.1 Identification of Causes and Accident Description A LOCA is defined as the loss of reactor coolant at a rate in excess of the reactor coolant normal makeup rate from breaks or openings in the RCPB inside primary containment up to, and including, a break equivalent in size to the largest justified pipe rupture (or in the absence of
justification, a double-ended rupture of the largest pipe) in the reactor coolant pressure
boundary (RCPB)(ANSI/ANS-51.1-1983). See Section 3.6 for a more detailed description of the
loss of reactor coolant accident boundary limits. Ruptures of small cross section will cause
expulsion of the coolant at a rate which can be accommodated by the charging pumps which
would maintain an operational water level in the pressurizer, permitting the operator to execute
an orderly shutdown. The coolant which would be released to the containment contains the
existing fission products.
WBN 15.3-2 The maximum break size for which the normal makeup system can maintain the pressurizer
level is obtained by comparing the calculated flow from the RCS through the postulated break
against the charging pump makeup flow at normal RCS pressure, i.e., 2250 psia.
Should a larger break occur, depressurization of the RCS causes fluid to flow to the RCS from
the pressurizer, resulting in a pressure and level decrease in the pressurizer. A reactor trip
occurs when the pressurizer low pressure trip setpoint is reached. The safety injection system
is actuated when the appropriate pressure setpoint is reached. The consequences of the
accident are limited in two ways:
- 1. Reactor trip and borated water injection complement void formation in causing rapid reduction of nuclear power to a residual level corresponding to the delayed fission and
fission product decay.
- 2. Injection of borated water ensures sufficient flooding of the core to prevent excessive clad temperatures.
Before the break occurs, the plant is in an equilibrium condition, i.e., the heat generated in the
core is being removed via the secondary syst em. During blowdown, heat from decay, hot internals and the vessel continues to be transferred to the reactor coolant. The heat transfer
between the RCS and the secondary system may be in either direction, depending on the
relative temperatures. In the case of continued heat addition to the secondary system, pressure
increases, and steam dump may occur. Makeup to the secondary side is automatically
provided by the auxiliary feedwater pumps. The reactor trip signal coincident with low Tavg signal (with assumed coincident loss of offsite pow er), stops normal feedwater flow by closing
the main feedwater isolation valves and flow control valves. The secondary flow aids in the
reduction of RCS pressure.
When the RCS depressurizes to the cold leg accumulator tank pressure, the accumulators
begin to inject water into the reactor coolant loops. The reactor coolant pumps are assumed to
be tripped concurrent with the reactor trip, and effects of pump coastdown are included in the
blowdown analyses.
15.3.1.2 Analysis of Effects and Consequences
Method of Analysis
For breaks less than 1.0 ft 2 , the NOTRUMP
[1, 2] digital computer code is employed to calculate the transient depressurization of the RCS as well as to describe the mass and enthalpy of flow
through the break. (Unit 1)
For breaks less than 1.0 ft 2 , the NOTRUMP
[1,2,16] digital computer code is employed to calculate the transient depressurization of the RCS as well as to describe the mass and enthalpy of flow
through the break. (Unit 2)
WBN 15.3-3 Small Break LOCA Analysis Using NOTRUMP
The NOTRUMP computer code is used in the analysis of loss-of-coolant accidents due to small
breaks in the reactor coolant system. The NOTRUMP computer code is a one-dimensional general network code consisting of a number of advanced features. Among these features are
the calculation of thermal non-equilibrium in all fluid volumes, flow regime-dependent drift flux
calculations with counter-current flooding limitations, mixture level tracking logic in multiple-
stacked fluid nodes, and regime-dependent heat transfer correlations. The NOTRUMP small
break LOCA emergency core cooling system (ECCS) evaluation model was developed to determine the RCS response to design basis small break LOCAs and to address the NRC
concerns expressed in NUREG-0611, "Generic Evaluation of Feedwater Transients and Small Break Loss-of-Coolant Accidents in Westinghouse Designed Operating Plants."[15]
In NOTRUMP, the RCS is nodalized into volumes interconnected by flowpaths. The broken
loop is modeled explicitly with the intact loops lumped into a second loop. The transient
behavior of the system is determined from the governing conservation equation of mass, energy, and momentum applied throughout the system. For Unit 1, a detailed description of
NOTRUMP is given in References [1] and [2]. For Unit 2, a detailed description of NOTRUMP
is given in References [1], [2] and [16].
The use of NOTRUMP in the analysis involves, among other things, the representation of the
reactor core as heated control volumes with an associated bubble rise model to permit a
transient mixture height calculation. The multinode capability of the program enables an explicit
and detailed spatial representation of various system components. In particular, it enables a
proper calculation of the behavior of the loop seal during a loss-of-coolant transient.
Cladding thermal analyses are performed with the LOCTA-IV
[3] code which uses the RCS pressure, fuel rod power history, steam flow past the uncovered part of the core, and mixture
height history from the NOTRUMP hydraulic calculations as input.
A schematic representation of the computer code interfaces is given in Figure 15.3-1.
Safety injection flow rate to the RCS as a func tion of system pressure is an input parameter.
The SIS is assumed to begin delivering full flow to the RCS (30 - Unit 1; 27 - Unit 2)seconds
after the generation of a safety injection signal. Also, minimum safeguards ECCS capability and
operability has been assumed in these analyses including use of the COSI/safety injection in
the broken loop model described in Reference [16] and approved by the NRC in Reference [17].
Hydraulic transient analyses are performed wi th the NOTRUMP code which determines the RCS pressure, fuel rod power history, steam flow past the uncovered part of the core and
mixture height history. The core thermal transient is performed with the LOCTA-IV
[3] code. Both calculations assume the core is operating at (100.6% - Unit 1; 102% - Unit 2) of licensed power.
WBN 15.3-4 15.3.1.3 Reactor Coolant System Pipe Break Results
Unit 1
A spectrum of break sizes was analyzed to determine the limiting break size in terms of the
highest peak cladding temperature. These break sizes were 2, 3, 4, and 6 inches.
For all cases reported, during the earlier part of the small break transient, the effect of the break
flow is not strong enough to overcome the flow maintained by the reactor coolant pumps
through the core as they are coasting down following reactor trip. Therefore, upward flow
through the core is maintained.
The resultant heat transfer cools the fuel rod cladding to very near the coolant temperatures as
long as the core remains covered by a two-phase mixture. When the mixture level drops below
the top of the core, the steam flow computed with NOTRUMP provides cooling to the upper
portion of the core.
The typical core power (dimensionless) transient following the accident (relative) to reactor scram time is shown in Figure 15.3-9. Also shown is the typical hot rod axial power shape in
Figure 15.3-10.
The reactor scram delay time is equal to the reactor trip signal time plus control rod insertion
time, or a total of 5.0 seconds. During this delay period, the reactor is conservatively assumed
to continue to operate at the initial rated power level.
The safety injection flow is depicted in Figure 15.3-2 as a function of RCS pressure. Auxiliary
feedwater flow is 1050 gpm based on the operation of one motor-driven and the turbine-driven
auxiliary feedwater pump, each deliv ering to two steam generators.
The 30 second delay time includes the time for diesel generator startup, loading on the 6.9 kV
shutdown board, and sequential loading of the centrifugal charging and safety injection pumps
onto the emergency buses, with acceleration to full speed and capability for injection. Although
included in the 30 second delay, the effect of the residual heat removal pump flow is not a factor
in this analysis since their shutoff head is lower than RCS pressure during the time period for
this transient.
The 4-inch break was determined to be the limiting break size, with a peak cladding
temperature of 1132 o F. The transient results for the limiting 4-inch break are presented in Figures 15.3-3 to 15.3-8. The depressurization transient for the 4-inch break is shown in Figure
15.3-3. The extent to which the core is uncovered is shown in Figure 15.3-4. The peak
cladding temperature transient is shown in Figure 15.3-5. Figure 15.3-5a shows the peak
cladding temperature transient for IFBA fuel with annular pellets. The results show there is no
difference in PCT with annular pellets. The steam flow rate for this break is shown in Figure
15.3-6. The heat transfer coefficients for the rod for this phase of the transient are given in
Figure 15.3-7, and the hot spot fluid temperature is shown in Figure 15.3-8.
WBN 15.3-5 The comparable transient results for the 2-inch break are presented in Figures 15.3-11 to 15.3-
11b, for the 3-inch break in Figures 15.3-12 to 15.3-12e, and for the 6-inch break in Figures
15.3-13 to 15.3-13e.
Calculated peak cladding temperatures for large breaks are presented in Section 15.4.1.
Unit 2
A spectrum of break sizes was analyzed to determine the limiting break size in terms of the
highest peak cladding temperature. These break sizes were 2, 3, 4, 6, and 8.75 inches.
For all cases reported, during the earlier part of the small break transient, the effect of the break
flow is not strong enough to overcome the flow maintained by the reactor coolant pumps
through the core as they are coasting down following reactor trip. Therefore, upward flow
through the core is maintained.
The resultant heat transfer cools the fuel rod cladding to very near the coolant temperatures as
long as the core remains covered by a two-phase mixture. When the mixture level drops below
the top of the core, the steam flow computed with NOTRUMP provides cooling to the upper
portion of the core.
The typical core power (dimensionless) transient following the accident (relative) to reactor scram time is shown in Figure 15.3-9. Also shown is the typical hot rod axial power shape in
Figure 15.3-10.
The reactor scram delay time is equal to the reactor trip signal time plus control rod insertion
time, or a total of 4.7 seconds (conservatively modeled as 5.0 seconds). During this delay
period, the reactor is conservatively assumed to continue to operate at the initial rated power
level.
The safety injection flow vs. RCS pressure in Figure 15.3-2a is modeled for spill to RCS
pressure cases (i.e., 2, 3, 4, and 6 inch break sizes). The safety injection flow vs. RCS pressure
in Figure 15.3-2b is modeled for spill to containment pressure (0 psig) cases (i.e., 8.75 inch
break size). Auxiliary feedwater flow is 660 gpm to four steam generators based on the operation of one motor-driven and one turbine driv en auxiliary feedwater pump, each delivering to two steam generators. The flow rate is based on the conservative minimum flow of 165 gpm
delivered by one motor-driven pump to one steam generator.
The 27 second delay time includes the time for diesel generator startup, loading on the 6.9 kV
shutdown board, and sequential loading of the centrifugal charging and safety injection pumps
onto the emergency buses, with acceleration to full speed and capability for injection.
The 4-inch break was determined to be the limiting break size, with a peak cladding
temperature of 1183.9°F. The transient results for the limiting 4-inch break are presented in
Figures 15.3-3 to 15.3-8. The depressurization transient for the 4-inch break is shown in Figure
15.3-3. The extent to which the core is uncovered is shown in Figure 15.3-4. The peak
cladding temperature transient is shown in Figure 15.3-5. The steam flow rate for this break is
shown in Figure 15.3-6. The heat transfer coefficients for the rod for this phase of the transient
are given in Figure 15.3-7, and the hot spot fluid temperature is shown in Figure 15.3-8.
WBN 15.3-6 The comparable transient results for the 2-inch break are presented in Figures 15.3-11 to 15.3-
11e, for the 3-inch break in Figures 15.3-12 to 15.3-12e, for the 6-inch break in Figures 15.3-13
to 15.3-13e, and for the 8.75-inch break in Figures 15.3-14 to 15.3-14b. Note that since there is
no core uncovery for the 8.75-inch break, cladding heatup is not calculated.
An evaluation has been performed to determine the impact of change in the lower radial key
stiffness value and concluded that the fuel assemblies on the core periphery are the only
assemblies to experience grid deformation for Watts Bar Unit 2. An SBLOCA assessment has
concluded that core coolable geometry is maintained if grid deformation remains in peripheral
assembly locations. Therefore, it is further concluded that coolable core geometry is maintained
for Watts Bar Unit 2 for cores of 17x17 RFA-2 fuel following a SBLOCA.
Calculated peak cladding temperatures for large breaks are presented in section 15.4.1.
15.3.1.4 Conclusions - Thermal Analysis (Unit 1 Only)
For cases considered, the emergency core cooling system meets the acceptance criteria as
presented in 10 CFR 50.46. That is:
- 1. The calculated peak fuel element cladding temperature provides margin to the limit of 2200ºF, based on an F q value of 2.50.
- 2. The amount of fuel element cladding that reacts chemically with water or steam does not exceed 1% of the total amount of zircaloy in the reactor.
- 3. The cladding temperature transient is terminated at a time when the core geometry is still amenable to cooling. The oxidation limit of 17% of the cladding thickness is not
exceeded during or after quenching.
- 4. The core temperature is reduced and decay heat is removed for an extended period of time, as required by the long-lived radioactivity remaining in the core.
The time sequence of events is shown in Table 15.3-1. Table 15.3-2 summarizes the results of
these analyses.
15.3.1.5 Evaluations
Replacement of V+/P+ fuel with RFA-2 has been evaluated for its effect on the small break loss-
of-coolant-accident peak cladding temperature. The changes resulting from the introduction of
RFA-2 are either not modeled in NOTRUMP-EM or would be expected to have a negligible effect on the analysis results. The evaluation concludes that Watts Bar will remain in
compliance with 10 CFR 50.46 for both transition from the current fuel to the new fuel and for a
full core of the new fuel. Assessments related to plant safety will remain.
An evaluation was performed to determine the effects of updated intermediate head safety
injection (IHSI) flows on the small break loss-of-coolant-accident peak cladding temperature.
Figure 15.3-2a depicts the updated total SI flows as a function of RCS pressure from this
evaluation. The evaluation concludes that Watts Bar remains in compliance with 10 CFR 50.46
and there will be no peak cladding temperature assessment as a result of this evaluation.
WBN 15.3-7 An evaluation has been performed for the potential for additional grid deformation for
LOCA/seismic conditions at Watts Bar Unit 1 with respect to correct modeling of the lower radial
keys in the reactor equipment system model (R ESM). It concluded that fuel grid deformation most likely will not occur at Watts Bar Unit 1 with the revised radial key modeling in the RESM.
However, to be conservative, it is recommended that fuel grid deformation be considered only in
the physical peripheral locations for evaluations. Therefore, because assemblies on the core
periphery are the only assemblies to experience grid deformation, it is concluded that coolable
geometry is maintained for small breaks; additional analyses are not warranted, and no peak
clad temperature penalty is applied.
15.3.2 MINOR SECONDARY SYSTEM PIPE BREAKS
15.3.2.1 Identification of Causes and Accident Description Included in this grouping are ruptures of secondary system lines which would result in steam
release rates equivalent to a 6 inch diameter break or smaller.
15.3.2.2 Analysis of Effects and Consequences
Minor secondary system pipe breaks must be accommodated with the failure of only a small
fraction of the fuel elements in the reactor. Since the results of analysis presented in Section
15.4.2 for a major secondary system pipe rupture also meet this criteria, separate analysis for
minor secondary system pipe breaks is not required.
The evaluation of the more probable accidental opening of a secondary system steam dump, relief or safety valve is presented in Section 15.2.13. These analyses are illustrative of a pipe
break equivalent in size to a single valve opening. These smaller equivalent pipe break sizes
are also bounded by the analysis presented in Section 15.4.2 for the MSLB event.
15.3.2.3 Conclusions
The analyses presented in Section 15.4.2 demonstrate that the consequences of a minor
secondary system pipe break are acceptable since a DNBR of less than the limiting value does
not occur even for a more critical major secondary system pipe break.
15.3.3 INADVERTENT LOADING OF A FUEL ASSEMBLY INTO AN IMPROPER POSITION 15.3.3.1 Identification of Causes and Accident Description
Fuel and core loading errors such as can arise from the inadvertent loading of one or more fuel
assemblies into improper positions, loading a fuel rod during manufacture with one or more
pellets of the wrong enrichment or the loading of a full fuel assembly during manufacture with
pellets of the wrong enrichment will lead to increased heat fluxes if the error results in placing
fuel in core positions calling for fuel of lesser enrichment. Also included among possible core
loading errors is the inadvertent loading of one or more fuel assemblies requiring burnable
poison rods into a new core without burnable poison rods.
WBN 15.3-8 For Unit 1, any error in enrichment, beyond the normal manufacturing tolerances, can cause
power shapes which are more peaked than those calculated with the correct enrichments.
There is a 5% uncertainty margin included in the design value of power peaking factor assumed
in the analysis of Condition I and Condition II transients. The incore system of moveable flux
detectors which is used to verify power shapes at the start of life is capable of revealing any
assembly enrichment error or loading error which causes power shapes to be peaked in excess
of the design value.
For Unit 2, any error in enrichment, beyond the normal manufacturing tolerances, can cause
power shapes which are more peaked than those calculated with the correct enrichments.
There is a 5% uncertainty margin included in the design value of power peaking factor assumed
in the analysis of Condition I and Condition II transients. The Power Distribution Monitoring
System [17] is capable of revealing any assembly enrichment error or loading error which causes power shapes to be peaked in excess of the design value.
To reduce the probability of core loading errors, each fuel assembly is marked with an
identification number and loaded in accordance with a core loading diagram. During core
loading the identification number is checked before each assembly is moved into the core.
Serial numbers read during fuel movement are subsequently recorded on the loading diagram
as a further check on proper placing after the loading is completed.
For Unit 1, in addition to the flux monitors, thermocouples are located at the outlet of about one
third of the fuel assemblies in the core. There is a high probability that these thermocouples
would also indicate any abnormally high coolant enthalpy rise. Finally, the Power Distribution
Monitoring System, which is equivalent to an up-to-the-minute flux map, would indicate any abnormal power distribution after it has been calibrated by the movable incore detector system.
For Unit 2, in addition to the Power Distribution Monitoring System, thermocouples are located
at the outlet of about one third of the fuel assemblies in the core. There is a high probability that
these thermocouples would also indicate any abnormally high coolant enthalpy rise.
15.3.3.2 Analysis of Effects and Consequences
Method Of Analysis
Steady-state power distributions in the x-y plane of the core are calculated by the TURTLE
[6] Code based on macroscopic cross section calculated by the LEOPARD
[7] Code. A discrete representation is used wherein each individual fuel rod is described by a mesh interval. The
power distributions in the x-y plane for a correctly loaded core assembly are also given in
Chapter 4 based on enrichments given in that section.
For each core loading error case analyzed, the percent deviations from detector readings for a
normally loaded core are shown at all incore detector locations (see Figures 15.3-15 to 15.3-19, inclusive).
WBN 15.3-9 Results The following core loading error cases have been analyzed.
Case A:
Case in which a Region 1 assembly is interchanged with a Region 3 assembly. The particular
case considered was the interchange of two adjacent assemblies near the periphery of the core (see Figure 15.3-15).
Case B:
Case in which a Region 1 assembly is interchanged with a neighboring Region 2 fuel assembly.
Two analyses have been performed for this case (see Figures 15.3-16 and 15.3-17).
In Case B-1, the interchange is assumed to take place with the burnable poison rods transferred
with the Region 2 assembly mistakenly loaded into Region 1.
In Case B-2, the interchange is assumed to take place closer to core center and with burnable
poison rods located in the correct Region 2 position but in a Region 1 assembly mistakenly
loaded into the Region 2 position.
Case C:
Enrichment error: Case in which a Region 2 fuel assembly is loaded in the core central position (see Figure 15.3-18).
Case D:
Case in which a Region 2 fuel assembly instead of a Region 1 assembly is loaded near the core
periphery (see Figure 15.3-19).
15.3.3.3 Conclusions
Fuel assembly enrichment errors would be prevented by administrative procedures
implemented in fabrication.
In the event that a single pin or pellet has a higher enrichment than the nominal value, the
consequences in terms of reduced DNBR and increased fuel and clad temperatures will be
limited to the incorrectly loaded pin or pins.
For Unit 1, fuel assembly loading errors are prevented by administrative procedures implemented during core loading. In the unlikely event that a loading error occurs, analyses in
this section confirm that resulting power distribution effects will either be readily detected by
incore power distribution measurements or will cause a sufficiently small perturbation to be acceptable within the uncertainties allowed between nominal and design power shapes.
For Unit 2, fuel assembly loading errors are prevented by administrative procedures implemented during core loading. In the unlikely event that a loading error occurs, analyses in
this section confirm that resulting power distribution effects will either be readily detected by the
Power Distribution Monitoring System or will cause a sufficiently small perturbation to be acceptable within the uncertainties allowed between nominal and design power shapes.
WBN 15.3-10 15.3.4 COMPLETE LOSS OF FORCED REACTOR COOLANT FLOW
15.3.4.1 Identification of Causes and Accident Description
A complete loss of forced reactor coolant flow may result from a simultaneous loss of electrical
supplies to all reactor coolant pumps (RCPs). If the reactor is at power at the time of the
accident, the immediate effect of loss of forced reactor coolant flow is a rapid increase in the
reactor coolant temperature and subsequent increase in reactor coolant pressure. The flow
reduction and increase in coolant temperature could eventually result in DNB and subsequent
fuel damage before the peak pressures exceed the values at which the integrity of the pressure
boundaries would be jeopardized unless the reactor was tripped promptly.
Normal power for the reactor coolant pumps is supplied through individual buses from a
transformer connected to the generator. When generator trip occurs, the buses are
automatically transferred to a transformer supp lied from external power lines, and the pumps will continue to provide forced coolant flow to the core. Following a turbine trip where there are
no electrical faults or a thrust bearing failure which requires tripping the generator from the
network, the generator remains connected to the network for approximately 30 seconds. The
reactor coolant pumps remain connected to the generator thus ensuring full flow for 30 seconds
after the reactor trip before any transfer is made.
The following reactor trips provide the necessary protection against a loss of coolant flow
accident:
- 1. Reactor coolant pump power supply undervoltage or underfrequency.
- 2. Low reactor coolant loop flow.
The reactor trip on reactor coolant pump undervoltage is provided to protect against conditions
which can cause a loss of voltage to all reactor coolant pumps, i.e., loss of power supply to all
reactor coolant pumps. This function is blocked below the approximately 10% power (Permissive 7) interlock setpoint to permit startup.
The reactor trip on reactor coolant pump underfrequency is provided to trip the reactor for an
underfrequency condition, resulting from frequency disturbances on the power grid. This
function is also blocked below the approximately 10% power (Permissive 7) interlock setpoint to
permit startup.
Reference [8] provides analyses of grid frequency disturbances and the resulting Nuclear Steam
Supply System protection requirements which are applicable to current generation
Westinghouse plants.
These analyses have shown that the reactor is adequately protected by the underfrequency
reactor trip such that DNB will be above the limiting value for grid frequency decay rates less
than 6.8 Hz/sec based on a trip setpoint of approximately 57 Hz. In addition, for a maximum
frequency decay rate of 5 Hz/sec, the selected trip setpoint would have to be at least 54.3 Hz.
The sensing relay connected to the load side of each RCP breaker for WBN is set at
approximately 57 Hz. A grid analysis has been provided which determined that for the worst
case the maximum system frequency decay rate is less than 5 Hz/sec.
WBN 15.3-11 The reactor trip on low primary coolant loop flow is provided to protect against loss of flow
conditions which affect only one reactor coolant loop. This function is generated by two out of
three low flow signals per reactor coolant loop. Above approximately 48% power (Permissive
8), low flow in any loop will actuate a reactor trip. Between approximately 10% power and 48%
power (Permissive 7 and Permissive 8), low flow in any two loops will actuate a reactor trip.
The effect of low loop flow trip protection alone relative to frequency decay rate, although not
the primary trip function taken credit for in WBN's design, is also addressed in Reference [8].
15.3.4.2 Analysis of Effects and Consequences
Method of Analysis
This transient is analyzed by three digital computer codes. The LOFTRAN
[9] Code is used to calculate the loop flow, core flow, the time of reactor trip, the nuclear power transient, and the
primary system pressure and coolant temperature transients. The FACTRAN
[10] Code is then used to calculate the heat flux transient based on the nuclear power and flow from LOFTRAN.
Finally, the VIPRE-01
[13,14] Code (see Section 4.4.3.4) is used to calculate the DNBR during the transient based on the heat flux from FACTRAN and flow from LOFTRAN. The DNBR
transients presented represent the minimum of the typical or thimble cell. The method of
analysis and the assumptions made regarding initial operating conditions and reactivity
coefficients are identical to those discussed in Section 15.2, except that following the loss of
supply to all pumps at power, a reactor trip is actuated by either reactor coolant pump power
supply undervoltage or underfrequency.
Results The calculated sequence of events for the case analyzed is shown on Table 15.3-3. The
reactor is assumed to trip on an undervoltage signal. Figures 15.3-20 and 15.3-23 through
15.3-25 show the transient response for the loss of power to all reactor coolant pumps. The
DNBR never goes below the design basis limit.
The most limiting statepoint occurred for the complete loss of flow under- frequency case for the
DNB transient. The DNB evaluation showed that the minimum DNBR remained above the
limiting value. An axial power shape that bounds the cycle specific conditions is used to
perform the statepoint evaluation of the complete loss of flow analysis (also partial loss of flow
analysis as presented in Section 15.2.5). For Unit 1, the calculated peak RCS pressure is 2461
psia, demonstrating that the RCS remains below 110% of design pressure.
Following reactor trip, the pumps will continue to coast down until natural circulation flow is
established and will approach a stabilized hot standby condition as shown in Section 15.2.8.
The operating procedures call for operator action to control RCS boron concentration and
pressurizer level using the CVCS, and to maintain steam generator level through control of the
main or auxiliary feedwater system. Any action required of the operator to maintain the plant in a
stabilized condition is in a time frame in excess of ten minutes following reactor trip.
15.3.4.3 Conclusions
The analysis performed has demonstrated that for the complete loss of forced reactor coolant
flow, the DNBR will not decrease below the design basis limit at any time during the transient.
WBN 15.3-12 15.3.5 WASTE GAS DECAY TANK RUPTURE
15.3.5.1 Identification of Causes and Accident Description
The gaseous waste processing system, as discussed in Section 11.3, is designed to remove
fission product gases from the reactor coolant. The system consists of a closed loop with waste
gas compressors, waste gas decay tanks for service at power and other waste gas decay tanks
for service at shutdown and startup.
The maximum amount of waste gases stored occurs after a refueling shutdown at which time
the gas decay tanks store the radioactive gases stripped from the reactor coolant.
The accident is defined as an unexpected and uncontrolled release of radioactive xenon and
krypton fission product gases stored in a waste decay tank as a consequence of a failure of a
single gas decay tank or associated piping.
15.3.5.2 Analysis of Effects and Consequences
For the analyses and consequences of the postulated waste gas decay tank rupture, please
refer to Section 15.5.2.
15.3.6 SINGLE ROD CLUSTER CONTROL ASSEMBLY WITHDRAWAL AT FULL POWER 15.3.6.1 Identification of Causes and Accident Description
The current WBN design basis for the single rod cluster control assembly (RCCA) withdrawal at
full power event assumes no single electrical or mechanical failure in the rod control system
could cause the accidental withdrawal of a single RCCA from the inserted bank at full power
operation. The operator could deliberately withdraw a single RCCA in the control bank since
this feature is necessary in order to retrieve an assembly should one be accidentally dropped.
In the extremely unlikely event of simultaneous electrical failures which could result in single
RCCA withdrawal, rod deviation and rod control urgent failure would both be displayed on the
plant annunciator, and the rod position indicators would indicate the relative positions in the
assemblies in the bank. The urgent failure alarm also inhibits automatic rod withdrawal.
Withdrawal of a single RCCA by operator action would result in activation of the same alarm
and the same visual indications.
Each bank of RCCAs in the system is divided into two groups of 4 mechanisms each (except
group 2 of bank D which consists of 5 mechanisms). The rods comprising a group operate in
parallel through multiplexing thyristors. The two groups in a bank move sequentially such that
the first group is always within one step of the second group in the bank. A definite sequence of
actuation of the stationary gripper, movable gripper, and lift coils of a mechanism is required to
withdraw the RCCA attached to the mechanism. Since the stationary gripper, movable gripper, and lift coils associated with the RCCAs of a rod group are driven in parallel, any single failure
which would cause rod withdrawal would affect a minimum of one group. Mechanical failures
are in the direction of insertion, or immobility.
WBN 15.3-13 In the unlikely event of multiple failures which result in continuous withdrawal of a single RCCA, it is not possible, in all cases, to provide assurance of automatic reactor trip such that DNB safety limits are not violated. Withdrawal of a single RCCA results in both positive reactivity
insertion tending to increase core power, and an increase in local power density in the core area
associated with the RCCA.
15.3.6.2 Analysis of Effects and Consequences
Method of Analysis
For Unit 1, power distributions within the core are calculated by using the computer codes
described in Table 4.1-2. The peaking factors are then used by VIPRE-01 to calculate the
minimum DNBR for the event. The case of the worst rod withdrawn from bank D inserted at the
insertion limit, with the reactor initially at full power, was analyzed. This incident is assumed to
occur at beginning-of-life since this results in the minimum value of moderator temperature
coefficient. This maximizes the power rise and minimizes the tendency of increased moderator
temperature to flatten the power distribution.
For Unit 2, power distributions within the core are calculated by the TURTLE
[6] Code based on macroscopic cross sections generated by LEOPARD
[7]. The peaking factors calculated by TURTLE are then used by THINC
[11] to calculate the minimum DNBR for the event. The case of the worst rod withdrawn from bank D inserted at the insertion limit, with the reactor initially at full
power, was analyzed. This incident is assumed to occur at beginning-of-life since this results in
the minimum value of moderator temperature coefficient. This maximizes the power rise and
minimizes the tendency of increased moderator temperature to flatten the power distribution.
Results Two cases have been considered as follows:
- 1. If the reactor is in the manual control mode, continuous withdrawal of a single RCCA results in both an increase in core power and coolant temperature, and an increase in
the local hot channel factor in the area of the failed RCCA. In terms of the overall
system response, this case is similar to those presented in Section 15.2.2; however, the
increased local power peaking in the area of the withdrawn RCCA results in lower
minimum DNBRs than for the withdrawn bank cases. Depending on initial bank insertion
and location of the withdrawn RCCA, automatic reactor trip may not occur sufficiently
fast to prevent the minimum core DNB ratio from falling below the limiting value.
Evaluation of this case at the power and coolant conditions at which the overtemperature T trip would be expected to trip the plant shows that an upper limit for the number of
rods with a DNBR less than the limiting value is 5%.
- 2. If the reactor is in automatic control mode, the multiple failures that result in the withdrawal of a single RCCA will result in the immobility of the other RCCAs in the
controlling bank. The transient will then proceed in the same manner as Case 1
described above. For such cases as above, a trip will ultimately ensue, although not
sufficiently fast in all cases to prevent the minimum DNBR in the core from decreasing
below the limiting value.
WBN 15.3-14 Following reactor trip, the plant will approach a stabilized condition at hot standby; normal plant
operating procedures may then be followed. The operating procedures would call for operator
action to control RCS boron concentration and pressurizer level using the CVCS, and to
maintain steam generator level through control of the main or auxiliary feedwater system. Any
action required of the operator to maintain the plant in a stabilized condition will be in a time
frame in excess of ten minutes following reactor trip.
15.3.6.3 Conclusions
For the case of one RCCA fully withdrawn, with the reactor in the automatic or manual control
mode and initially operating at full power with bank D at the insertion limit, an upper bound of
the number of fuel rods experiencing DNBR at values less than the limiting value is 5% of the
total fuel rods in the core.
For both cases discussed, the indicators and alarms mentioned would function to alert the
operator to the malfunction. For case 1, the insertion limit alarms (low and low-low alarms)
would also serve to alert the operator.
It is to be additionally noted that the current analysis methodology for the bank withdrawal at
power uses point-kinetics and one-dimensional kinetics transient models, respectively. These
models use conservative constant reactivity feedback assumptions which result in an overly
conservative prediction of the core response for these events.
The accidental withdrawal of a bank or banks of RCCAs in the normal overlap mode is a transient which has been specifically considered in the safety analysis. The consequences of a
bank withdrawal accident meet Condition II criteria (no DNB). If, however, it is assumed that less than a full group or bank of control rods is withdrawn, and these rods are not symmetrically
located around the core, this then can cause a "tilt" in the core radial power distribution. The "tilt" could result in a radial power distribution peaking factor which is more severe than is
normally considered in the safety analysis, and therefore cause a loss of DNB margin.
A more detailed DNBR analysis addressing the limiting transient setpoints has been conducted (References 11 and 12) and the Revised Thermal Design Procedure (RTDP) maximizes DNBR
margins and determines setpoints that are conservatively low when compared to previous
results.
Using these approaches, generic analyses and their plant-specific application demonstrate that
for WBN DNB does not occur for the worst-case asymmetric rod withdrawal, and the licensing
basis for the facility with regard to the requirements for system response to a single failure in the
rod control system (GDC-25 or equivalent) is still satisfied.
REFERENCES
- 1. Lee, N., Rupprecht, S. D., Tauch, W. D., and Schwartz, W. R., "Westinghouse Small Break ECCS Evaluation Model Using the NOTRUMP Code," WCAP-10054-P-A, August
1985.
- 2. Meyer, P. E. and Kornfilt, J., "NOTRUMP: A Nodal Transient Small Break and General Network Code," WCAP-10079-P-A, August 1985.
WBN 15.3-15 3. F. M. Bordelon, et. al., "LOCTA-IV Program: Loss-of-Coolant Transient Analysis," WCAP-8305 (Non-Proprietary) and WCAP-8301 (Proprietary), June 1974.
- 4. Deleted in initial UFSAR.
- 5. Deleted in initial UFSAR.
6a. Deleted by UFSAR Amendment 2. (Unit 1 Only)
6b. Barry, R. F. and Altomare, S. "The TURTLE 24.0 Diffussion Depletion Code," WCAP-7213-P-A (Proprietary) and WCAP-7758-A (Non-Proprietary), January 1975. (Unit 2
Only) 7a. Deleted by UFSAR Amendment 2. (Unit 1 Only)
7b. Barry, F. R., "LEOPARD, A Spectrum Dependent Non-Spatial Depletion Code for the IBM-7094," WCAP-3269-26, September 1963. (Unit 2 Only)
- 8. Balwin, M. S., Merrian, M. M., Schenkel, H. S., and Vandewalle, D. J., "An Evaluation of Loss of Flow Accidents Caused by Power System Frequency Transients in
Westinghouse PWRs," WCAP-8424, Revision 1, June 1975.
- 9. Burnett, T. W. T, et.al., "LOFTRAN Code Description", WCAP-7907-P-A (Proprietary) and WCAP-7907-A (Non-Proprietary), April 1984.
- 10. Hargrove, H. G., "FACTRAN, A FORTRAN IV Code for Thermal Transients in a UO 2 Fuel Rod," WCAP-7908-A, December 1989.
- 11. Friedland, A. J., and Ray, S., "Improved THINC IV Modeling for PWR Core Design," WCAP-12330-P, August 1989.
- 12. Huegel, D., et al., "Generic Assessment of Asymmetric Rod Cluster Control Assembly Withdrawal," WCAP-13803, August 1993.
- 13. C. W. Stewart, et al., "VIPRE-01: A Thermal-Hydraulic Code for Reactor Cores," Volume 1-3 (Revision 3, August 1989), Volume 4 (April 1987), NP-2511-CCM-A, EPRI.
- 14. WCAP-14565-P-A, "VIPRE-01 Modeling and Qualification for Pressurized Water Reactor Non-LOCA Thermal-Hydraulic Safety Analysis," October 1999.
- 15. "Generic Evaluation of Feedwater Transients and SBLOCA in Westinghouse Designed Operating Plants," NUREG-0611, January 1980.
16a. Thompson, C. M., et al., "Addendum to t he Westinghouse Small Break ECCS Evaluation Model Using the NOTRUMP Code and Safety Injection in the Broken Loop and COSI
Condensation Model," WCAP-10054-P, Addendum 2, Revision 1 (Proprietary) and
WCAP-10081-NP, Revision 1 (Non-Proprietary), October 1995. (Unit 1 Only)
WBN 15.3-16 16b. Thompson, C. M., et al., "Addendum to t he Westinghouse Small Break ECCS Evaluation Model Using the NOTRUMP Code: Safety Injection into the Broken Loop and COSI Condensation Model, "WCAP-10054-P-A, Addendum 2, Revision 1 (Proprietary), July
1997. (Unit 2 Only)
17a. USNRC Letter from Robert C. Jones to N. J. Liparulo (W), "WCAP-10054-P, Addendum 2, Revision 1, NOTRUMP SBLOCA Using the COSI Steam Condensation Model,"
August 12, 1996. (Unit 1 Only)
17b. Beard, C.L. and Morita, T. "BEACON: Core Monitoring and Operations Support System", WCAP-12472-P-A (Proprietary), August 1994, Addendum 1-A, January 2000, Addendum 2-A, April 2002, Addendum 4-A, September 2012, and WCAP-12473-A (Non-proprietary), August 1994. (Unit 2 Only)
- 18. "BEACON Core Monitoring and Operations Support System, " WCAP-12472-P-A, August 1994. (Unit 1 Only)
- 19. "BEACON Core Monitoring and Operations Support System, " WCAP-12472-P-A, Addendum 1-A, January 2000. (Unit 1 Only)
- 20. "BEACON Core Monitoring and Operations Support System," WCAP-12472-P-A, Addendum 4-A, September 2012. (Unit 1 Only)
N O T R U M P L O C T A
WBN 15.4-1 15.4 CONDITION IV - LIMITING FAULTS
Condition IV occurrences are faults which are not expected to take place, but are postulated
because their consequences would include the potential for the release of significant amounts
of radioactive material. They are the most drastic which must be designed against and
represent limiting design cases. Condition IV faults are not to cause a fission product release to
the environment resulting in an undue risk to public health and safety in excess of guideline
values of 10 CFR Part 100 (Unit 1 and Unit 2) and 10 CFR 50.67 (Unit 1). A single Condition IV
fault is not to cause a consequential loss of required functions of systems needed to cope with
the fault including those of the emergency core cooling system (ECCS) and the containment.
For the purposes of this report the following faults have been classified in this category:
- 1. Major rupture of pipes containing reactor coolant up to and including double ended rupture of the largest pipe in the reactor coolant system (loss of coolant accident).
- 2. Major secondary system pipe ruptures.
- 3. Steam generator tube rupture.
- 4. Single reactor coolant pump locked rotor.
- 5. Fuel handling accident.
- 6. Rupture of a control rod drive mechanism housing (rod cluster control assembly ejection).
The analysis of thyroid and whole body doses, resulting from events leading to fission product
release, appears in Section 15.5. The fission product inventories which form a basis for these
calculations are presented in Chapter 11 and Section 15.1. Section 15.5 also includes the
discussion of systems interdependency contributing to limiting fission product leakages from the
containment following a Condition IV occurrence.
15.4.1 MAJOR REACTOR COOLANT SYSTEM PIPE RUPTURES (LOSS OF COOLANT ACCIDENT)
Loss-of-coolant accidents (LOCAs) are accidents that would result from the loss of reactor
coolant at a rate in excess of the capability of the reactor coolant makeup system. LOCAs could
occur from breaks in pipes in the reactor coolant pressure boundary up to and including a break
equivalent in size to the double-ended rupture of the largest pipe in the reactor coolant system (RCS). Large breaks are defined as breaks in the reactor coolant pressure boundary having a
cross-sectional area greater than or equal to 1.0 ft
- 2. Reference [34] documents this criterion.
The large break LOCA analysis is performed to demonstrate compliance with the 10 CFR 50.46
acceptance criteria
[35] for emergency core cooling systems for light water nuclear power reactors.
WBN 15.4-2 A large break LOCA is the postulated double-ended guillotine or split rupture of one of the RCS
primary coolant pipes.
The boundary considered for loss of coolant accidents is the RCS or any line connected to the
system up to the first closed valve.
For Unit 1, the sequence of events following a nominal large double-ended cold leg guillotine
break LOCA is presented in Table 15.4-17. Before the break occurs, the RCS is assumed to be
operating normally at full power in an equilibrium condition, i.e., the heat generated in the core
is being removed via the secondary system. A large double-ended cold leg guillotine (DECLG)
break is assumed to open almost instantaneously in one of the main RCS pipes. Calculations
have demonstrated that the most severe transient results occur for a DECLG break in the cold
leg between the pump and the reactor vessel.
Immediately following the cold leg break, a rapid system depressurization occurs along with a
core flow reversal due to a high discharge of subcooled fluid into the broken cold leg and out the
break. The fuel rods go through departure from nucleate boiling (DNB) and the cladding rapidly
heats up, while the core power shuts down due to voiding in the core. The hot water in the
core, upper plenum, and upper head flashes to steam, and subsequently the cooler water in the
lower plenum and downcomer begins to flash. Once the system has depressurized to the
accumulator pressure, the accumulators begin to inject cold borated water into the intact cold
legs. During the blowdown period a portion of the injected ECCS water is calculated to be
bypassed around the downcomer and out the break. The bypass period ends as the system pressure (initially assumed at a nominal 2250 psia Unit 1), continues to decrease and
approaches the containment pressure, resulting in reduced break flow and consequently
reduced core flow.
As the refill period begins, the core begins a period of heatup and the vessel begins to fill with
ECCS water. This phase continues until the lower plenum is filled and the bottom of the core
begins to reflood and entrainment begins.
During the reflood period, the core flow is oscillatory as ECCS water periodically rewets and
quenches the hot fuel cladding which generates steam and causes system repressurization.
The steam and entrained water must pass through the vessel upper plenum, the hot legs, the
steam generators, and the reactor coolant pumps before it is vented out the break. This flow
path resistance is overcome by the downcomer water elevation head which provides the gravity driven reflood force. The pumped ECCS water aids in the filling of the downcomer and
subsequently supplies water to maintain a full downcomer and complete the reflood period.
For Unit 2, the sequence of events following a large break LOCA is presented in Table 15.4-17.
Before the break occurs, the RCS is assumed to be operating normally at full power in an
equilibrium condition, i.e., the heat generated in the core is being removed via the secondary
system. A large break is assumed to open almost instantaneously in one of the main RCS
pipes. Calculations have demonstrated that the most severe transient results occur for a break
in the cold leg between the pump and the reactor vessel.
WBN 15.4-3 15.4.1.1 Thermal Analysis
15.4.1.1.1 Westinghouse Performance Criteria for Emergency Core Cooling System
The reactor is designed to withstand thermal effects caused by a loss of coolant accident
including the double ended severance of the largest reactor coolant system pipe. The reactor
core and internals together are designed so that the reactor can be safely shutdown and the
essential heat transfer geometry of the core preserved following the accident. The current
internals is of the upflow barrel/baffle design. The ECCS, even when operating during the
injection mode with the most limiting single active failure, is designed to meet the acceptance
criteria.
15.4.1.1.2 Method of Thermal Analysis
Unit 1
In 1988, the NRC staff amended the requirements of 10 CFR 50.46 and Appendix K, "ECCS
Evaluation Models," to permit the use of a rea listic evaluation model to analyze the performance of the ECCS during a hypothetical LOCA. This decision was based on an improved understanding of LOCA thermal-hydraulic phenomena gained by extensive research programs.
Under the amended rules, best estimate thermal-hydraulic models may be used in place of
models with Appendix K features. The rule change also requires, as part of the LOCA analysis, an assessment of the uncertainty of the best estimate calculations. It further requires that this
analysis uncertainty be included when comparing the results of the calculations to the
prescribed acceptance criteria of 10 CFR 50.46. Further guidance for the use of best estimate
codes is provided in Regulatory Guide 1.157.
[44]
To demonstrate use of the revised ECCS rule, the NRC and its consultants developed a method
called the Code Scaling, Applicability, and Uncertainty (CSAU) evaluation methodology.
[45] This method outlined an approach for defining and qualifying a best estimate thermal-hydraulic code
and quantifying the uncertainties in a LOCA analysis.
A LOCA evaluation methodology for three- and four-loop PWR plants based on the revised 10
CFR 50.46 rules was developed by Westinghouse with the support of EPRI and Consolidated
Edison and has been approved by the NRC. The methodology is documented in WCAP-12945-
P-A, "Code Qualification Document (CQD) for Best Estimate LOCA Analysis."
[46]
The thermal-hydraulic computer code which was reviewed and approved for the calculation of
fluid and thermal conditions in the PWR during a large break LOCA is WCOBRA/TRAC Version Model 7A.[46]
WCOBRA/TRAC combines two-fluid, three-field, multi-dimensional fluid equations used in the vessel with one-dimensional drift-flux equations used in the loops to allow a complete and
detailed simulation of a PWR. This best estimate computer code contains the following
features:
- Ability to model transient three-dimensional flows in different geometries inside the vessel.
WBN 15.4-4
- Ability to model thermal and mechanical non-equilibrium between phases.
- Ability to mechanistically represent interfacial heat, mass, and momentum transfer in different flow regimes.
- Ability to represent important reactor components such as fuel rods, steam generators, reactor coolant pump, etc.
The two-fluid formulation uses a separate set of conservation equations and constitutive
relations for each phase. The effects of one phase on another are accounted for by interfacial
friction and heat and mass transfer interaction terms in the equations. The conservation
equations have the same form for each phase; only the constitutive relations and physical
properties differ. Dividing the liquid phase into two fields is a convenient and physically
accurate way of handling flows where the liquid can appear in both film and droplet form. The
droplet field permits more accurate modeling of thermal-hydraulic phenomena such as
entrainment, de-entrainment, fallback, liquid pooling, and flooding.
WCOBRA/TRAC also features a two-phase, one-di mensional hydrodynamics formulation. In this model, the effect of phase slip is modeled indirectly via a constitutive relationship which
provides the phase relative velocity as a function of fluid conditions. Separate mass and energy
conservation equations exist for the two-phase mixture and for the vapor.
The reactor vessel is modeled with the three-dimensional, three field model, while the loop, major loop components, and safety injection points are modeled with the one-dimensional
model.
All geometries modeled using the three-dimensional model are represented as a matrix of cells.
The number of mesh cells used depends on the degree of detail required to resolve the flow
field, the phenomena being modeled, and practical restrictions such as computing costs and
core storage limitations.
The equations for the flow field in the three-dimensional model are solved using a staggered
difference scheme on the Eulerian mesh. The velocities are obtained at mesh cell faces, and
the state variables (e.g., pressure, density, enthalpy, and phasic volume fractions) are obtained
at the cell center. This cell is the control volume for the scalar continuity and energy equations.
The momentum equations are solved on a staggered mesh with the momentum cell centered
on the scalar cell face.
The basic building block for the mesh is the channel, a vertical stack of single mesh cells.
Several channels can be connected together by gaps to model a region of the reactor vessel.
Regions that occupy the same level form a section of the vessel. Vessel sections are
connected axially to complete the vessel mesh by specifying channel connections between
sections. Heat transfer surfaces and solid structures that interact significantly with the fluid can
be modeled with rods and unheated conductors.
WBN 15.4-5 One-dimensional components are connected to the vessel. The basic scheme used also employs the staggered mesh cell. Special purpose components exist to model specific
components such as the steam generator and pump.
A typical calculation using WCOBRA/TRAC begins with the establishment of a steady-state, initial condition with all loops intact. The input parameters and initial conditions for this steady-
state calculation are discussed in Section 15.4.1.1.4.
Following the establishment of an acceptable steady-state condition, the transient calculation is
initiated by introducing a break into one of the loops. The evolution of the transient through
blowdown, refill, and reflood proceeds continuously, using the same computer code (WCOBRA/TRAC) and the same modeling assumptions. Containment pressure is modeled with the BREAK component using a time dependent pressure table. Containment pressure is
calculated using the LOTIC-2 code
[5] and a mass and energy releases from the WCOBRA/TRAC calculation.
The methods used in the application of WCOBRA/TRAC to the large break LOCA are described in Reference [46]. A detailed assessment of the computer code WCOBRA/TRAC was made through comparisons to experimental data.
These assessments were used to develop
quantitative estimates of the code's ability to predict key physical phenomena in a PWR large
break LOCA. Modeling of a PWR introduces additional uncertainties which were identified and
quantified in the plant specific analysis. The final step of the best estimate methodology is to
combine all the uncertainties related to the code and plant parameters, and estimate the PCT at
95% probability. The steps taken to derive the PCT uncertainty estimate are summarized
below:
- 1. Plant Model Development
In this step, a WCOBRA/TRAC model of the plant is developed. A high level of noding detail is used, in order to provide an accurate simulation of the transient. However, specific guidelines are followed to assure that the model is consistent with models used
in the code validation. This results in a high level of consistency among plant models, except for specific areas dictated by hardware differences such as in the upper plenum
of the reactor vessel or the ECCS injection configuration.
- 2. Determination of Plant Operating Conditions
In this step, the expected or desired operating range of the plant to which the analysis applies is established. The parameters considered are based on a "key LOCA
parameters" list which was developed as part of the methodology. A set of these
parameters, at mostly nominal values, is chosen for input as initial conditions to the plant
model. A transient is run utilizing these parameters and is known as the "initial
transient." Next, several confirmatory runs are made, which vary a subset of the key
LOCA parameters over their expected operati ng range in one-at-a-time sensitivities.
The most limiting input conditions, based on these confirmatory runs, are then combined
into a single transient, which is then called the "reference transient."
WBN 15.4-6 3. PWR Sensitivity Calculations
A series of PWR transients are performed in which the initial fluid conditions and boundary conditions are ranged around the nominal conditions used in the reference
transient. The results of the calculations for WBN form the basis for the determination of
the initial condition bias and uncertainty discussed in Section 6 of Reference [47].
Next, a series of transients are performed which vary the power distribution, taking into account all possible power distributions during normal plant operation. The results of
these calculations for WBN form the basis for the determination of the power distribution
bias and uncertainty discussed in Section 7 of Reference [47].
Finally, a series of transients are performed wh ich vary parameters that affect the overall system response ("global" parameters) and loca l fuel rod response ("local" parameters).
The results of these calculations for WBN form the basis for the determination of the
model bias and uncertainty discussed in Section 8 of Reference [47].
- 4. Response Surface Calculations
Regression analyses are performed to derive PCT response surfaces from the results of the power distribution run matrix and the global model run matrix. The results of the
initial conditions run matrix are used to generate a PCT uncertainty distribution.
- 5. Uncertainty Evaluation
The total PCT uncertainty from the initial conditions, power distribution, and model calculations is derived using the approved methodology.
[47] The uncertainty calculations assume certain plant operating ranges which may be varied depending on the results
obtained. These uncertainties are then combined to determine the initial estimate of the
total PCT uncertainty distribution for the DECLG and split breaks. The results of these
initial estimates of the total PCT uncertainty are compared to determine the limiting
break type. If the split break is limiting, an additional set of split transients are performed
which vary overall system response ("global" parameters) and local fuel rod response
("local" parameters). Finally, an additional series of superposition runs is made to
quantify the bias and uncertainty due to assuming that the above three uncertainty
categories are independent. The final PCT uncertainty distribution is then calculated for
the limiting break type, and the 95th percentile PCT is determined.
- 6. Plant Operating Range
The plant operating range over which the uncertainty evaluation applies is defined.
Depending on the results obtained in the above uncertainty evaluation, this range may
be the desired range established in Step 2, or may be narrower for some parameters to
gain additional margin.
WBN 15.4-7 There are three major uncertainty categories or elements:
- 1. Initial condition bias and uncertainty 2. Power distribution bias and uncertainty
- 3. Model bias and uncertainty
Conceptually, these elements may be assumed to affect the reference transient PCT as shown
below:
PCT i = PCTREF,i + PCTIC,i + PCT PD,i + PCTMOD,i Equation 15.4-1)
where, PCTREF,i = Reference transient PCT: The reference transient PCT is calculated using WCOBRA/TRAC at the nominal conditions identified in Table 15.4-19, for blowdown (i=1), first reflood (i=2), and second reflood (i=3).
PCTIC,i = Initial condition bias and uncertainty: This bias is the difference between the reference transient PCT, which assumes several
nominal or average initial conditions, and the average PCT taking
into account all possible values of the initial conditions. This bias
takes into account plant variations which have a relatively small
effect on PCT. The elements which make up this bias and its
uncertainty are plant specific.
PCT PD,i = Power distribution bias and uncertainty: This bias is the difference between the reference transient PCT, which assumes a nominal
power distribution, and the average PCT taking into account all
possible power distributions during normal plant operation.
Elements which contribute to the uncertainty of this bias are
calculational uncertainties, and variations due to transient
operation of the reactor.
PCTMOD,i = Model bias and uncertainty: This component accounts for uncertainties in the ability of the WCOBRA/TRAC code to accurately predict important phenomena which affect the overall
system response ("global" parameters) and the local fuel rod
response ("local" parameters). The code and model bias is the
difference between the reference transient PCT, which assumes
nominal values for the global and local parameters, and the
average PCT taking into account all possible values of global and
local parameters.
WBN 15.4-8 The separability of the uncertainty components in the manner described above is an
approximation, since the parameters in each el ement may be affected by parameters in other elements. The bias and uncertainty associated with this assumption is quantified as part of the
overall uncertainty methodology and included in the final estimates of PCT.
95%
Unit 2
When the Final Acceptance Criteria (FAC) governing the loss-of-coolant accident (LOCA) for
Light Water Reactors was issued in Appendix K of 10 CFR 50.46, both the Nuclear Regulatory Commission (NRC) and the industry recognized that the stipulations of Appendix K were highly
conservative. That is, using the then accepted analysis methods, the performance of the
Emergency Core Cooling System (ECCS) would be conservatively underestimated, resulting in
predicted Peak Clad Temperatures (PCTs) much higher than expected. At that time, however, the degree of conservatism in the analysis could not be quantified. As a result, the NRC began
a large-scale confirmatory research program with the following objectives:
- 1. Identify, through separate effects and integral effects experiments, the degree of conservatism in those models permitted in the Appendix K rule. In this fashion, those
areas in which a purposely prescriptive approach was used in the Appendix K rule could
be quantified with additional data so that a less prescriptive future approach might be
allowed.
2 Develop improved thermal-hydraulic computer codes and models so that more accurate and realistic accident analysis calculations could be performed. The purpose of this
research was to develop an accurate predictive capability so that the uncertainties in the
ECCS performance and the degree of conservatism with respect to the Appendix K
limits could be quantified.
Since that time, the NRC and the nuclear industry have sponsored reactor safety research
programs directed at meeting the above two objec tives. The overall results have quantified the conservatism in the Appendix K rule for LOCA analyses and confirmed that some relaxation of
the rule can be made without loss in safety to the public. It was confirmed that some plants were
being restricted in operating flexibility by the ov erly conservative Appendix K requirements. In recognition of the Appendix K conservatism that was being quantified by the research programs, the NRC adopted an interim approach for evaluation methods. This interim approach is
described in SECY-83-472 [50]. The SECY-83-472 [50] represented an important step in basing
licensing decisions on realistic calculations, as opposed to those calculations prescribed by
Appendix K.
In 1998, the NRC Staff amended the requirements of 10 CFR 50.46 and Appendix K, "ECCS
Evaluation Models", to permit the use of a rea listic evaluation model to analyze the performance of the ECCS during a hypothetical LOCA. This decision was based on an improved understanding of LOCA thermal-hydraulic phenomena gained by extensive research programs.
Under the amended rules, best-estimate thermalhydraulic models may be used in place of
models with Appendix K features. The rule change also requires, as part of the LOCA analysis, an assessment of the uncertainty of the best estimate calculations. It further requires that this
analysis uncertainty be included when comparing the results of the calculations to the
prescribed acceptance criteria of 10 CFR 50.46. Further guidance for the use of best-estimate
codes is provided in Regulatory Guide 1.157[44]
WBN 15.4-9 To demonstrate use of the revised ECCS rule, the NRC and its consultants developed a method
called the Code Scaling, Applicability, and Uncertainty (CSAU) evaluation methodology (NUREG/CR-5249[45]). This method outlined an approach for defining and qualifying a best-
estimate thermal-hydraulic code and quantifying the uncertainties in a LOCA analysis. A LOCA
evaluation methodology for three- and fourloop Pressurized Water Reactor (PWR) plants based
on the revised10 CFR 50.46 rules was developed by Westinghouse with support of EPRI and
Consolidated Edison and has been approved by the NRC (WCAP-12945-P-A [46]).
More recently, Westinghouse developed an alternative methodology called ASTRUM, which
stands for Automated Statistical TReament of Uncertainty Method (WCAP-16009-P-A [49]). This
method is still based on the CQD methodology and follows the steps in the CSAU methodology (NUREG/CR-5249 [45]). However, the uncertainty analysis (Element 3 in the CSAU) is replaced
by a technique based on order statistics. The ASTRUM methodology replaces the response
surface technique with a statistical sampling method where the uncertainty parameters are
simultaneously sampled for each case. The ASTRUM methodology has received NRC approval
for referencing in licensing calculations in WCAP-16009-P-A [49].
The three 10 CFR 50.46 criteria (peak clad temperature, maximum local oxidation, and core-
wide oxidation) are satisfied by running a sufficient number of WCOBRA/TRAC calculations (sample size). In particular, the statistical theory predicts that 124 calculations are required to
simultaneously bound the 95th percentile values of three parameters with a 95-percent
confidence level.
This analysis is in accordance with the applicability limits and usage conditions defined in
Section 13-3 of WCAP-16009-P-A [49], as applicable to the ASTRUM methodology. Section 13-
3 of WCAP-16009-P-A [49] was found to acceptably disposition each of the identified conditions
and limitations related to WCOBRA/TRAC and CQD uncertainty approach per section 4.0 of the
ASTRUM Final Safety Evaluation Report appended to this topical report.
The Watts Bar 2 ASTRUM LBLOCA uses a plant-specific adaptation of the ASTRUM
methodology that includes explicit modeling of fuel thermal conductivity degradation (TCD), as
well as a larger sampling range for rod internal pressure (RIP) uncertainty. The methods used in
the application of WCOBRA /TRAC to the large break LOCA with ASTRUM are described in
WCAP-12945-P-A [46] and WCAP-16009-P-A [49]. A detailed assessment of the computer
code WCOBRA/TRAC was made through comparisons to experimental data. These
assessments were used to develop quantitative estimates of the code's ability to predict key
physical phenomena in a PWR large break LOCA. Modeling of a PWR introduces additional
uncertainties which are identified and quantified in the plant-specific analysis.
WCAP-16009-P-A [49] states that the ASTRUM methodology is based on the frozen code
version WCOBRA/TRAC MOD7A, Revision 6. WCOBRA/TRAC MOD7A, Revision 8-T2 was
used for the execution of ASTRUM Uncertainty Studies for Watts Bar Unit 2. The confirmatory
analysis (paragraph "2) Determination of Plant Operating Conditions) were executed with
WCOBRA/TRAC MOD7A Revision 7.
WBN 15.4-10 The Nuclear Regulatory Commission (NRC) approved Westinghouse Best-Estimate Loss-of-
Coolant Accident (BELOCA) ASTRUM methodology [49] is based on the PAD 4.0 fuel
performance code [51]. PAD 4.0 was licensed without explicitly considering fuel thermal
conductivity degradation (TCD) with burnup. Explicit modeling of TCD in the fuel performance
code leads directly to increased fuel temperatures (pellet radial average temperature) as well as other fuel performance related effects beyond beginning-of-life. Since PAD provides input to the
large-break LOCA analysis, this will tend to increase the stored energy at the beginning of the
simulated large-break LOCA event. This in turn leads to an increase in Peak Cladding
Temperature (PCT) if there is no provision to credit off-setting effects. In addition, a different fuel
thermal conductivity model in WCOBRA/TRAC and HOTSPOT was used to more accurately model the fuel temperature profile when accounting for TCD.
In order to mitigate the impact of the increasing effect of pellet TCD with burnup, the large-break
LOCA evaluation of second/third Cycle fuel utilized reduced peaking factors from those shown directly in FSAR Table 15.4-19. The reduced peaking factors are limited to the following
application: Burndown credit for the hot rod and hot assembly is taken for higher burnup fuel in
the second/third cycle of operation. The Watts Bar Unit 2 peaking factor values utilized in this
analysis are shown in Table 15.4-24. Note that the beginning to middle of life values are
retained at their direct Table 15.4-19 values.
It should be noted that evaluation of fuel in its second/third cycle of irradiation is beyond the first
cycle considered in the approved ASTRUM Evaluat ion Model (EM), but was considered in the analysis when explicitly modeling TCD to demons trate that conformance to the acceptance criteria is met for the second/third cycle fuel.
In addition to the standard uncertainty calculations, the Watts Bar 2 LBLOCA analysis sampled
a larger rod internal pressure (RIP) uncertainty than originally included in the ASTRUM
methodology [49]. It was discovered that the as-approved sampling range did not bound the
plant-specific rod internal pressure uncertainties for Watts Bar 2. Therefore, the approved
sampling range was expanded to bound the Watts Bar 2 plant-specific data.
WCOBRA/TRAC combines two-fluid, three-field, multi-dimensional fluid equations used in the
vessel with one-dimensional drift-flux equations used in the loops to allow a complete and
detailed simulation of a PWR. This best-estimate computer code contains the following features:
- 1. Ability to model transient three-dimensional flows in different geometries inside the vessel
- 2. Ability to model thermal and mechanical non-equilibrium between phases
- 3. Ability to mechanistically represent interfacial heat, mass, and momentum transfer in different flow regimes
- 4. Ability to represent important reactor components such as fuel rods, steam generators, reactor coolant pumps, etc.
WBN 15.4-11 The two-fluid formulation uses a separate set of conservation equations and constitutive
relations for each phase. The effects of one phase on another are accounted for by interfacial
friction and heat and mass transfer interaction terms in the equations. The conservation
equations have the same form for each phase; only the constitutive relations and physical
properties differ. Dividing the liquid phase into two fields is a convenient and physically accurate
way of handling flows where the liquid can appear in both film and droplet form. The droplet field
permits more accurate modeling of thermal-hydraulic phenomena such as entrainment, de-
entrainment, fallback, liquid pooling, and flooding.
WCOBRA/TRAC also features a two-phase, one-dim ensional hydrodynamic formulation. In this model, the effect of a phase slip is modeled indirectly via a constitutive relationship which
provides the phase relative velocity as a function of fluid conditions. Separate mass and energy
conservation equations exist for the two-phase mixture and for the vapor.
The reactor vessel is modeled with the three-dimensional, three-field model, while the loop, major loop components, and safety injection points are modeled with the one dimensional
model.
All geometries modeled using the three-dimensional model are represented as a matrix of cells.
The number of mesh cells used depends on the degree of detail required to resolve the flow
field, the phenomena being modeled, and practical restrictions such as computing costs and
core storage limitations.
The equations for the flow field in the three-dimensional model are solved using a staggered
difference scheme on the Eulerian mesh. The velocities are obtained at mesh cell faces, and
the state variables (e.g., pressure, density, enthalpy, and phasic volume fractions) are obtained
at the cell center. This cell is the control volume for the scalar continuity and energy equations.
The momentum equations are solved on a staggered mesh with the momentum cell centered on
the scalar cell face.
The basic building block for the mesh is the channel, a vertical stack of single mesh cells.
Several channels can be connected together by gaps to model a region of the reactor vessel.
Regions that occupy the same level form a section of the vessel. Vessel sections are connected
axially to complete the vessel mesh by specifying channel connections between sections. Heat
transfer surfaces and solid structures that interact significantly with the fluid can be modeled
with rods and unheated conductors.
One-dimensional components are connected to the vessel. The basic scheme used also employs the staggered mesh cell. Special purpose components exist to model specific
components such as the steam generator and pump.
A typical calculation using WCOBRA/TRAC begins with the establishment of a steady-state
initial condition with all loops intact. The input parameters and initial conditions for this steady-
state calculation are discussed in the next section.
WBN 15.4-12 Following the establishment of an acceptable steady-state condition, the transient calculation is
initiated by introducing a break into one of the loops. The evolution of the transient through
blowdown, refill, and reflood proceeds continuously, using the same computer code (WCOBRA/TRAC) and the same modeling assumptions. Containment pressure is modeled with
the BREAK component using a time dependent pressure table. Containment pressure is
calculated using the LOTIC-2 [5] code and mass and energy releases from the WCOBRA/TRAC
calculation .
The final step of the best-estimate methodology, in which all uncertainties of the LOCA
parameters are accounted for to estimate a Peak Cladding Temperature (PCT), Maximum Local
Oxidation (MLO), and Core-Wide Oxidation (CWO) at 95-percent probability, is described in the
following sections.
- 1. Plant Model Development:
In this step, a WCOBRA/TRAC model of the plant is developed. A high level of noding
detail is used in order to provide an accurate simulation of the transient. However, specific guidelines are followed to ensure that the model is consistent with models used
in the code validation. This results in a high level of consistency among plant models, except for specific areas dictated by hardware differences, such as in the upper plenum
of the reactor vessel or the ECCS injection configuration.
- 2. Determination of Plant Operating Conditions:
In this step, the expected or desired operating range of the plant to which the analysis
applies is established. The parameters considered are based on a "key LOCA
parameters" list that was developed as part of the methodology. A set of these
parameters, at mostly nominal values, is chosen for input as initial conditions to the plant
model. A transient is run utilizing these parameters and and is known as the "initial transient".
Next, several confirmatory runs are made, which vary a subset of the key LOCA
parameters over their expected operating range in one-at-a-time sensitivities. Because certain parameters are not included in the uncertainty analysis, these parameters are set
at their bounding condition. This analysis is commonly referred to as the confirmatory
analysis. The most limiting input conditions, based on these confirmatory runs, are then
combined into the model that will represent the limiting state for the plant, which is the
starting point for the assessment of uncertainties. The confirmatory configuration
analysis was performed previous to the ASTRUM uncertainty calculations prior to the
identification of the TCD issue and associated PAD data. However, as no miscellaneous
plant configuration changes were introduced, and the effects of TCD are minimal for the
confirmatory analysis, the limiting plant configuration (Referred to as the Reference
Transient) was judged to remain the same.
WBN 15.4-13 3. Assessment of Uncertainty:
The ASTRUM methodology is based on order statistics. The technical basis of the order
statistics is described in Section 11 of WCAP-16009-P-A [49]. The determination of the
PCT uncertainty, MLO uncertainty, and CWO uncertainty relies on a statistical sampling
technique. According to the statistical theory, 124 WCOBRA /TRAC calculations are
necessary to assess against the three 10 CFR 50.46 criteria (PCT,MLO,CWO).
The uncertainty contributors are sampled randomly from their respective distributions for
each of the WCOBRA/TRAC calculations. The list of uncertainty parameters, which are
randomly sampled for each time in the cycle, break type (split or double-ended
guillotine), and break size for the split break are also sampled as uncertainty contributors
within the ASTRUM methodology. Results from the 124 calculations are tallied by
ranking the PCT from highest to lowest. A similar procedure is repeated for MLO and
CWO. The highest rank of PCT, MLO, and CWO will bound 95 percent of their
respective populations with 95-percent confidence level.
- 4. Plant Operating Range:
The plant operating range over which the uncertainty evaluation applies is defined.
Depending on the results obtained in the above uncertainty evaluation, this range may
be the desired range or may be narrower for some parameters to gain additional margin.
15.4.1.1.3 Containment Analysis
Unit 1
The containment pressure analysis is performed with the LOTIC-2
[5] code. Transient mass and energy releases for input to the LOTIC-2 model are obtained from the WCOBRA/TRAC code.
[47] The transient pressure computed by the LOTIC-2 code is then used in WCOBRA/TRAC for the purpose of supplying a backpressure at the break plane while computing the reflood transient.
The containment pressure transients and associ ated parameters were computed by LOTIC-2 for WBN's current upflow barrel/baffle internals design and are presented in Figures 15.4-40b
through 15.4-40g. The data used to model the containment for the analysis is presented in
Tables 15.4-14 and 15.4-15. Mass and energy release rates to containment can be found in
Table 15.4-16.
WBN 15.4-14 Unit 2
The containment pressure analysis is performed with the LOTIC-2 [5] code. Transient mass and
energy releases for input to the LOTIC-2 model are obtained from the WCOBRA/TRAC code.
The transient pressure computed by the LOTIC-2 code is then used in WCOBRA/TRAC for the
purpose of supplying a backpressure at the break plane while computing the reflood transient.
The containment pressure transients and associ ated parameters were computed by LOTIC-2 and are presented in Figures 15.4-40b through 15.4-40g. The data used to model the
containment for the analysis is presented in Tables15.4-14 and 15.4-15. Mass and energy
release rates to containment can be found in Table 15.4-16. The Table 15.4-16 mass and
energy releases are taken from the 'Reference Transient' case of Section 15.4.1.1.2, which did
not include the fuel TCD modeling. The conservatively low containment backpressure from this
LOTIC-2 study is bounding since the core stored ener gy increases when explicitly modeling fuel TCD, which would tend to increase energy released through the break and hence increase the
containment pressure.
The impact of purging on the calculated containment pressure was addressed by performing a
calculation to obtain the amount of mass which exits through two available purge lines during
the initial portion of a postulated LOCA transient. The maximum air loss was calculated using
the transient mass distribution (TMD) computer code model, which is described in Section
6.2.1.3.4, to be 1160 lbm. The containment pressure calculations account for a loss of 1160 lbm
of air after initiation of the accident through modifying the compression ratio input to the LOTIC-
2 code.
15.4.1.1.4 Results of Large Break Spectrum Unit 1
The initial transient calculation is based upon a combination of nominal and bounding parameter
values. The values assumed in the WBN initial transient are shown in Table 15.4-19. In the
initial transient calculation, the majority of the bounded parameters are based upon generic
studies documented in Reference [46] (e.g., pressurizer location, break location, etc.). WBN
specific sensitivity studies (referred to as confirmatory cases) were completed for three of the
bounded parameters, steam generator tube plugging, the offsite power assumption, and the low
power region relative power, to verify their direction of conservatism. The results of these
sensitivity studies (Table 15.4-24) are reflected in the reference transient, which is described in
Section 15.4.1.1.4.1.
Input parameters used for the WBN analyses are presented in Tables 15.4-14, 15.4-15, 15.4-
16, 15.4-19, and 15.4-23. Mass and energy releases based on the initial WCOBRA/TRAC transient (Table 15.4-16) were utilized to calculate a containment back pressure (Figure 15.4-
40b) using the methods and assumptions described in Reference [1], Appendix A.
A series of WCOBRA/TRAC calculations were performed using the WBN model to determine the PCT effect of variations in key LOCA parameters (those with an uncertainty designed as PCT IC in Table 15.4-19). Single parameter variation studies based on the reference transient were performed to assess which parameters have a significant effect on the PCT results. The
results of these studies, which are referred to as the initial condition cases, are presented in
Sections 15.4.1.1.4.2 to 15.4.1.1.4.6. The initial transient calculation, confirmatory runs, and
final reference transient are described in detail in Section 4 and 5 of Reference [47]. The initial
condition study is described in Section 6 of Reference [47].
WBN 15.4-15 15.4.1.1.4.1 Reference Transient Description
Unit 1
The WBN Reference Transient models a double-ended cold leg guillotine break which assumed
the conditions listed in Table 15.4-19 and includes the offsite power available, low peripheral
assembly power and high SGTP configuration bounded study assumptions. The Reference
Transient calculation was performed with other parameters set at their bounding values as
denoted in Table 15.4-19 in order to calculate a relatively high PCT. The Reference Transient
is the basis for the uncertainty calculations necessary to establish the WBN 95th percentile
PCT.
The LOCA transient can be conveniently divided into a number of time periods in which specific
phenomena are occurring. For a typical large break, the blowdown period can be divided into
the critical heat flux (CHF) phase, the upward core flow phase, and the downward core flow
phase. These are followed by the refill, reflood, and long term cooling phases. The important
phenomena occurring during each of these phases are discussed for the Reference Transient
DECLG break with a Cd of 1.0. The results are shown in Figures 15.4-41 through 15.4-56. Key
events and the time of their occurrence are listed in Table 15.4-17.
Unit 2
The Watts Bar Unit 2 PCT and MLO/CWO transients are double ended cold leg guillotine
breaks with an effective break area of 1.911, and 2.0968 respectively (note that the limiting MLO
and CWO arise from the same case), which analyzes conditions that fall within those listed in
Table 15.4-19. Traditionally, cold leg breaks have been limiting for large break LOCA. Analysis
experience indicates that this break location most likely causes conditions that result in flow
stagnation to occur in the core. Scoping studies with WCOBRA/TRAC have confirmed that the
cold leg remains the limiting break location (WCAP-12945-P-A[46]).
The large break LOCA transient can be divided into convenient time periods in which specific
phenomena occur, such as various hot assembly heatup and cool down transients. For a typical
large break, the blowdown period can be divided into the Critical Heat Flux (CHF) phase, the
upward core flow phase, and the downward core flow phase. These are followed by the refill, reflood, and long-term cooling periods. Specific important transient phenomena and heat
transfer regimes are discussed below, with the transient results shown in Figure 15.4-41
through 15.4-55. (The limiting PCT case was chosen to show a conservative representation of
the response to a large break LOCA.)
Critical Heat Flux (CHF) Phase
Unit 1
In this phase, the break discharge rate is subcooled and high, the core flow reverses, the fuel
rods go through departure from nucleate boiling (DNB) and the cladding rapidly heats up while
core power shuts down. Figure 15.4-41 shows the maximum cladding temperature in the core, as a function of time. The hot water in the core and upper plenum flashes during this period.
This phase is terminated when the water in the lower plenum and downcomer begin to flash.
The mixture swells and the intact loop pumps, still rotating in single-phase liquid, push this two-
phase mixture into the core.
WBN 15.4-16 Unit 2
Immediately following the cold leg rupture, the break discharge rate is subcooled and high (Figure 15.4-42). The region of the RCS with the highest initial temperatures (core, upper
plenum, upper head, and hot legs) begin to flash to steam, the core flow reverses and the fuel
rods begin to go through departure from nucleate boiling (DNB). The fuel cladding rapidly heats
up (Figure 15.4-41) while the core power shuts down due to voiding in the core. This phase is
terminated when the water in the lower plenum and downcomer begins to flash (Figures 15.4-47
and 15.4-51). The mixture swells and intact loop pumps, still rotating in single phase liquid, push
this two-phase mixture into the core.
Upward Core Flow Phase
Unit 1
Heat transfer is improved as the two-phase mixture is pushed into the core. This phase may be
enhanced if the performance of the RCS pumps is not degraded by two phase fluid conditions, or if the break discharge rate is low because the fluid is saturated at the break. Figures 15.4-42
and 15.4-43 show the break flowrate from the vessel and loop sides of the break. This phase
ends as lower plenum mass is depleted, the loops become two-phase, and the pump head
degrades. If pumps are highly degraded or the break flow is large, the cooling effect due to
upward flow may not be significant. Figure 15.4-44 shows the void fraction at the pump inlet for
one intact loop pump and the broken loop pump. The intact loop pump remains in single-phase
liquid flow for several seconds, while the broken loop pump is in two-phase and steam flow
soon after the break.
Unit 2
Heat transfer is improved as the two-phase mixture is pushed into the core. This phase may be
enhanced if the pumps are not degraded, or if the break discharge rate is low due to saturated
fluid conditions at the break. If pump degradation is high or the break flow is large, the cooling
effect due to upward flow may not be significant. Figure 15.4-44 shows the void fraction for one
intact loop pump and the broken loop pump. This figure shows that the intact loop remains in
single-phase liquid flow for several seconds, resulting in enhanced upward core flow cooling.
This phase ends as the lower plenum mass is depleted, the loop flow becomes two-phase, and
the pump head degrades.
WBN 15.4-17 Downward Core Flow Phase
Unit 1
Fluid from the intact loops is pushed into the vessel by the pumps and decreases as conditions
in the pumps become two-phase. The break fl ow begins to dominate and pulls flow down through the core. Figures 15.4-45 and 15.4-46 show the vapor flow into the top of Channels 13
and 15 on a per assembly basis. While entrained liquid and liquid flow also provides cooling, the vapor flow entering the core was found to be the best indicator of core cooling. This period
is enhanced by flow from the upper head. As the sy stem pressure continues to fall, the break flow and consequently the core flow are reduced. The core begins to heat up as the system
reaches containment pressure and the vessel begins to fill with ECCS water.
Unit 2
The loop flow is pushed into the vessel by the intact loop pumps and decreases as the pump
flow becomes two-phase. The break flow begins to dominate and pulls flow down through the
core, up the downcomer to the broken loop cold leg, and out the break. While liquid and
entrained liquid flow provide core cooling, the top of the core vapor flow (Figures 15.4-45 and
15.4-46) best illustrates this phase of core cooling. Once the system has depressurized to the
accumulator pressure (Figure 15.4-43), the accumulators begin to inject cold borated water into
the intact cold legs (Figure 15.4-48). During this period, due to steam upflow in the downcomer, a portion of the injected ECCS water is calculated to be bypassed around the downcomer and
out the break. As the system pressure continues to fall, the break flow, and consequently the
downward core flow, is reduced. The core begins to heat up as the system pressure
approaches the containment pressure and the vessel begins to fill with ECCS water (Figure
15.4-52).
Refill Phase
Unit 1
The core continues to heat up as the lower plenum fills with ECCS water. Figure 15.4-47 shows
the lower plenum collapsed liquid level. This phase ends when the ECCS water enters the core
and entrainment begins, with a resulting improvement in heat transfer. Figures 15.4-48 and
15.4-49 show the liquid flows from the accumulator and safety injection on an intact loop.
Unit 2
As the refill period begins, the core begins a period of heatup and the vessel begins to fill with
ECCS water (Figure 15.4-48). This period is characterized by a rapid increase in cladding
temperatures at all elevations due to the lack of liquid and steam flow in the core region. This
period continues until the lower plenum is filled and the bottom of the core begins to reflood and
entrainment begins.
WBN 15.4-18 Early Reflood Phase
Unit 1
The accumulators begin to empty, and nitrogen enters the system. This forces water into the
core which then boils as the lower core region begins to quench, causing repressurization. The
repressurization is best illustrated by the reduction in pumped safety injection flow at
approximately 70 seconds. During this time, core cooling may be increased. The system then
settles into a gravity driven reflood which exhibits lower core heat transfer. Figures 15.4-50 and
15.4-51 show the core and downcomer liquid levels. Figure 15.4-52 shows the vessel fluid
mass. As the quench front progresses further into the core, the PCT location moves higher in
the top core region. Figure 15.4-53 shows the movement of the PCT location. As the vessel
continues to fill, the PCT location is cooled and the heatup PCT transient is terminated.
Unit 2
During the early reflood phase, the accumulators begin to empty and nitrogen enters the
system. This forces water into the core, which then boils, causing system repressurization, and
the lower core region begins to quench (Figure 15.4-50). During this time, core cooling may
increase due to vapor generation and liquid entrainment. During the reflood period, the core
flow is oscillatory as cold water periodically rewets and quenches the hot fuel cladding, which
generates steam and causes system repressurization. The steam and entrained water must
pass through the vessel upper plenum, the hot legs, the steam generators, and the reactor coolant pumps before it is vented out the break. This flow path resistance is overcome by the
downcomer water elevation head, which provides t he gravity driven reflood force. From the later stage of blowdown to the beginning of reflood, the accumulators rapidly discharge borated
cooling water into the RCS, filling the lower plenum and contributing to the filling of the
downcomer. The pumped ECCS water (Figure 15.4-49) aids in the filling of the downcomer and
subsequently supplies water to maintain a full downcomer and complete the reflood period. As
the quench front progresses up the core, the PCT location moves higher into the top core
region. As the vessel continues to fill, the PCT location is cooled and the early reflood period is
terminated.
Late Reflood Phase
Unit 1
The late reflood phase is characterized by boiling in the downcomer. The mixing of ECCS water
with hot water and steam from the core, in addition to the continued heat transfer from the hot
vessel metal, reduces the subcooling of water in the lower plenum and downcomer. Figure
15.4-54 illustrates the reduction in lower plenum subcooling.
The saturation temperature is dictated by the containment backpressure. For WBN, which has
a low containment pressure after the LOCA, boiling does occur and has a significant effect on
the gravity reflood. Vapor generated in the downcomer reduces the driving head which results
in a reduced core reflood rate. The top core elevations experience a second reflood heatup, which exceeds the first.
WBN 15.4-19 The Reference transient resulted in a blowdown PCT of 1299
°F and second reflood PCT of 1671°F.
Unit 2
The late reflood phase is characterized by boiling in the downcomer. The mixing of ECCS water
with hot water and steam from the core, in addition to the continued heat transfer from the hot
vessel metal, reduces the subcooling of water in the lower plenum and downcomer. Figure 15.4-
54 illustrates the reduction in lower plenum subcooling. The saturation temperature is dictated
by the containment backpressure. For WBN, which has a low containment pressure after the
LOCA, boiling does occur and has a significant effect on the gravity reflood. Vapor generated in
the downcomer reduces the driving head which results in a reduced core reflood rate. The top
core elevations experience a second reflood heatup, which exceeds the first (Figure 15.4-41, HOTSPOT result).
15.4.1.1.4.2 Sensitivity Studies (Unit 1 Only)
A large number of single parameter sensitivity calculations of key LOCA parameters were
performed to determine the PCT effect on the large break LOCA transient. These calculations
are required as part of the approved Best Estimate methodology
[46] to develop data for use in the uncertainty evaluation. For each sensit ivity study, a comparison between the Reference Transient results and the sensitivity transient results was made.
The results of a small sample of these sensitivity studies are summarized in Table 15.4-24. The
results of the entire array of sensitivity studies are included in Reference [47].
15.4.1.1.4.3 Initial Condition Sensitivity Studies (Unit 1 Only)
Several calculations were performed to evaluate the PCT effect of changes in the initial
conditions on the large break LOCA transient. These calculations modeled single parameter
variations in key initial plant conditions over the expected ranges of operation. These studies
included the ranging of T AVG , RCS pressure, and ECCS temperatures, pressures, and volumes.
The results of these studies are presented in Section 6 of Reference [47].
The results of these sensitivity studies were used to develop uncertainty distributions for the
blowdown, first and second reflood peaks. The uncertainty distributions resulting from the initial
conditions, PCTIC,i , are used in the overall PCT uncertainty evaluation to determine the final estimate of PCT.
95%
15.4.1.1.4.4 Power Distribution Sensitivity Studies (Unit 1 Only)
Several calculations were performed to evaluate the PCT effect of changes in power
distributions on the large break LOCA transient. The approved methodology was used to
develop a run matrix of peak linear heat rate relative to the core average, maximum relative rod
power, relative power in the bottom third of the core, and relative power in the middle third of the
core, as the power distribution parameters to be considered. These calculations modeled single
parameter variations as well as multiple parameter variations. The results of these studies
indicate that power distributions with peak powers skewed to the top of the core produced the
most limiting PCTs. These results are presented in Section 7 of Reference [47].
WBN 15.4-20 The results of these sensitivity studies were used to develop response surfaces, which are used
to predict the delta PCT due to changes in power distributions for the blowdown, first and
second reflood peaks. The uncertainty distributions resulting from the power distributions, PCT PD,i , are used in the overall PCT uncertainty evaluation to determine the final estimate of PCT.95%
15.4.1.1.4.5 Global Model Sensitivity Studies (Unit 1 Only)
Several calculations were performed to evaluate the PCT effect of changes in global models on
the large break LOCA transient. Table 26-4-3 of Reference [46] provides a run matrix of break
discharge coefficient, broken cold leg resistance, and condensation rate as the global models to
be considered for the double-ended guillotine break. These calculations modeled single
parameter variations as well as multiple parameter variations. The limiting split break size was
also identified using the approved methodology.
[46] These results are presented in Section 8 of Reference [47].
The results of these sensitivity studies were used to develop response surfaces, which are used
to predict the delta PCT due to changes in global models for the DECLG blowdown, first and
second reflood peaks. The uncertainty distribution resulting from the global models, delta
PCTMOD,i , is used in the overall PCT uncertainty evaluation to determine the final estimate of PCT.95%
15.4.1.1.4.6 Overall PCT Uncertainty Evaluation and Results (Unit 1 Only)
The equation used to initially estimate the 95th percentile PCT (PCT i of Equation 15.4-1) was presented in Section 15.4.1.1.2. Each of the uncertainty elements (PCTIC,i , PCT PD,i , PCTMOD,i) are considered to be independent of each other. Each element includes a correction or bias, which is added to PCTREF,i to move it closer to the expected, or average PCT. The bias from each element has an uncertainty associated with the methods used to derive the bias.
Each bias component of the uncertainty elements is considered a random variable, whose
uncertainty distribution is obtained directly, or is obtained from the uncertainty of the parameters of which the bias is a function. Since PCT i is the sum of these biases, it also becomes a random variable. Separate initial PCT frequency distributions are constructed as follows for the
DECLG and the limiting split break:
- 2. Calculate the resulting PCT using Equation 15.4-1.
- 3. Repeat the process many times to generate a histogram of PCTs.
For WBN, the results of this assessment showed the DECLG to be the limiting break type.
A final verification step is performed to quantify the bias and uncertainty resulting from the
superposition assumption (i.e., the assumption that the major uncertainty elements are
independent). Several additional WCOBRA/TRAC calculations are performed in which variations in parameters from each of the three uncertainty elements are modeled for the
DECLG. These predictions are compared to the predictions based on Equation 15.4-1 and
additional biases and uncertainties are applied where appropriate.
WBN 15.4-21 The estimate of the PCT at 95% probability is determined by finding that PCT below which 95%
of the calculated PCTs reside. This estimate is the licensing basis PCT, under the revised
ECCS rule. The results of the WBN Best Estimate Large Break LOCA analysis are presented in
Table 15.4-18. The difference between the 95th percentile PCT and the 50th percentile PCT
increases during reflood due to propagation of uncertainties.
15.4.1.1.4.7 Evaluations
Unit 1
Replacement of V+/P+ fuel with RFA-2 fuel has been evaluated for its effect on the large break
loss of coolant accident peak cladding temperature. Calculations using WCOBRA/TRAC were performed with the Double Ended Guilletine Transient conditions to determine the effects of a
full core of RFA-2 fuel with intermediate flow mixers (IFMs) and a mixed core of V+/P+ and
RFA-2 fuels. One mixed core modeled fresh RFA-2 fuel in the hot assembly surrounded by a
least once burned V+/P+ fuel in the average fuel assemblies and the low power assemblies.
The second mixed core modeled fresh RFA-2 fuel in the hot assembly and in the average fuel
assemblies under guide tubes with the remainder at least once burned V+/P+ fuel. A minimum
burnup of 8,000 MWD/MTU was assumed for all of the V+/P+ assemblies.
The analysis was performed using the current approved methodology and the same version of
WCOBRA/TRAC. The calculated maximum PCT for each case considered remained below the PCT calculated for the calculation. The Best Estimate LBLOCA evaluation concludes that, with
the new fuel and limiting transition core, WBN remains in compliance with the requirements of
10 CFR 50.46 for both the tranisition from the current fuel to the new fuel and for a full core of
the new fuel. Assessments related to plant safety will remain.
Replacement Steam Generators (RSGs) have been ev aluated for their effect on the large break loss of coolant accident peak cladding temperature. Calculations using WCOBRA/TRAC were performed to determine the PCT effects of the new steam generators (Westinghouse model 68AXP). The evaluation concluded that the PCT effects of the RSGs are bounded by the PCT
effects of the original D-3 steam generators that were originally modeled. As such, the
evaluation shows continued compliance with the requirements of 10 CFR 50.46. Other margin
assessments related to plant safety will remain applicable.
Unit 2
An evaluation of IFBA fuel including the effects of pellet TCD was performed, and shows that
IFBA fuel is limiting for MLO but not for PCT. The AOR PCT and MLO results in Tables 15.4-
18a and 15.4-18b reflect the higher results of IFBA/non-IFBA.
In addition to the analyses presented in this section, evaluations and reanalyses may be
performed as needed to address computer code errors and emergent issues, or to support plant
changes. The issues or changes are evaluated, and the impact on the Peak Cladding
Temperature (PCT) is determined. The resultant increase or decrease in PCT is applied to the
analysis of record PCT. The PCT, including all penalties and benefits is presented in Table
15.4-18a for the large break LOCA. The current PCT is demonstrated to be less than the 10
CFR 50.46(b) requirement of 2200 °F.
WBN 15.4-22 In addition, 10 CFR 50.46 requires that licensees assess and report the effect of changes to or
errors in the evaluation model used in the large break LOCA analysis. These reports constitute
addenda to the analysis of record provided in the FSAR until overall changes become
significant as defined by 10 CFR 50.46. If the assessed changes or errors in the evaluation
model results in significant changes in calculated PCT, a schedule for formal reanalysis or other
action as needed to show compliance will be addressed in the report to the NRC.
Finally, the criteria of 10 CFR 50.46 requires that holders and users of the evaluation models
establish a number of definitions and processes for assessing changes in the models or their
use. Westinghouse, in consultation with the PWR Owner's Group (PWROG), has developed an
approach for compliance with the reporting requirements. This approach is documented in
WCAP-13451 [36], Westinghouse Methodology for Implementation of 10 CFR 50.46 Reporting.
TVA provides the NRC with annual and 30-day reports, as applicable, for Watts Bar Unit 2. TVA
intends to provide future reports required by 10 CFR 50,46 consistent with the approach
described in WCAP-13451.
15.4.1.1.5 Effect of Containment Purging
To assess the impact of purging on the calculated post-LOCA Watts Bar containment pressure, a calculation was performed to obtain the amount of mass which exits through two available
purge lines during the initial portion of a postulated LOCA transient. Purge line isolation closure
time is assumed at 4.0 seconds after receipt of signal; during this interval, the full flow area is
presumed available. In addition, the time to reach the SI signal setpoint and the delay
necessary to generate the SI signal are conservatively assessed as 1.5 seconds total. Thus, flow through a pair of fully open available purge lines was evaluated from 0.0 to 5.5 seconds for
the postulated Double-Ended Cold Leg break. When the CVI signal is generated by the safety
injection signal from the reactor protection system, a maximum response time of 2.0 seconds is
allocated, thereby resulting in a total isolation time of 6.0 seconds.
Subsequent plant specific analysis issued in support of a 2.0 second signal response time
documents that less air mass is released when the actual valve closure characteristics are
considered with purge discharge continuing at a progressively diminishing flowrate until 6.0
seconds. Therefore, the analysis of record remains bounding and conservative.
The calculation employed the 50-node transient mass distribution (TMD) computer code model
which is described in Section 6.2.1.3.4. Referring to Figure 6.2.1-9, purge supply lines are
connected to volumes 34, 37, and 25; purge exhaust lines are connected to volumes 36 and 25.
Possible combinations of one supply line and one exhaust line open to the atmosphere were
considered. Each of the purge lines is represented by a flowpath of cross-section area equal to
2.948 ft 2 and a total flow resistance factor equal to 3.98 (entrance and exit loss, three fully open butterfly valves, and a debris screen). The flow area and resistance bounds either one 24-inch
supply line and one 24-inch exhaust line with wide open valves in the upper compartment or a
combination of one 24-inch supply and one 24-inch exhaust line with 50
° limited open valves and one 8-inch line with wide open valve all in the lower compartment.
WBN 15.4-23 In a computation for ECCS performance, the greatest impact on containment pressure occurs
for the purge case of maximum air mass loss which involves two purge lines open in the lower
compartment (TMD elements 34 and 36) together with a cold leg break in TMD Volume 1; 1160
lbs. of air are calculated to be lost in this case. The maximum air loss case is the limiting case
because any steam lost via purging in an ECCS backpressure evaluation would otherwise be
calculated to condense in the ice bed. Therefore, any steam lost via purging is ultimately of no
consequence in the containment pressure determination while any air loss directly reduces
calculated pressure.
The impact of the air loss from purging is implicitly included in the calculations of peak clad
temperature. The containment pressure transient calculations account for a loss of 1160 lbm of
air after initiation of the accident through modifying the compression ratio input to the LOTIC-2
Code. The acceptable performance of the ECCS, as calculated using the resulting containment
backpressure, permits the purging of the Watts Bar containment during normal operation.
15.4.1.1.6 Conclusions - Thermal Analysis
Unit 1
It must be demonstrated that there is a high level of probability that the limits set forth in 10 CFR
50.46 are met. The demonstration that these limits are met for WBN is as follows:
- 1. There is a high level of probability that the peak cladding temperature (PCT) shall not exceed 2200
°F. The 95th percentile result of 1892
°F presented in Table 15.4-18 indicates that this regulatory limit has been met.
- 2. The maximum calculated total oxidation of the cladding shall nowhere exceed 0.17 times the total cladding thickness before oxidation. The approved Best
Estimate LOCA methodology assesses this requirement using a plant-specific
transient which has a PCT in excess of the estimated 95th percentile PCT.
Based on this conservative calculation, a maximum total oxidation of 15% is
calculated (Table 15.4-18), which meets the regulatory limit.
- 3. The calculated total amount of hydrogen generated from the chemical reaction of the cladding with water or steam shall not exceed 0.01 times the hypothetical
amount that would be generated if all of the metal in the cladding cylinders
surrounding the fuel were to react. This requirement was assessed using the
approved analysis option described in Section 10-3 of Reference [47]. The total
amount of hydrogen generated, based on this conservative assessment, is
0.0061 times the maximum theoretical amount as presented in Table 15.4-18, which meets the regulatory limit.
- 4. Calculated changes in core geometry shall be such that the core remains amenable to cooling. This requirement is met by demonstrating that the PCT
does not exceed 2200°F, and the seismic and LOCA forces are not sufficient to
distort the fuel assemblies to the extent that core cannot be cooled. The
approved methodology specifies that effects of LOCA and seismic loads on core
geometry do not need to be considered unless grid crushing extends to in-board
assemblies. This situation is not predicted to occur for WBN. Therefore, this
regulatory limit is met.
WBN 15.4-24 5. After any calculated successful initial operation of the ECCS, the calculated core temperature shall be maintained at an acceptable low value and decay heat shall
be removed for the extended period of time required by the long lived
radioactivity remaining in the core. While WCOBRA/TRAC is typically not run past full core quench, all base calculations are run well past PCT turnaround and
past the point where increasing vessel inventories are calculated. The conditions
at the end of the WCOBRA/TRAC calculations indicate that the transition to long term cooling is underway even before the entire core is quenched.
Unit 2
It must be demonstrated that there is a high level of probability that the limits set forth in 10 CFR
50.46 are met. The demonstration that these limits are met is as follows:
(b)(1) The limiting PCT corresponds to a bounding estimate of the 95th percentile at the 95-percent confidence level. Figure 15.4-41 shows the predicted HOTSPOT cladding
temperature transient at the PCT location and the WCOBRA/TRAC PCT transient, both
for the limiting PCT case. The HOTSPOT PCT plot includes local uncertainties applied
to the Hot Rod, whereas the WCOBRA/TRAC PCT plot does not account for any local
uncertainties. Since the resulting HOTSPOT PCT for the limiting case is 1766°F, the
analysis confirms that 10 CFR 50.46 acceptance criterion (b)(1), i.e., "Peak Clad
Temperature less than 2200°F, is demonstrated. The results are shown in Table 15.4-
18b.
(b)(2) The maximum cladding oxidation corresponds to a bounding estimate of the 95th percentile MLO at the 95-percent confidence level. Since the resulting MLO for the
limiting case is 1.99 percent, the analysis confirms that 10 CFR 50.46 acceptance
criterion (b)(2), i.e., "Maximum Local Oxi dation of the cladding less than 17 percent", is
demonstrated. The results are shown in Table 15.4-18b.
(b)(3) The limiting core-wide oxidation corresponds to a bounding estimate of the 95th percentile CWO at the 95-percent confidence level. The limiting Hot Assembly Rod (HAR) total maximum oxidation is 0.08 percent. A detailed CWO calculation takes
advantage of the core power census that includes many lower power assemblies.
Because there is significant margin to the regulatory limit, the CWO value can be
conservatively chosen as that calculated for the limiting HAR. A detailed CWO
calculation is therefore not needed because the outcome will always be less than the
HAR value. Since the resulting CWO is 0.08 percent, the analysis confirms that 10 CFR
50.46 acceptance criterion (b)(3), i.e., "Core Wide Oxidation less than 1 percent", is
demonstrated.
WBN 15.4-25 (b)(4) 10 CFR 50.46 acceptance criterion (b)(4) requires that the calculated changes in core geometry are such that the core remains amenable to cooling. This criterion has
historically been satisfied by adherence to criteria (b)(1) and (b)(2), and by assuring that
the fuel deformation due to combined LOCA and seismic loads is specifically addressed.
It has been demonstrated that the PCT and maximum cladding oxidation limits remain in
effect for Best- Estimate LOCA applications. The approved methodology (WCAP-12945-
P-A [46]) specifies that effects of LOCA and seismic loads on core geometry do not need
to be considered unless grid crushing extends beyond the 44 assemblies in the low-
power channel. This situation has not been calculated to occur for Watts Bar Unit 2.
Therefore, acceptance criterion (b)(4) is satisfied.
(b)(5) 10 CFR 50.46 acceptance criterion (b)(5) requires that the long-term core cooling be provided following the successful initial operation of the ECCS. Long-term cooling is
dependent on the demonstration of continued delivery of cooling water to the core. While
WCOBRA/TRAC is typically not run past full core quench, all base calculations are run
well past PCT turnaround and past the point where increasing vessel inventories are
calculated. The conditions at the end of the WCOBRA/TRAC calculations indicate that
the transition to long term cooling is underway even before the entire core is quenched.
Based on the ASTRUM Analysis results (Table 15.4-18b), it is concluded that Watts Bar Unit 2 maintains a margin of safety to the limits prescribed by 10 CFR 50.46.
15.4.1.1.7 Plant Operating Range
Unit 1
The expected PCT and associated uncertainty which was presented in Section 15.4.1.1.4.6 is
valid for a range of plant operating conditions. In contrast to current Appendix K calculations, many parameters in the Reference Transient calculation are at nominal values. The range of
variation of the operating parameters has been accounted for in the estimated PCT uncertainty.
Table 15.4-25 summarizes the operating ranges. Note that Figure 15.4-56 illustrates the axial
power distribution limits which were analyzed and are verified on a cycle-specific basis.
Unit 2
The expected PCT and its uncertainty developed are valid for a range of plant operating
conditions. The range of variation of the operating parameters has been accounted for in the
uncertainty evaluation. Tables 15.4-19 summarizes the operating ranges as defined for the
proposed operating conditions which are supported by the Best-Estimate LBLOCA analysis for
Watts Bar Unit 2. Tables 15.4-14 and 15.4-15 summarize the LBLOCA containment data used
for calculating containment pressure. If operation is maintained within these ranges, the
LBLOCA results developed in this report using WCOBRA/TRAC are considered to be valid.
Note that some of these parameters vary over their range during normal operation (accumulator
temperature) and other ranges are fixed for a given operational condition (Tavg).
WBN 15.4-26 15.4.1.2 Hydrogen Production and Accumulation
Unit 1
Hydrogen accumulation in the containment atmosphere following the DBA can be the result of
production from several sources. The potential sources of hydrogen are the zirconium-water
reaction, corrosion of construction materials, and radiolytic decomposition of the emergency
core cooling solution. The latter source, solution radiolysis, includes both core solution
radiolysis and sump solution radiolysis.
Unit 2
Pursuant to NRC final rule as defined in 10 CFR 50.44 and Regulatory Guide 1.7, the new
definition of design-basis LOCA hydrogen releas e eliminates requirements for hydrogen control systems for mitigation of releases. "All PWRs with ice condenser type containments must have the capability to control combustible gas generated from metal-water reaction involving 75% of
the fuel cladding surrounding the active fuel region (excluding the cladding surrounding the
plenum volume) so that there is no loss of containment structural integrity. The deliberate
ignition systems provided to meet this existi ng combustible gas source term are capable of safely accommodating even greater amounts of combustible gas associated with even more severe core melt sequences that fail the reactor vessel and involve molten core-concrete
interaction. Deliberate ignition systems, if av ailable, generally consume the combustible gas
before it reaches concentrations that can be detrimental to containment integrity." On the basis
of this definition, no further analysis is required to support events considered to be outside the
design basis. Deliberate ignition systems are described in FSAR Section 6.2.5
15.4.1.2.1 Method of Analysis
The quantity of zirconium which reacts with the core cooling solution depends on the
performance of the ECCS. The criteria for evaluation of the ECCS require that the
zircaloy-water reaction be limited to 1% by weight of the total quantity of zirconium in the core.
ECCS calculations have shown the zircaloy-water reaction to be less than or equal to 0.61%,
which is less than required by the criteria.
The use of aluminum inside the containment is limited and is not used in safety-related
components which are in contact with the recirculating core cooling fluid. Aluminum is more
reactive with the containment spray alkaline borate solution than other plant materials such as
galvanized steel, copper, and copper nickel alloys. By limiting the use of aluminum, the aggregate source of hydrogen over the long term is essentially restricted to that arising from
radiolytic decomposition of core and sump water. The upper limit rate of such decomposition
can be predicted with ample certainty to permit the design of effective countermeasures.
It should be noted that the zirconium-water reaction and aluminum corrosion with containment
spray are chemical reactions and thus essentially independent of the radiation field inside the
containment following a LOCA. Radiolytic decomposition of water is dependent on the radiation
field intensity. The radiation field inside the containment is calculated for the maximum credible
accident by the ORIGEN code in which the fission product releases are given by TID-14844.
[20]
WBN 15.4-27 The hydrogen generation calculations are performed based on the guidance of Regulatory
Guide 1.7.
[32] The results are shown in Figures 15.4-4 and 15.4-6.
15.4.1.2.2 Typical Assumptions
The following discussion outlines the assumptions used in the calculations.
- 1. Zirconium-Water Reaction
The zirconium-water reaction is described by the chemical equation:
The hydrogen generation due to this reaction will be completed during the first day following the LOCA. The Westinghouse model assumes a 0.5- or 1.5% zirconium-water reaction. The NRC
model assumes a 1.5% zirconium-water reaction or a corewide average depth of reaction into
the original cladding of 0.00023 inches of clad thickness. In accordance with Regulatory Guide
1.7, the hydrogen generation has been assumed to be five times the maximum amount
calculated in accordance with 10CFR50.46, but no less than the amount that would result from
the reaction of all the metal surrounding the fuel (excluding the cladding surrounding the plenum
volume) to a depth of 0.00023 inches. This meets the current NRC basis for evaluating
hydrogen production inside containment. The hydrogen generated is assumed to be released
to the containment atmosphere over the first two minutes following the break in both models.
- 2. Primary Coolant Hydrogen
The maximum equilibrium quantity of hydrogen in the primary coolant is 1120 scf. This value
includes both hydrogen dissolved in the coolant water at 35 cc (STP) per kilogram of water and
the corresponding equilibrium hydrogen in the pressurizer gas space. The 1120 scf of hydrogen is assumed to be released immediately and uniformly to the containment atmosphere.
- 3. Corrosion of Plant Materials
Oxidation of metals in aqueous solution results in the generation of hydrogen gas as one of the
corrosion products. Extensive corrosion testing has been conducted to determine the behavior
of the various metals used in the containment in the emergency core cooling solution at DBA
conditions. Metals tested include zircaloy, inconel, aluminum alloys, cupronickel alloys, carbon
steel, galvanized carbon steel, and copper. Tests conducted at ORNL
[22,23] have also verified the compatibility of the various materials (exclusive of aluminum) with alkaline borate solution.
As applied to the quantitative definition of hydrogen production rates, the results of the corrosion
tests have shown that only aluminum and zinc will corrode at a rate that will significantly add to the hydrogen accumulation in the containment atmosphere.
The corrosion of aluminum may be described by the overall reaction:
Zr + 2 H Zr + 2 H + Heat 22 O O 2 2 Al + 3 H Al + 3 H222 O O 3 WBN 15.4-28 Therefore, three moles of hydrogen are produced for every two moles of aluminum that is
oxidized (approximately 20 scf of hydr ogen for each pound of aluminum corroded).The corrosion of zinc may be described by the overall reaction:
Therefore, one mole of hydrogen is produced for each mole of zinc oxidized. This corresponds to 5.5 scf hydrogen produced for each pound of zinc corroded.
The time-temperature cycle (Table 15.4-2) consider ed in the calculation of aluminum and zinc corrosion is based on a conservative step-wise representation of the postulated postaccident
containment transient. The corrosion rates at the various steps are determined from the
aluminum and zinc corrosion rate design curves shown in Figures 15.4-1 and 15.4-1a. The
corrosion data points include the effects of temperature, alloy, and spray solution conditions.
Based on these corrosion rates and corrodible metal inventory given in Table 15.4-3, the
contribution of aluminum and zinc corrosion to hydrogen accumulation in the containment
following the DBA was calculated. For conservative estimation, no credit is taken for protective
shield effects of insulation or enclosures from the spray and complete and continuous
immersion is assumed.
Calculations based on the NRC model are performed by allowing an increased aluminum
corrosion rate during the final step of the post-accident containment temperature transient (Table 15.4-2) corresponding to 200 mils (15.7 mg/dm 2/hr). The corrosion rates earlier in the accident sequence are the higher rates determined from Figure 15.4-1.
- 4. Radiolysis of Core and Sump Water
Water radiolysis is a complex process involving reactions of numerous intermediates. However, the overall radiolytic process may be described by the reaction:
Of interest here is the quantitative definition of the rates and extent of radiolytic hydrogen production following the DBA.
An extensive program has been conducted by Westinghouse to investigate the radiolytic
decomposition of the core cooling solution following the DBA. In the course of this investigation, it became apparent that two separate radiolytic environments exist in the containment at DBA conditions. In one case, radiolysis of the core cooling solution occurs as a result of the decay
energy of fission products in the fuel. In the other case, the decay of dissolved fission products, which have escaped from the core, results in the radiolysis of the sump solution. The results of
these investigations are discussed in Reference [24].
Zn + 2 H Zn (OH) + H 2 2 2 O 2 H 2 H + 22 O O 2 WBN 15.4-29 15.4.1.2.3 Core Solution Radiolysis
As the emergency core cooling solution flows through the core, it is subjected to gamma
radiation by decay of fission products in the fuel. This energy deposition results in solution
radiolysis and the production of molecular hydrogen and oxygen. The initial production rate of
these species will depend on the rate of energy absorption and the specific radiolytic yields.
The energy absorption rate in solution can be assessed from knowledge of the fission products
contained in the core, and a detailed analysis of the dissipation of the decay energy between
core materials and the solution. The results of Westinghouse studies show essentially all of the
beta energy is absorbed within the fuel and cladding and that this represents approximately
50% of the total beta-gamma decay energy. This study shows further that of the gamma
energy, a maximum of 7.4% will be absorbed by the solution incore. Thus, an overall absorption
factor of 3.7% of the total core decay energy ( + ) is used to compute solution radiation dose rates and the time-integrated dose. Table 15.4-4 presents the total decay energy ( + ) of a reactor core, which considers full power operation with extended fuel cycles before the accident.
For the maximum credible accident case, the contained decay energy in the core accounts for
the assumed TID-14844 release of 50% halogens and 1% other fission products. The noble
gases are assumed by Regulatory Guide 1.7 to escape to the containment vapor space where little or no water radiolysis would result from decay of these nuclides.
The radiolysis yield of hydrogen in solution has been studied extensively by Westinghouse and
ORNL.[22, 23] The results of static capsule tests conducted by Westinghouse indicate that hydrogen yields much lower than the maximum of 0.44 molecules per 100 ev would be the case
incore. With little gas space to which the hydrogen formed in solution can escape, the rapid
back reactions of molecular radiolytic products in solution to reform water is sufficient to result in
very low net hydrogen yields.
However, it is recognized that there are differences between the static capsule tests and the
dynamic condition incore, where the core cooling fluid is continuously flowing. Such flow is
reasoned to disturb the steady-state conditions which are observed in static capsule tests, and
while the occurrence of back reactions would still be significant, the overall net yield of hydrogen
would be somewhat higher in the flowing system.
The study of radiolysis in dynamic systems wa s initiated by Westinghouse, which formed the
basis for experimental work performed at ORNL.
Both studies clearly illustrate the reduced yields in hydrogen from core radiolysis, i.e., reduced from the maximum yield of 0.44 molecules
per 100 ev. These results have been published.
[24,26]
For the purposes of this analysis, the calculati ons of hydrogen yield from core radiolysis are performed with the very conservative value of 0.50 molecules per 100 ev. That this value is
conservative and a maximum for this type of aqueous solution and gamma radiation is
confirmed by many published works. The Westi nghouse results from the dynamic studies show
0.44 molecules per 100 ev to be a maximum at very high solution flow rates through the gamma
radiation field. The referenced ORNL
[26] work also confirms this value as a maximum at high flow rates. A. O. Allen
[27] presents a very comprehensive review of work performed to confirm the primary hydrogen yield to be a maximum of 0.44 - 0.45 molecules per 100 ev.
WBN 15.4-30 On the foregoing basis, the production rate and total hydrogen produced from core radiolysis, as a function of time, has been conservatively estimated for the maximum credible accident case.
Calculations are based on a hydrogen yield value of 0.5 molecules per 100 ev, 10% of the
gamma energy produced from fission products in the fuel rods is absorbed by the solution in the
region of the core, and the noble gases escape to the containment vapor space.
15.4.1.2.4 Sump Solution Radiolysis
Another potential source of hydrogen assumed for the postaccident period arises from water
contained in the reactor containment sump being subjected to radiolytic decomposition by
fission products. In this consideration, an assessment must be made as to the decay energy
deposited in the solution and the radiolytic hydrogen yield, much in the same manner as given
above for core radiolysis.
The energy deposited in solution is computed using the following basis:
- 1. For the maximum credible accident, a TID-14844 release model
[20] is assumed where 50% of the total core halogens and 1% of all other fission products, excluding noble
gases, are released from the core to the sump solution.
- 2. The quantity of fission product release considers reactor operation with extended fuel cycles before the accident.
- 3. The total decay energy from the released fission products, both beta and gamma, is assumed to be fully absorbed in the solution.
Within the assessment of energy release by fission products in water, account is made of the
decay of the fission products. To arrive at the time-integrated energy release, the energy
release rate from the fission products are integrated over time after a LOCA. The energy
release rates for various times after LOCA are included in Table 15.4-5. The values are
normalized to the total core thermal power level.
The yield of hydrogen from sump solution radiolysis is most nearly represented by the static
capsule tests performed by Westinghouse and ORNL with the alkaline sodium borate solution.
The differences between these tests and the actual conditions for the sump solution, however, are important and render the capsule tests conservative in their predictions of radiolytic
hydrogen yields.
In this assessment, the sump solution will have considerable depth, which inhibits the ready
diffusion of hydrogen from solution, as compared to the case with shallow-depth capsule tests.
This retention of hydrogen in solution will have a significant effect in reducing the hydrogen
yields to the containment atmosphere. The buildup of hydrogen concentration in solution will
enhance the back reaction to formation of water and lower the net hydrogen yield, in the same
manner as a reduction in gas to liquid volume ratio will reduce the yield.
WBN 15.4-31 This is illustrated by the data presented in Figure 15.4-2 for capsule tests with various gas to
liquid volume ratios. The data show a significant reduction in the apparent or net hydrogen yield
from the published primary maximum yield of 0.44 molecules per 100 ev. Even at the very
highest ratios, where capsule solution depths are very low, the yield is less than 0.30, with the
highest scatter data point at 0.39 molecules per 100 ev.
With these considerations taken into account, a reduced hydrogen yield is a reasonable
assumption to make for the case of sump radiolysis. While it can be expected that the yield will
be on the order of 0.1 or less, the calculations do not take credit for a reduced hydrogen yield in
the case of sump radiolysis and a hydrogen yield value of 0.5 molecules per 100 ev has been
used.
15.4.1.2.5 Results
Figures 15.4-3 and 15.4-5 show the hydrogen production and accumulation in the containment
following a LOCA for both the Westinghouse model, while Figures 15.4-7 and 15.4-8 give the
volume percent of hydrogen in the containment for both the Westinghouse and NRC models, respectively. Figures 15.4-4 and 15.4-6 reflect the current NRC basis (Regulatory Guide 1.7)
and provide the hydrogen generation and accumulation in containment following a LOCA. The
figures for hydrogen accumulation and volume percent in the containment are based on the
assumption that no measures are taken to remove the hydrogen (i.e., no recombination or
purging of the hydrogen is taken into account). The effect of the hydrogen recombiner system
on hydrogen accumulation is discussed in Section 6.2, while the effect of hydrogen purging to
atmosphere is discussed in Section 15.5.
15.4.2 MAJOR SECONDARY SYSTEM PIPE RUPTURE
15.4.2.1 Major Rupture of a Main Steam Line
15.4.2.1.1 Identification of Causes and Accident Description
The steam release arising from a rupture of a main steam line would result in an initial increase
in steam flow which decreases during the accident as the steam pressure falls. The energy
removal from the reactor coolant system causes a reduction of coolant temperature and
pressure. In the presence of a negative moderator temperature coefficient, the cooldown
results in a reduction of core shutdown margin. If the most reactive rod cluster control assembly (RCCA) is assumed stuck in its fully withdrawn position after reactor trip, there is an increased
possibility that the core will become critical and return to power. A return to power following a
steam line rupture is a potential problem mainly because of the high power peaking factors
which exist, assuming the most reactive RCCA to be stuck in its fully withdrawn position. The
core is ultimately shut down by the boric acid in jection delivered by the safety injection system.
The analysis of a main steam line rupture is performed to demonstrate that the following
criterion is satisfied:
WBN 15.4-32 Assuming a stuck RCCA with or without offsite power and assuming a single failure in the
engineered safeguards, the core remains in place and intact. Radiation doses are not expected to
exceed the guidelines of 10 CFR 100.
Although DNB and possible clad perforation following a steam pipe rupture are not necessarily
unacceptable, the following analysis, in fact, shows that no violation of the DNB design basis
occurs for any rupture assuming the most reactive assembly stuck in its fully withdrawn position.
The following functions provide the necessary protection for a steam line rupture:
- 1. Safety injection system actuation from any of the following:
- a. Two out of three low pressurizer pressure signals.
- b. Two out of three high containment pressure signals.
- c. Two out of three low steamline pressure signals in any steamline.
- 2. The overpower reactor trips (neutron flux and T) and the reactor trip occurring in conjunction with receipt of the safety injection signal.
- 3. Redundant isolation of the main feedwater lines: Sustained high feedwater flow would cause additional cooldown. A safety injection signal will rapidly close all feedwater
control valves and main feedwater isolation valves, and trip the main feedwater pumps, condensate booster pumps, condensate demineralizer pump, and motor-operated
standby feedwater pump if operating.
- 4. Trip of the fast acting steam line stop valves (main steam isolation valves) (designed to close in less than 6 seconds) on:
- a. Two out of four high-high containment pressure signals.
- b. Two out of three low steamline pressure signals in any steamline.
- c. Two out of three high negative steamline pressure rate signals in any steamline.
Fast-acting isolation valves are provided in each steam line that will fully close within 6 seconds
after a steamline isolation signal setpoint is reached. The time delay for actuation of the low
steamline pressure safety injection actuation signal, high negative steamline pressure rate
signal, high-high containment pressure signal, and manual block of the low steamline pressure
safety injection actuation signal must be within 2 seconds after initiation. This, along with the
main steam isolation time of approximately 6 seconds shall not exceed an 8 second total
response time for this action in the safety analysis for this event. For breaks downstream of the
isolation valves, closure of all valves would co mpletely terminate the blowdown. For any break, in any location, no more than one steam generator would blowdown even if one of the isolation
valves fails to close. A description of steam line isolation is included in Chapter 10.
WBN 15.4-33 Steam flow is measured by moni toring dynamic head in nozzles located in the throat of the steam generator. The effective throat area of the nozzles is 1.4 square feet, which is
considerably less than the main steam pipe and thus the nozzles also serve to limit the
maximum steam flow for a break at any location.
Table 15.4-6 lists the equipment required in the recovery from a high energy line rupture. Not
all equipment is required for any one particular break, since it will vary depending upon
postulated break location and details of initial conditions. Design criteria and methods of
protection of safety related equipment from the dy namic effects of postulated piping ruptures are provided in Section 3.6.
15.4.2.1.2 Analysis of Effects and Consequences
Method of Analysis
The analysis of the steam pipe rupture has been performed to determine:
- 1. The core heat flux and reactor coolant syst em temperature and pressure resulting from the cooldown following the steam line break. The LOFTRAN
[11] Code has been used.
- 2. The thermal and hydraulic behavior of the core following a steam line break. A detailed thermal and hydraulic digital computer code, VIPRE-01,[30] has been used to determine if the calculated DNBR occurs for the core conditions computed in Item 1 above.
The following conditions were assumed to exist at the time of a main steam line break accident.
- 1. End-of-life shut down margin at no load, equilibrium xenon conditions, and the most reactive RCCA stuck in its fully withdrawn position. Operation of the control rod banks
during core burnup is restricted in such a way that addition of positive reactivity in a
steam line break accident will not lead to a more adverse condition than the case
analyzed.
- 2. The negative moderator coefficient corresponding to the end-of-life rodded core with the most reactive RCCA in the fully withdrawn position: The variation of the coefficient with
temperature and pressure has been included. The k eff versus temperature at 1110 psi corresponding to the negative moderator temperature coefficient used is shown in Figure
15.2-40. The effect of power generation in the core on overall reactivity is shown in
Figure 15.4-9. The parameters used to determine the radioactivity releases for the
steamline break are given in Table 15.5-16.
WBN 15.4-34 The core properties associated with the sector nearest the affected steam generator and those associated with the remaining sector were conservatively combined to obtain
average core properties for reactivity feedback calculations. Further, it was
conservatively assumed that the core power distribution was uniform. These two
conditions cause under prediction of the reactivity feedback in the high power region
near the stuck rod. To verify the conservatism of this method, the reactivity as well as
the power distribution was checked for the statepoints shown on Table 15.4-7. These
core analyses considered the Doppler reactivity from the high fuel temperature near the
stuck RCCA, moderator feedback from the high water enthalpy near the stuck RCCA, power redistribution and non-uniform core inlet temperature effects. For cases in which
steam generation occurs in the high flux regions of the core, the effect of void formation
was also included. It was determined that the reactivity employed in the kinetics analysis
was always larger than the reactivity calculated including the above local effects for all
statepoints. The limiting statepoint is presented in Table 15.4-7. These results verified
conservatism, i.e., underproduction of negat ive reactivity feedback from power generation.
- 3. Minimum capability for injection of concentrated boric acid (which is bounding for higher boric acid concentrations) solution corresponding to the most restrictive single failure in
the safety injection system. The emergency core cooling system consists of three systems: 1) the passive accumulators (at 2400 ppm for Unit 1; at 1900 ppm for Unit 2),
- 2) the residual heat removal system, and 3) the safety injection system (at 2000ppm).
The actual modeling of the safety inject ion system in LOFTRAN is described in Reference [11] and reflects injection as a function of RCS pressure versus flow including
RCP seal injection, excluding centrifugal charging pump miniflow, and with no spilling
lines. This injection analysis result is bounded when using the minimum composite
pump curve (degraded by 5% of design head) as shown in Figure 6.3-4. This
corresponds to the flow delivered by one charging pump and one safety injection pump delivering its full flow to the cold leg header. No credit has been taken for the low
concentration borated water, which must be swept from the lines downstream of the
RWST prior to the delivery of concentrated boric acid to the reactor coolant loops.
For the cases where offsite power is assu med, the sequence of events in the safety injection system is the following. After the generation of the safety injection signal (appropriate delays for instrumentation, logic, and signal transport included), the
appropriate valves begin to operate and the high head safety injection pump starts. In
27 seconds, the valves are assumed to be in their final position and the pump is
assumed to be at full speed. The volume containing the low concentration borated water
is swept, of course, before the 2000 ppm (which is bounding for higher boric acid
concentrations) reaches the core. This delay, described above is inherently included in
the modeling.
In cases where offsite power is not available, a 10-second delay is assumed to start the diesels and then begin loading the necessary safety injection equipment sequentially
onto the diesels. This assumption results in additional conservatism in the analysis, which adds the 10 seconds to the 27 seconds assumed for valve alignment in the offsite
power available case for a total of 37 seconds.
WBN 15.4-35 4. Design value of the steam generator heat transfer coefficient including allowance for fouling factor.
- 5. Since the steam generators are provided with integral flow restrictors with a 1.4 square foot throat area, any rupture with a break area greater than 1.4 square feet, regardless
of location would have the same effect on the Nuclear Steam Supply System (NSSS) as
the 1.4 square foot break. The following cases have been considered in determining the
core power and reactor coolant system transients:
- a. Complete severance of a pipe, with the plant initially at no load conditions, full reactor coolant flow with offsite power available.
- b. Case a above with loss of offsite power. Loss of offsite power results in coolant pump coastdown.
- 6. Power peaking factors corresponding to one stuck RCCA and nonuniform core inlet coolant temperatures are determined at end of core life. The coldest core inlet
temperatures are assumed to occur in the sector with the stuck rod. The power peaking
factors account for the effect of the local void in the region of the stuck control assembly
during the return to power phase following the steam line break.
The limiting statepoints for the two cases are presented in Table 15.4-7.
Both the cases above assume initial hot shutdown conditions at time zero since this represents the most limiting initial condition. Should the reactor be just critical or
operating at power at the time of a steam line break, the reactor will be tripped by the
normal overpower protection system when power level reaches a trip point. Following a trip at power the reactor coolant system contains more stored energy than at no load, the average coolant temperature is higher than at no load and there is appreciable
energy stored in the fuel. Thus, the additional stored energy is removed via the
cooldown caused by the steam line break before the no load conditions of RCS
temperature and shutdown margin assumed in the analyses are reached. After the
additional stored energy has been removed, the cooldown and reactivity insertions
proceed in the same manner as in the analysis which assumes no load condition at time
zero.
However, since the initial steam generator water inventory is greatest at no load, the magnitude and duration of the RCS cooldown are greater for steam line breaks
occurring from no load conditions.
- 7. In computing the steam flow duri ng a steam line break, the Moody Curve
[9] for fl/D = 0 is used.
- 8. For Unit 1, a steam generator tube plugging level of 0% is conservatively assumed. For Unit 2, a steam generator tube plugging level of 10% is assumed.
WBN 15.4-36 9. For Unit 1, a thermal design flowrate of 372,400 gpm is used which accounts for instrumentation uncertainty. For Unit 2, a thermal design flowrate of 372,400 gpm is
used which accounts for the 10% steam generator tube plugging level and
instrumentation uncertainty.
Results The results presented are a conservative indication of the events which would occur assuming a
steam line rupture since it is postulated that all of the conditions described above occur
simultaneously.
Figures 15.4-11a through 15.4-11c show the RCS transient and core response following a main
steam line rupture (complete severance of a pipe) at initial no load condition (Case a). Offsite power is assumed available so that full reactor coolant flow exists. The transient shown
assumes an uncontrolled steam release from only one steam generator. Should the core be
critical at near zero power when the rupture occurs the initiation of safety injection by low
steamline pressure will trip the reactor. Steam release from more than one steam generator will be prevented by automatic trip of the fast acting isolation valves in the steam lines by high-high containment pressure or low steam line pressure signals. Even with the failure of one valve, release is limited by isolation valve closure for the other steam generators while the one
generator blows down. The main steamline isolation valves are designed to be fully closed in
less than 6 seconds from receipt of a closure signal.
For Unit 1, as shown in Figure 15.4-11a the core attains criticality with the RCCAs inserted (with the design shutdown assuming one stuck RCCA) shortly after boron solution at 2400 ppm (which is bounding for higher boric acid concentrations) enters the reactor coolant system from the accumulators. The safety injection system subsequently injects a 2000 ppm boron solution.
A peak core power less than the nominal full power value is attained.
For Unit 2, as shown in Figure 15.4-11a the core attains criticality with the RCCAs inserted (with
the design shutdown assuming one stuck RCCA) shortly after boron solution at 2000 ppm (which is bounding for higher boric acid concentrations) enters the reactor coolant system. A
peak core power less than the nominal full power value is attained.
The calculation assumes the boric acid is mixed with, and diluted by the water flowing in the
reactor coolant system prior to entering the reactor core. The concentration after mixing
depends upon the relative flow rates in the reactor coolant system and in the safety injection
system. The variation of mass flow rate in the reactor coolant system due to water density
changes is included in the calculation as is the variation of flow rate in the safety injection
system due to changes in the reactor coolant system pressure. The safety injection system flow
calculation includes the line losses in the system as well as the pump head curve.
WBN 15.4-37 It should be noted that the safety injection accumulators are actuated in Case (a) due to low
RCS pressure (Figure 15.4-11b). Once the accumulators actuate, 2400 ppm boron is delivered
to the core and the transient is terminated before a significant return to power is achieved.
Once the transient is terminated and the plant is stabilized, emergency operating procedures
may be followed to recover from the MSLB event.
For Unit 1, Figures 15.4-12a through 15.4-12c show the responses of the salient parameters for
Case (b) which corresponds to the case discussed above with additional loss of offsite power at
approximately the time of transient initiation. For Unit 2, Figures 15.4-12a through 15.4-12c
show the responses of the salient parameters for Case b which corresponds to the case
discussed above with additional loss of offsite power at the time the safety injection signal is
generated. The injection of borated water is conservatively delayed to 37 seconds based on the
assumed 10 second diesel generator delay time plus the 27 seconds associated with the valve
lineup for the offsite power available case (Case a). In this case criticality is achieved later and
the core power increase is slower than in the similar case with offsite power available. The
ability of the emptying steam generator to extrac t heat from the reactor coolant system is reduced by the decreased flow in the reactor coolant system. For both these cases the peak
power remains well below the nominal full power value.
Unlike Case (a), Case (b) does not result in the actuation of the safety injection accumulators.
Therefore, due to the fact that less boric acid solution is delivered to the core, Case (b) results
in a more limiting return to power than Case (a).
It should be noted that following a steam line break only one steam generator blows down
completely. Thus, the remaining steam generators are still available for dissipation of decay
heat after the initial transient is over. In the case of loss of offsite power this heat is removed to
the atmosphere via the steam line safety valves.
Following blowdown of the faulted steam generator, the plant can be brought to a stabilized hot standby condition through control of auxiliary feedwater flow and safety injection flow as
described by plant operating procedures. The operating procedures call for operator action to
limit RCS pressure and pressurizer level by terminating safety injection flow, and to control
steam generator level and RCS coolant temperatur e using the auxiliary feedwater system. Any action required of the operator to maintain the plant in a stabilized condition is in a time frame in
excess of ten minutes following safety injection actuation.
Margin to Critical Heat Flux
A DNB analysis was performed for the limiting case. The limiting statepoints are presented in
Table 15.4-7. It was found that all cases had a minimum DNBR greater than the limiting value.
15.4.2.1.3 Conclusions
The analysis shows that the criteria stated earlier in this section are satisfied. In addition, the
pressure differential across the steam generator tubes that has been calculated for a postulated
main feedwater line break is more limiting (i.e., dictates a minimum tube wall thickness) than the
pressure differential for a postulated main steam line break. Therefore, steam generator tube
rupture is not expected to occur (see Section 4.19.7.6 of Reference [34]).
WBN 15.4-38 Although DNB and possible clad perforation following a steam pipe rupture are not necessarily
unacceptable and not precluded in the criterion, the above analysis, in fact, shows that no
violation of the DNB design basis occurs for any rupture assuming the most reactive RCCA
stuck in its fully withdrawn position.
If it is assumed that there is leakage from the r eactor coolant system to the secondary system in the steam generators and that offsite power is lost following the steam line break, radioactivity
will be released to the atmosphere through the relief or safety valves. Environmental
consequences of a postulated steam line break are addressed in Section 15.5.4.
15.4.2.2 Major Rupture of a Main Feedwater Pipe
15.4.2.2.1 Identification of Causes and Accident Description
A major feedwater line rupture is defined as a break in a feedwater pipe large enough to prevent
the addition of sufficient feedwater to the steam generators to maintain shell-side fluid inventory
in the steam generators. If the break is postulated in a feedline between the check valve and
the steam generator, fluid from the steam generator may also be discharged through the break.
Further, a break in this location could preclude the subsequent addition of auxiliary feedwater to
the affected steam generator. (A break upstream of the feedline check valve would affect the
nuclear steam supply system only as a loss of normal feedwater.)
Depending upon the size of the break and the plant operating conditions at the time of the
break, the break could cause either a reactor coolant system cooldown (by excessive energy discharge through the break), or a reactor coolant system heatup. Potential reactor coolant
system cooldown resulting from a secondary pipe rupture is evaluated in Section 15.4.2.1.
Therefore, only the reactor coolant system heatup effects are evaluated for a feedline rupture.
A feedline rupture reduces the ability to remove heat generated by the core from the reactor
coolant system because of the following reasons:
- 1. Feedwater to the steam generators is reduced. Since feedwater is subcooled, its loss may cause reactor coolant temperatures to increase prior to reactor trip.
- 2. Liquid in the steam generator may be discharged through the break, and would then not be available for decay heat removal after trip.
- 3. The break may be large enough to prevent the addition of any main feedwater after trip.
An auxiliary feedwater system is provided to a ssure that adequate feedwater is available such that:
- 1. No substantial overpressurization of the reactor coolant system occurs; and
- 2. Liquid in the reactor coolant system is sufficient to cover the reactor core at all times.
WBN 15.4-39 The following provides the necessary protection for a main feedwater rupture:
- 1. A reactor trip on any of the following conditions:
- a. High pressurizer pressure
- b. Overtemperature T
- c. Low-low steam generator water level in one or more steam generators
- d. Safety injection signals from any of the following:
i) Low steamline pressure
ii) Low pressurizer pressure
iii) High containment pressure
- 2. An auxiliary feedwater system to provide an assured source of feedwater to the steam generators for decay heat removal.
15.4.2.2.2 Analysis of Effects and Consequences
The discussion of the analysis for a main feedwater break inside primary containment presented
below is based on a reactor trip generated by steam generator low-low water level. Evaluations
that were performed using the MONSTER
[37] Code show a high containment pressure signal is generated in less than 1.0 second. In the analysis presented below, steam generator level
decreases to its trip setpoint in 19.1 seconds for Unit 1 and 37.1 seconds for Unit 2. Thus, the
following analysis is conservative and is being retained although containment pressure is the
signal that will actually be used to generate a reactor trip for this event.
Method of Analysis
A detailed analysis using the LOFTRAN
[11] Code is performed in order to determine the plant transient following a feedline rupture. The code describes the plant thermal kinetics, reactor
coolant system including natural circulation, pressurizer, steam generators and feedwater system, and computes pertinent variables including the pressurizer pressure, pressurizer water
level, and reactor coolant average temperature.
WBN 15.4-40 Two cases are analyzed. One case assumes that offsite electrical power is maintained
throughout the transient. Another case assumes the loss of offsite electrical power at the time
of reactor trip, and RCS flow decreases to natural circulation. Both cases assume a double-
ended rupture of the largest feedwater pipe at full power. Major assumptions used in the
analysis are as follows:
- 1. For Unit 1, the unit is initially operating at a power level equivalent to 100.6% of the uprated NSSS power. For Unit 2, the unit is initially operating at full power including
applicable uncertainty.
- 2. Initial reactor coolant average temperature is 6.0ºF above the nominal value (bounds an instrument uncertainty of
+/-5ºF and instrument bias of -1ºF), and the initial pressurizer pressure is 50 psi below its nominal value (bounds an instrument uncertainty of
+/-50 psi and instrument bias of -20 psi).
- 3. The pressurizer power-operated relief valves and the safety relief valves are assumed to function. No credit is taken for pressurizer spray. For Unit 1, the initial pressurizer level
is at the nominal programmed value (62% of span) plus 8% uncertainty. For Unit 2, the
initial pressurizer level is at the nominal programmed value plus 8% uncertainty.
- 4. No credit is taken for the following potential protection logic signals to mitigate the consequences of the accident:
- High pressurizer pressure
- Overtemperature T - High pressurizer level
- High containment pressure
- 5. Main feedwater to all steam generators is assumed to stop at the time the break occurs (all main feedwater spills out through the break).
- 6. The initial blowdown quality from the affected steam generator is assumed to be 15%
due to effects as the inventory passes back through the preheater. At the time of reactor
trip, the frothing and oscillations within the steam generator are reduced and saturated
liquid (0% quality) is blown out the break until all the liquid is gone. Subsequent
blowdown, prior to the time of steamline isolation, is assumed to be saturated liquid
(100% quality).
- 7. For Unit 1, no credit is taken for the low-low water level trip on the affected steam generator until the steam generator level reaches the low-low steam generator water
level setpoint, assumed to be 0% of the narrow range span. This assumption minimizes
the steam generator fluid inventory at the time of trip, and thereby maximizes the
resultant heatup of the reactor coolant. For Unit 2, no credit is taken for the low-low
water level trip on the affected steam generator until the steam generator level reaches
0% of the narrow range span. This assumption minimizes the steam generator fluid
inventory at the time of trip, and thereby maximizes the resultant heatup of the reactor
coolant.
WBN 15.4-41 8. A double-ended break area of 1.118 ft 2 for Unit 1 and of 0.223 ft2 for Unit 2 is assumed.
- 9. No credit is taken for heat energy deposited in reactor coolant system metal during the RCS heatup.
- 10. No credit is taken for charging or letdown.
- 11. Steam generator heat transfer area is assumed to decrease as the shellside liquid inventory decreases.
- 12. The core residual heat generation is based on the 1979 version of ANS 5.1 [Ref. 33]
based upon long term operation at the initial power level. The decay of U-238 capture
products is included as an integral part of this expression.
- 13. The auxiliary feedwater is actuated by the low-low steam generator water level signal.
The analysis addresses either TDAFWP failure with and without offsite power or
MDAFWP failure with and without offsite power. The assumptions for the limiting case (MDAFWP failure) are as follows:
- a. The motor driven pump which feeds two intact steam generators is assumed to fail.
- b. After steamline isolation, all flow from all pumps is initially assumed "lost" to the faulted steam generator. After the faulted steam generator pressure drops below
360 psig, a valve automatically restrict s MD pump flow to the faulted steam
generator, thus allowing some delivery (assumed to be 60 gpm) to an intact loop.
- c. Operator action to isolate the affected steam generator is assumed to occur no later than 12 minutes from the time of the first low steam generator level signal.
- d. After isolation of the faulted steam generator, the TDAFWP supplies flow to the 3 remaining steam generators while the operating MD pump supplies flow to 1
A 60 second delay was assumed following the low-low steam generator water level signal to allow time for startup of the emergency diesel generators and the auxiliary
feedwater pumps.
- 14. Both maximum and minimum reactivity feedback cases are analyzed for both the TDAFWP and MDAFWP failure cases.
WBN 15.4-42 Results For Unit 1, the MDAFWP failure case with maximum reactivity feedback and without offsite
power available was found to be the limiting case, in addition the corresponding with offsite
power cases are presented herein.
Figures 15.4-13a, 15.4-13b, and 15.4-13c show the calculated plant parameters following a
feedline rupture for the case with offsite power. Figures 15.4-14a, 15.4-14b, and 15.4-14c show
the calculated plant parameters following a feedline rupture with loss of offsite power. The
calculated sequence of events for both cases analyzed is presented in Table 15.4-9.
For Unit 1, the system response following the feedwater line rupture is similar for both cases
analyzed. Results presented in the figures show that pressures in the RCS and main steam
system remain below 110% of the respective design pressures. Pressurizer pressure increases
until reactor trip occurs on low-low steam generator water level. Pressure then decreases, due
to the loss of heat input, until steamline isolation occurs. Coolant expansion occurs due to
reduced heat transfer capability in the steam generators. Addition of the safety injection flow
aids in cooling down the primary side and helps to ensure that sufficient fluid exists to keep the
core covered with water.
For Unit 2, the system response following the feedwater line rupture is similar for both cases
analyzed. Results presented in the figures show that pressures in the RCS and main steam
system remain below 110% of the respective design pressures. Pressurizer pressure increases
until reactor trip occurs on low-low steam generator water level. Pressure then decreases, due
to the loss of heat input, until steamline isolation occurs. Coolant expansion occurs due to
reduced heat transfer capability in the steam generators. The pressurizer relief valves open to
maintain primary pressure at an acceptable value. The calculated relief rates are within the
relief capacity of the pressurizer relief valves. Addition of the safety injection flow aids in cooling
down the primary side and helps to ensure that sufficient fluid exists to keep the core covered
with water.
The reactor core remains covered with water throughout the transient, and the auxiliary
feedwater system flow capacity is sufficient to preclude bulk boiling in the RCS throughout the
15.4.2.2.3 Conclusions
Results of the analysis show that for the postulated feedline rupture, the assumed auxiliary
feedwater system capacity is adequate to remove decay heat, to prevent overpressurizing the reactor coolant system, and to prevent the water level in the RCS from dropping to the top of the
core.
WBN 15.4-43 15.4.3 STEAM GENERATOR TUBE RUPTURE
15.4.3.1 Identification of Causes and Accident Description
The accident examined is the complete severance of a single steam generator tube. The
accident is assumed to take place at power with the reactor coolant contaminated with fission
products corresponding to continuous operation with a limited amount of defective fuel rods.
The accident leads to an increase in contamination of the secondary system due to leakage of
radioactive coolant from the reactor coolant system. In the event of a coincident loss of offsite
power, or failure of the condenser dump system, discharge of radioactivity to the atmosphere takes place via the steam generator power-operated relief valves (and safety valves if their
setpoint is reached).
The steam generator tube material is Alloy 690 in Unit 1 and Inconel-600 in Unit 2 and is a
highly ductile material; thus, it is considered that the assumption of a complete severance of a
tube is somewhat conservative. The more probable mode of tube failure would be one or more minor leaks of undetermined origin. Activity in the steam and power conversion system is
subject to continual surveillance and an accumulation of minor leaks which exceed the limits
established in the Technical Specifications is not permitted during the unit operation.
The operator is expected to readily determine that a steam generator tube rupture (SGTR) has
occurred, identify and isolate the faulty steam generator on a restricted time scale in order to
complete the required recovery actions to stabilize the plant, minimize contamination of the
secondary system, and ensure termination of radioactive release to the atmosphere from the
faulty unit. The recovery procedure can be carried out on a time scale which ensures that break
flow to the secondary system is terminated before water level in the affected steam generator
rises into the main steam pipe. Sufficient indications and controls are provided to enable the
operator to carry out these functions satisfactorily.
Assuming normal operation of the various plant control systems, the following sequence of
events is initiated by a tube rupture:
- 1. Pressurizer low pressure and low level alarms are actuated and charging pump flow increases in an attempt to maintain pressurizer level. On the secondary side there is a
steam flow/feedwater flow mismatch alarm as feedwater flow to the affected steam
generator is reduced due to the additional break flow which is now being supplied to that
steam generator from the primary side.
- 2. Continued loss of reactor coolant inventory leads to a reactor trip signal generated by low pressurizer pressure or by overtemperature T. Resultant plant cooldown following reactor trip leads to a rapid change of pressurizer level, and the safety injection signal, initiated by low-low pressurizer pressure, follows soon after the reactor trip. The safety
injection signal automatically terminates normal feedwater supply and initiates auxiliary feedwater addition.
- 3. The steam generator blowdown liquid monitor, the condenser vacuum exhaust radiation monitor and/or main steamline radiation monitor will alarm, indicating a sharp increase in
radioactivity in the secondary system. The steam generator blowdown liquid monitor will automatically terminate steam generator blowdown to the cooling tower and divert flow
to the condensate demineralizer.
WBN 15.4-44 4. The reactor trip automatically trips the turb ine and if offsite power is available the steam dump valves open permitting steam dump to the condenser. In the event of a coincident
Loss of Offsite Power (LOOP), the steam dum p valves would automatically close to protect the condenser. The steam generator pressure would rapidly increase resulting in
steam discharge to the atmosphere through the steam generator power operated relief
valves (and safety valves if their setpoint is reached).
- 5. Following reactor trip, the continued action of auxiliary feedwater supply and borated safety injection flow (supplied from the refueling water storage tank) provide a heat sink
which absorbs some of the decay heat. This reduces the amount of steam bypass to the
condenser, or in the case of loss of offsite power, steam relief to atmosphere.
- 6. Safety injection flow results in increasing RCS pressure and pressurizer water level, and the RCS pressure trends toward an equilibrium value where the safety injection flow rate
equals the break flow rate.
In the event of an SGTR, the plant operators must diagnose the event and perform the required
recovery actions to stabilize the plant and terminate the primary to secondary break flow. The
operator actions for SGTR recovery are provi ded in the plant Emergency Operating Procedures.
Operator actions are described below.
- l. Identify the ruptured steam generator.
High secondary side activity, as indicated by the condenser vacuum exhaust radiation monitor, steam generator blowdown liquid monitor, or main steam line radiation monitor, typically will provide the first indication of an SGTR event. The ruptured steam generator can be identified by an unexpected increase in steam generator narrow range level, a
Radiation Protection survey, or a chemistry laboratory sample. For an SGTR that results
in a reactor trip at high power, the steam generator water level as indicated on the
narrow range scale will decrease significantly for all of the steam generators. The
auxiliary feedwater flow will begin to refill t he steam generators, distributing flow to each of the steam generators. Since primary to secondary break flow adds additional liquid
inventory to the ruptured steam generator, the water level will increase more rapidly than
normally expected in that steam generator.
This response, as displayed by the steam generator water level instrumentation, provides confirmation of an SGTR event and also
identifies the ruptured steam generator.
- 2. Isolate the ruptured steam generator from the intact steam generators and isolate feedwater to the ruptured steam generator.
Once the steam generator with a tube rupture has been identified, recovery actions begin by isolating steam flow from and stoppi ng feedwater flow to the ruptured steam generator. In addition to minimizing radiological releases, this also reduces the
possibility of overfilling the ruptured steam generator with water by l) minimizing the
accumulation of feedwater flow and 2) enabling the operator to establish a pressure
differential between the ruptured and intact steam generators as a necessary step
toward terminating primary to secondary break flow.
WBN 15.4-45 3. Cool down the RCS using the intact steam generators.
After isolation of the ruptured steam generator, the RCS is cooled as rapidly as possible to less than the saturation temperature corresponding to the ruptured steam generator
pressure by dumping steam from only the intact steam generators. This ensures adequate subcooling will exist in the RCS after depressurization of the RCS to the
ruptured steam generator pressure in subsequent actions. If offsite power is available, the normal steam dump system to the condenser can be used to perform this cooldown.
However, if offsite power is lost, the RCS is cooled using the steam generator power
operated relief valves to release steam from the intact steam generators.
- 4. Depressurize the RCS to restore reactor coolant inventory.
When the cooldown is completed, safety injection flow will increase RCS pressure until break flow matches safety injection flow. Consequently, safety injection flow must be
terminated to stop primary to secondary break flow. However, adequate reactor coolant
inventory must first be assured. This includes both sufficient reactor coolant subcooling
and pressurizer inventory to maintain a reliable pressurizer level indication after safety
injection flow is stopped. Since break flow from the primary side will continue after
safety injection flow is stopped until RCS and ruptured steam generator pressures
equalize, an "excess" amount of inventory is needed to ensure pressurizer level remains
on span. The "excess" amount required depends on RCS pressure and reduces to zero
when RCS pressure equals the pressure in the ruptured steam generator.
The RCS depressurization is performed using normal pressurizer spray if the RCPs are running. However, if offsite power is lost or the RCPs are not running for some other
reason, normal pressurizer spray is not available. In this event, RCS depressurization
can be performed using the pressurizer power operated relief valve or auxiliary pressurizer spray.
- 5. Terminate safety injection to stop primary to secondary break flow.
The previous actions will have established adequate RCS subcooling, a secondary side heat sink, and sufficient reactor coolant inventory to ensure that safety injection flow is
no longer needed. When these actions have been completed, safety injection flow must
be stopped to terminate primary to secondary break flow. Primary to secondary break
flowwill continue after safety injection flow is stopped until RCS and ruptured steam
generator pressures equalize. Charging flow, letdown, and pressurizer heaters will then
be controlled to prevent repressurization of the RCS and reinitiation of break flowinto the
ruptured steam generator.
Following safety injection termination, the plant conditions will be stabilized, the primary to
secondary break flow will be terminated, and a ll immediate safety concerns will have been addressed. At this time a series of operator actions are performed to prepare the plant for
cooldown to cold shutdown conditions. Subsequently, actions are performed to cooldown and
depressurize the RCS to cold shutdown conditions and to depressurize the ruptured steam
generator.
WBN 15.4-46 15.4.3.2 Analysis of Effects and Consequences
An SGTR results in the transfer of contaminated reactor coolant into the secondary system and
subsequent release of a portion of the activity to the atmosphere. Therefore, an analysis must
be performed to assure that the offsite radiological consequences resulting from an SGTR are
within the allowable guidelines. One of the major concerns for an SGTR is the possibility of
steam generator overfill since this could potentially result in a significant increase in the offsite
radiological consequences. Therefore, an analysis was performed to demonstrate margin to
steam generator overfill, assuming the limiting single failure relative to overfill. The results of
this analysis demonstrated that there is margin to steam generator overfill for a design basis
SGTR for Watts Bar Units 1 and 2. A thermal and hydraulic analysis was also performed to
determine the input for the offsite radiological consequences analysis, assuming the limiting
single failure relative to offsite doses without steam generator overfill. Since steam generator
overfill does not occur, the results of this analysis represent the limiting case for the analysis of
the radiological consequences for an SGTR for Watts Bar. The results of the thermal and
hydraulic analysis for the offsite radiologica l consequences analysis are discussed as follows.
Thermal and Hydraulic Analysis
A thermal and hydraulic analysis has been performed to determine the plant response for a
design basis SGTR, and to determine the integrated primary to secondary break flow and the
mass releases from the ruptured and intact steam generators to the condenser and to the
atmosphere. This information has been used to calculate the quantity of radioactivity released
to the environment and the resulting radiological consequences.
The plant response following an SGTR was analyzed with the LOFTTR2 program until the
primary to secondary break flow is terminated.
The reactor protection system and the automatic actuation of the engineered safeguards systems were modeled in the analysis. The major
operator actions which are required to terminate the break flow for an SGTR were also
simulated in the analysis.
Analysis Assumptions
The accident modeled is a double-ended break of one steam generator tube located at the top
of the tube sheet on the outlet (cold leg) side of the steam generator. The time of reactor trip
was calculated by modeling the Watts Bar Units 1 and 2 reactor protection system. It was
assumed that the reactor is operating at full power at the time of the accident and the initial
secondary mass was assumed to correspond to operation at nominal steam generator mass, minus an allowance for uncertainties. It was also assumed that a loss of offsite power occurs at
the time of reactor trip and the highest worth control assembly was assumed to be stuck in its
fully withdrawn position at reactor trip.
WBN 15.4-47 The limiting single failure was assumed to be the failure of the power operated relief valve on
the ruptured steam generator. Failure of this valve in the open position will cause an
uncontrolled depressurization of the ruptured steam generator which will increase primary to
secondary break flowand the mass release to the atmosphere. It was assumed that the
ruptured steam generator power operated relief valve fails open when the ruptured steam
generator is isolated, and that the valve was subsequently isolated by locally closing the
associated block valve.
The major operator actions required for the recovery from an SGTR are discussed in Section
15.4.3.1 and these operator actions were simulated in the analysis. The operator action times
which were used for the analysis are presented in Table 15.4-20. It is noted that the power
operated relief valve on the ruptured steam generator was assumed to fail open at the time the
ruptured steam generator was isolated. Before proceeding with the recovery operations, the
failed open power operated relief valve was assumed to be isolated by locally closing the
associated block valve. It was assumed that the ruptured steam generator power operated
relief valve is isolated at 11.0 minutes after the valve was assumed to fail open. After the
ruptured steam generator power operated relief valve was isolated, the additional delay time of
7.15 minutes (Table 15.4-20) was assumed for the operator action time to initiate the RCS
cooldown.
Transient Description
The LOFTTR2 analysis results are described below. The sequence of events for this transient
is presented in Table 15.4-21.
Following the tube rupture, reactor coolant flows from the primary into the secondary side of the
ruptured steam generator since the primary pressure is greater than the steam generator
pressure. In response to this loss of reactor coolant, pressurizer level decreases as shown in
Figure 15.4-97a. The RCS pressure also decreases as shown in Figure 15.4-97b as the steam
bubble in the pressurizer expands. As the RCS pressure decreases due to the continued
primary to secondary break flow, automatic reactor trip occurs at approximately 172 seconds for
Unit 1 and 109 seconds for Unit 2 on an overtemperature T trip signal.
After reactor trip, core power rapidly decreases to decay heat levels. The turbine stop valves
close and steam flow to the turbine is term inated. The steam dump system is designed to
actuate following reactor trip to limit the increase in secondary pressure, but the steam dump
valves remain closed due to the loss of condenser vacuum resulting from the assumed loss of
offsite power at the time of reactor trip.
Thus, the energy transfer from the primary system causes the secondary side pressure to increase rapidly after reactor trip until the steam
generator power operated relief valves and (safety valves if their setpoints are reached) lift to
dissipate the energy, as shown in Figure 15.4-97c. The loss of offsite power at reactor trip
results in the termination of main feedwater and actuation of the auxiliary feedwater system. It was assumed that auxiliary feedwater flow is initiated to all steam generators at 60 seconds after reactor trip.
WBN 15.4-48 The RCS pressure and pressurizer level decrease more rapidly after reactor trip as energy
transfer to the secondary shrinks the reactor coolant and the leak flow continues to deplete
primary inventory. The decrease in RCS inventory results in a low pressurizer pressure SI
signal at approximately 310 seconds for Unit 1 and 155 seconds for Unit 2. After SI actuation, the RCS pressure and pressurizer level begin to increase and approach the equilibrium values
where the safety injection flow rate equals the break flow rate.
Since offsite power is assumed lost at reactor trip, the RCPs trip and a gradual transition to
natural circulation flow occurs. Immediately following reactor trip the temperature differential
across the core decreases as core power decays (see Figures 15.4-97d and 15.4-97e);
however, the temperature differential subsequently increases as the reactor coolant pumps coast down and natural circulation flow develops. The cold leg temperatures trend toward the
steam generator temperature as the fluid residence time in the tube region increases. The hot
leg temperatures reach a peak and then slowly decrease as steady state conditions are
reached until the ruptured steam generator is isolated and the power operated relief valve is
assumed to fail open.
Major Operator Actions
- 1. Identify and Isolate the Ruptured Steam Generator
Unit 1
Auxiliary feedwater to the ruptured steam generator is isolated at either 13.5 minutes after initiation of the SGTR or at 30% narrow range span (NRS), whichever time is
greater. Since the time to reach 30% NRS occurs first, auxiliary feedwater is isolated at
13.5 minutes. Steam release from the ruptured steam generator is assumed to be
isolated at either 15.0 minutes after the initiation of the SGTR or when the narrow range
level reaches 30%, whichever time is greater. Since the time to reach 30% narrow
range level is less than 15.0 minutes, it was assumed that the ruptured steam generator
is isolated at 15.0 minutes. The ruptured steam generator power operated relief valve is
also assumed to fail open at this time. The failure causes the ruptured steam generator
to rapidly depressurize as shown in Figure 15.4-97c which results in an increase in
primary to secondary break flow. The depressurization of the ruptured steam generator
increases the break flow and energy transfer from primary to secondary which results in
a decrease in the ruptured loop temperatures as shown in Figure 15.4-97e. The intact
steam generator loop temperatures also slowly decrease, as shown in Figure 15.4-97d
until the RCS cooldown is initiated. The shrinkage of the reactor coolant due to the
decrease in the RCS temperatures results in a decrease in the pressurizer level and
RCS pressure as shown in Figures 15.4-97a and 15.4-97b. When the depressurization
of the ruptured steam generator is terminated, the pressure begins to increase as shown
in Figure 15.4-97c.
WBN 15.4-49 Unit 2
The ruptured steam generator is assumed to be isolated at either 15 minutes after initiation of the SGTR or when the narrow range level reaches 30%, whichever time is
greater. Since the time to reach 30% narrow range is less than 15 minutes, it was
assumed that the ruptured steam generator is isolated at 15 minutes. The failure causes
the ruptured steam generator to rapidly depressurize as shown in Figure 15.4-97c which
results in an increase in primary to secondary break flow. The depressurization of the
ruptured steam generator increases the break flow and energy transfer from primary to secondary which results in a decrease in the ruptured loop temperatures as shown in
Figure 15.4-97e. The intact steam generator loop temperatures also slowly decrease, as
shown in Figure 15.4-97d until the RCS cooldown is initiated. The shrinkage of the
reactor coolant due to the decrease in the RCS temperatures results in a decrease in the
pressurizer level and RCS pressure as shown in Figures 15.4-97a and 15.4-97b. When
the depressurization of the ruptured steam generator is terminated, the pressure begins
to increase as shown in Figure 15.4-97c.
- 2. Cool Down the RCS to establish Subcooling Margin
After the block valve for the ruptured steam generator power operated relief valve is closed, there is a 7.15 minute operator action time assumed prior to initiation of
cooldown. The depressurization of the ruptured steam generator due to the failed-open
power operated relief valve affects the RCS cooldown target temperature since it is
determined based on the pressure at that time. Since offsite power is lost, the RCS is
cooled by dumping steam to the atmosphere using the intact steam generator power
operated relief valves. The cooldown is continued until RCS subcooling at the ruptured
steam generator pressure is 20ºF for Unit 1 and 65ºF for Unit 2 plus an allowance for
instrument uncertainty. Because of the lower pressure in the ruptured steam generator
when the cooldown is initiated, the associated temperature the RCS must be cooled to is
also lower which has the net effect of extending the time required for cooldown.
The reduction in the intact steam generator pressures required to accomplish the cooldown is shown in Figure 15.4-97c, and the effect of the cooldown on the RCS
temperature is shown in Figure 15.4-97d. The pressurizer level and RCS pressure also
decrease during this cooldown process due to shrinkage of the reactor coolant, as
shown in Figures 15-4-97a and 15.4-97b.
- 3. Depressurize RCS to Restore Inventory
After the RCS cooldown, a 2.45 minute operator action time is assumed prior to the RCS depressurization. The RCS is depressurized to assure adequate coolant inventory prior
to terminating safety injection flow. With the RCPs stopped, normal pressurizer spray is
not available and the RCS is depressurized by opening a pressurizer power operated
relief valve. The depressurization is initiated and continued until the criteria in the
emergency operating procedures are satisfied. The RCS depressurization reduces the
break flow as shown in Figure 15.4-97g and increases safety injection flow to refill the
pressurizer as shown in Figure 15.4-97a.
WBN 15.4-50 4. Terminate SI to Stop Primary to Secondary Break Flow
The previous actions establish adequate RCS subcooling, a secondary side heat sink, and sufficient reactor coolant inventory to ensure that safety injection flow is no longer
needed. When these actions have been completed, the safety injection flow must be
stopped to prevent repressurization of the RCS and to terminate primary to secondary
break flow. The safety injection flow is terminated at this time if the safety injection
termination criteria in the emergency operating procedures are satisfied.
After depressurization is completed, an operator action time of 4.07 minutes is assumed prior to initiation of safety injection termination. When termination requirements are
satisfied, actions proceed to close off the safety injection flow path. After safety injection
termination, the RCS pressure begins to decrease as shown in Figure 15.4-97b. The
intact steam generator power operated relief valves are opened to dump steam to
maintain the prescribed RCS temperature to ensure that subcooling is maintained.
When the power operated relief valves are opened, the increased energy transfer from
primary to secondary also aids in the depressurization of the RCS to the ruptured steam
generator pressure. The differential pressure between the RCS and the ruptured steam
generator is shown in Figure 15.4-97f. Figure 15.4-97g shows that the primary to
secondary break flow continues after the safety injection flow is stopped until the RCS
and ruptured steam generator pressures equalize.
The ruptured steam generator water volume for the transient is shown in Figure 15.4-97h. The mass of water in the ruptured steam generator is also shown as a function of
time in Figure 15.4-97i.
Mass Releases
The mass releases are determined for use in evaluating the site boundary and low population
zone radiation exposure. The steam releases from the ruptured and intact steam generators, the feedwater flows to the ruptured and intact steam generators, and primary to secondary
break flow into the ruptured steam generator are determined for the period from accident
initiation until 2 hours2.314815e-5 days <br />5.555556e-4 hours <br />3.306878e-6 weeks <br />7.61e-7 months <br /> after the accident and from 2 to 8 hours9.259259e-5 days <br />0.00222 hours <br />1.322751e-5 weeks <br />3.044e-6 months <br /> after the accident. The releases
for 0-2 hours are used to calculate the radiation doses at the site boundary for a 2 hour2.314815e-5 days <br />5.555556e-4 hours <br />3.306878e-6 weeks <br />7.61e-7 months <br />
exposure, and the releases for 0-8 hours are used to calculate the radiation doses at the low
population zone for the duration of the accident.
The operator actions for the SGTR recovery up to the termination of primary to secondary break
floware simulated in the LOFTTR2 analysis. Thus, the steam releases from the ruptured and
intact steam generators, the feedwater flows to the ruptured and intact steam generators, and
the primary to secondary break flowinto the ruptured steam generator are determined from the
LOFTTR2 results for the period from the initiation of the accident until the break flowis
terminated.
WBN 15.4-51 Following the termination of break flow, actions are taken to cooldown the plant to cold
shutdown conditions. The power operated relief valves for the intact steam generators can be
used to cool down the RCS to the RHR system operating temperature of 350ºF for Unit 1 and
375ºF for Unit 2, at the maximum allowable cooldown rate of 100ºF/hr. The steam releases and the feedwater flows for the intact steam generators for the period from break flowtermination
until two hours are then determined from a mass and energy balance using the calculated RCS
and intact steam generator conditions at the time of break flowtermination and at 2 hours2.314815e-5 days <br />5.555556e-4 hours <br />3.306878e-6 weeks <br />7.61e-7 months <br />. The
RCS cooldown is continued after 2 hours2.314815e-5 days <br />5.555556e-4 hours <br />3.306878e-6 weeks <br />7.61e-7 months <br /> until the RHR system in-service temperature of 350ºF
for Unit 1 and 375ºF for Unit 2 is reached.
Depressurization of the ruptured steam generator can be performed to the RHR in-service
pressure of 395 psia for Unit 1 and 414.7 psia for Unit 2 via steam release from the ruptured
steam generator power operated relief valve. The RCS pressure is also reduced concurrently
as the ruptured steam generator is depressurized. Therefore, the analysis assumes that the
continuation of the RCS cooldown and depressurization to RHR operating conditions are
completed within 8 hours9.259259e-5 days <br />0.00222 hours <br />1.322751e-5 weeks <br />3.044e-6 months <br /> after the accident since there is ample time to complete the operations
during this time period. The steam releases and feedwater flows from 2 to 8 hours9.259259e-5 days <br />0.00222 hours <br />1.322751e-5 weeks <br />3.044e-6 months <br /> are then
determined for the intact and ruptured steam generators from a mass and energy balance using
the conditions at 2 hours2.314815e-5 days <br />5.555556e-4 hours <br />3.306878e-6 weeks <br />7.61e-7 months <br /> and at the RHR system in-service conditions.
After 8 hours9.259259e-5 days <br />0.00222 hours <br />1.322751e-5 weeks <br />3.044e-6 months <br />, plant cooldown to cold shutdown as well as long-term cooling can be provided by
the RHR system. Therefore, the steam releases to the atmosphere are terminated after RHR
cut-in, assumed to be reached at 8 hours9.259259e-5 days <br />0.00222 hours <br />1.322751e-5 weeks <br />3.044e-6 months <br />.
For the time period from initiation of the accident until break flow termination, the releases are
determined from the LOFTTR2 results for the time prior to reactor trip and following reactor trip.
Since the condenser is in service until reactor trip, any radioactivity released to the atmosphere
prior to reactor trip would be through the condenser vacuum exhaust. After reactor trip, the
releases to the atmosphere are assumed to be via the steam generator power operated relief
valves. The mass release rates to the atmosphere from the LOFTTR2 analysis are presented in
Figure 15.4-97j and 15.4-97k for the ruptured and intact steam generators, respectively, for the
time period until break flow termination. The mass releases calculated from the time of leakage
termination until 2 hours2.314815e-5 days <br />5.555556e-4 hours <br />3.306878e-6 weeks <br />7.61e-7 months <br /> and from 2-8 hours were also assumed to be released to the
atmosphere via the steam generator power operated relief valves. The mass releases for the
SGTR event for the 0-2 hour and 2-8 hour time intervals considered are presented in Table
15.4-22.
In addition to the mass releases, information is developed for use in performing the offsite
radiation dose analysis. The time dependent fraction of rupture flow that flashes to steam and
is assumed to be immediately released to the environment is presented in Figure 15.4-97e. The
break flow flashing fraction is conservatively calculated assuming that 100% of the break flow comes from the hot leg side of the steam generator, whereas the break flow actually comes
from both the hot leg and cold leg sides of the steam generator. The water above the steam
generator tubes reduces the iodine content of the atmospheric release by scrubbing the steam
bubbles as they rise from the rupture to the water surface. However, if partial tube uncovery
were to occur, the increase in iodine release would be negligible. This result for tube uncovery
is described in References [39] and [40]. Reference [41] provides NRC approval of References
[39] and [40] and states that no further evaluation of steam generator tube uncovery is required.
WBN 15.4-52 15.4.3.3 Conclusions
A steam generator tube rupture will cause no s ubsequent damage to the reactor coolant system or the reactor core. An orderly recovery from the accident can be completed even assuming
simultaneous loss of offsite power. The results of the thermal and hydraulic analysis are used
to evaluate the environmental consequences of the postulated SGTR. The results of the
environmental consequences analysis are presented in Section 15.5.5.
15.4.4 SINGLE REACTOR COOLANT PUMP LOCKED ROTOR
15.4.4.1 Identification of Causes and Accident Description
The accident postulated is an instantaneous seizure of a reactor coolant pump rotor such as is
discussed in Section 5.5.1.3.5.
Flow through the affected reactor coolant loop is rapidly reduced, leading to initiation of a
reactor trip on a low flow signal.
Following initiation of the reactor trip heat stored in the fuel rods continues to be transferred to
the coolant causing the coolant to expand. At the same time, heat transfer to the shell side of
the steam generators is reduced, first because the reduced flow results in a decreased tube
side film coefficient and then because the reactor coolant in the tubes cools down while the
shell side temperature increases (turbine steam flow is reduced to zero upon plant trip). The
rapid expansion of the coolant in the reactor core, combined with reduced heat transfer in the
steam generators causes an insurge into the pressurizer and a pressure increase throughout
the reactor coolant system. The insurge into the pressurizer compresses the steam volume, actuates the automatic spray system, opens the power-operated relief valves, and opens the
pressurizer safety valves, in that sequence. The two power-operated relief valves are designed
for reliable operation and would be expected to function properly during the accident. However, for conservatism, their pressure reducing effect as well as the pressure reducing effect of the
spray is not included in the analysis.
The consequences of a locked rotor are very similar to those of a pump shaft break. The initial
rate of reduction of coolant flow is greater for the locked rotor event. However, with a failed
shaft, the impeller could conceivably be free to spin in the reverse direction as opposed to being
fixed in position as assumed for a locked rotor. The effect of such reverse spinning is a slight
decrease in the endpoint (steady-state) core flow when compared to the locked rotor. Only one
analysis is performed, representing the most limiting condition for the locked rotor and pump
shaft break accidents.
WBN 15.4-53 15.4.4.2 Analysis of Effects and Consequences
Method of Analysis
Two digital-computer codes are used to analyze this transient. The LOFTRAN
[11] Code is used to calculate the resulting loop and core flow transient following the pump seizure, the time of
reactor trip, based on the loop flow transients, the nuclear power following reactor trip, and the
reactor coolant system peak pressure. The thermal behavior of the fuel located at the core hot
spot is investigated using the FACTRAN
[12] Code, using the core flow and the nuclear power calculated by LOFTRAN. The FACTRAN Code includes a film boiling heat transfer coefficient.
One reactor coolant pump seizure has been analyzed for a locked rotor/shaft break with four
loops in operation.
The accident is evaluated without offsite power available. For the evaluation, power is assumed
to be lost to the unaffected pumps instantaneously after reactor trip. At the beginning of the
postulated locked rotor accident, i.e., at the time the shaft in one of the reactor coolant pumps in
assumed to seize, the plant is assumed to be in operation under the most adverse steady-state
operating conditions, i.e., maximum steady-state power level, maximum steady-state pressure, and maximum steady-state coolant average temperature.
When the peak pressure is evaluated, the initial pressure is conservatively estimated as 70 psi
above nominal pressure (2250 psia) to allow for errors in the pressurizer pressure measurement
and control channels. This is done to obtain the highest possible rise in the coolant pressure
during the transient. To obtain the maximum pressure in the primary side, conservatively high
loop pressure drops are added to the calculated pressurizer pressure. The pressure response
shown in Figure 15.4-15 is at the point in the reactor coolant system having the maximum
pressure.
Evaluation of the Pressure Transient
After pump seizure, the neutron flux is rapidly reduced by control rod insertion effect. Rod
motion is assumed to begin 1.2 seconds after the flow in the affected loop reaches 87% to
nominal flow. No credit is taken for the pressure reducing effect of the pressurizer relief valves, pressurizer spray, steam dump or controlled feedwater flow after plant trip.
Although these systems are expected to function and would result in a lower peak pressure, an
additional degree of conservatism is provided by ignoring their effect.
The pressurizer safety valves are full open at 2580 psia and their capacity for steam relief is as
described in Section 5.2.2.
WBN 15.4-54 Evaluation of DNB in the Core During the Accident
For this accident, DNB is assumed to occur in the core and, therefore, an evaluation of the
consequences with respect to fuel rod thermal transients is performed. Results obtained from
analysis of the 'hot spot' condition represent the upper limit with respect to clad temperature and
zirconium water reaction.
Film Boiling Coefficient
The film boiling coefficient is calculated in the FACTRAN Code using the
Bishop-Sandberg-Tong film boiling correlation
[19]. The fluid properties are evaluated at film temperature (average between wall and bulk temperatures).
The program calculates the film coefficient at every time step based upon the actual heat
transfer conditions at the time. The neutron flux, system pressure, bulk density and mass flow
rate as a function of time are used as program input.
For this analysis, the initial values of the pressure and the bulk density are used throughout the
transient since they are the most conservative with respect to clad temperature response. For
conservatism, DNB was assumed to start at the beginning of the accident.
Fuel Clad Gap Coefficient
The magnitude and time dependence of the heat transfer coefficient between fuel and clad (gap
coefficient) has a presounded influence on the thermal results. The larger the value of the gap
coefficient, the more heat is transferred between pellet and clad. Based on investigations on the
effect of the gap coefficient upon the maximum clad temperature during the transient, the gap
coefficient was assumed to increase from a steady state value consistent with initial fuel
temperature to 10,000 BTU/hr-ft 2-ºF at the initiation of the transient. Thus the large amount of energy stored in the fuel because of the small initial value is released to the clad at the initiation
of the transient.
Zirconium Steam Reaction
The zirconium-steam reaction can become signifi cant above 1800 ºF (clad temperature). The Baker-Just parabolic rate equation shown below is used to define the rate of the zirconium
steam reaction.
T1.986 45,500 exp- 10 x 33.3 =
dt)w d(6 2 WBN 15.4-55 where:
w = amount reacted, mg/cm 2 t = time, sec T = temperature, ºK The reaction heat is 1510 cal/gm
Results The calculated sequence of events is shown on Table 15.4-1. The transient results without
offsite power available are shown in Figures 15.4-14a through 15.4-14c. The peak reactor
coolant system pressure reached during the transient is less than that which would cause
stresses to exceed the faulted condition stress limits. Also, the peak clad surface temperature
is considerable less than 2700 ºF. It should be noted that the clad temperature was
conservatively calculated assuming that DNB occurs at the initiation of the transient. The
results of these calculations (peak pressure, peak clad temperature, and zirconium-steam
reaction) are also summarized in Table 15.4-10.
15.4.4.3 Conclusions
- 1. Since the peak reactor coolant system pressure reached during any of the transients is less than that which cause stresses to exceed the faulted condition stress limits, the
integrity of the primary coolant system is not endangered.
- 2. Since the peak clad surface temperature calculated for the hot spot during the worst transient remains considerably less than 2700ºF, and the amount of zirconium-water
reaction is small, the core will remain in place and intact with no consequential loss of core
cooling capability.
15.4.5 FUEL HANDLING ACCIDENT
15.4.5.1 Identification of Causes and Accident Description
The accident is defined as dropping of a spent fuel assembly onto the fuel storage area floor
resulting in the rupture of the cladding of all the fuel rods in the assembly despite many
administrative controls and physical limitati ons imposed on fuel handling operations. Dropping a fuel assembly in the spent fuel pool has been analyzed and will not result in criticality.
[43]
15.4.5.2 Analysis of Effects and Consequences
For the analyses and consequences of the postulated fuel handling accident, refer to Section
15.5.6.
WBN 15.4-56 15.4.6 RUPTURE OF A CONTROL ROD DRIVE MECHANISM HOUSING (ROD CLUSTER CONTROL ASSEMBLY EJECTION)
15.4.6.1 Identification of Causes and Accident Description
This accident is defined as the mechanical failure of a control rod mechanism pressure housing
resulting in the ejection of a rod cluster control assembly (RCCA) and drive shaft. The
consequence of this mechanical failure is a rapid positive reactivity insertion together with an
adverse core power distribution, possibly leading to localized fuel rod damage.
15.4.6.1.1 Design Precautions and Protection
Certain features in Westinghouse pressurized water reactors are intended to preclude the
possibility of a rod ejection accident, or to limit the consequences if the accident were to occur.
These include a sound, conservative mechanical design of the rod housings, together with a
thorough quality control (testing) program during assembly, and a nuclear design which lessens
the potential ejection worth of RCCAs and minimizes the number of assemblies inserted at high
power levels.
Mechanical Design
The mechanical design is discussed in Section 4.2. Mechanical design and quality control
procedures intended to preclude the possibility of a RCCA drive mechanism housing failure are
listed below:
- 1. Each full length control rod drive mechanism housing was completely assembled and shop tested at 4100 psi.
- 2. The mechanism housings were individually hydrotested after being attached to the head adapters in the reactor vessel head, and checked during the hydrotest of the completed
- 3. Stress levels in the mechanism are not affected by anticipated system transients at power, or by the thermal movement of the coolant loops. Moments by the design
earthquake are acceptable within the allowable primary working stress range specified
by the ASME Code,Section III, for Class 1 components.
- 4. The latch mechanism housing and rod travel housing are each a single length of forged Type-304 stainless steel. This material exhibits excellent notch toughness at all
temperatures which will be encountered.
WBN 15.4-57 A significant margin of strength in the elastic range together with the large energy absorption
capability in the plastic range gives additional assurance that gross failure of the housing will not
occur. The joints between the latch mechanism housing and head adapter, and between the
latch mechanism housing and rod travel housing, are threaded joints reinforced by canopy type rod welds. Administrative regulations require periodic inspections of these (and other) welds.
Nuclear Design
Even if a rupture of a RCCA drive mechanism housing is postulated, the operation of a plant
utilizing chemical shim is such that the severi ty of an ejected RCCA is inherently limited. In general, the reactor is operated by compensating for fuel depletion and xenon oscillations with
changes to the boron concentration. Typically the control rods are not deeply inserted. Further, the location and grouping of control RCCA banks are selected during the nuclear design to
lessen the severity of a RCCA ejection accident. Therefore, should a RCCA be ejected from its
normal position during full power operation, a less severe reactivity excursion could be expected
to occur.
However, it may be occasionally desirable to operate with larger than normal insertions. For
this reason, a rod insertion limit is defined as a function of power level. Operation with the
RCCAs above this limit guarantees adequate shutdown capability and acceptable power
distribution. The position of all RCCAs is continuously indicated in the control room. An alarm
will occur if a bank of RCCAs approaches its insertion limit or if one RCCA deviates from its
bank. Operating instruction requirements are as specified in Technical Specifications 3.1.5, 3.1.6 and 3.1.7.
Reactor Protection
The reactor protection in the event of a rod ejection accident has been described in Reference
[14]. The protection for this accident is provided by high neutron flux trip (high and low setting)
and high rate of neutron flux increase trip. These protection functions are described in detail in
Section 7.2.
Effects on Adjacent Housings
Disregarding the remote possibility of the occurrence of a RCCA mechanism housing failure, investigations have shown that failure of a housing due to either longitudinal or circumferential
cracking would not cause damage to adjacent housings leading to an increase in severity of the
initial accident.
WBN 15.4-58 Effects of Rod Travel Housing Longitudinal Failures
If a longitudinal failure of the rod travel housing should occur, the region of the position indicator
assembly opposite the break would be stressed by the reactor coolant pressure of 2250 psia.
The most probable leakage path would be provided by the radial deformation of the position
indicator coil assembly, resulting in the growth of axial flow passages between the rod travel housing and the steel tube.
If failure of the position indicator coil assembly should occur, the resulting free radial jet from the
failed housing could cause it to bend and contact adjacent rod housings. If the adjacent
housings were on the periphery, they might bend outward from their bases. The housing
material is quite ductile; plastic hinging without cracking would be expected. Housings adjacent
to a failed housing, in locations other than the periphery, would not be bent because of the
rigidity of multiple adjacent housings.
Effect of Rod Travel Housing Circumferential Failures
If circumferential failure of a rod travel housing should occur, the broken-off section of the
housing would be ejected vertically because the driving force is vertical and the position
indicator coil stack assembly and the drive shaft would tend to guide the broken-off piece
upwards during its travel. Travel is limited by t he missile shield, thereby limiting the projectile acceleration. When the projectile reached the missile shield it would partially penetrate the
shield and dissipate its kinetic energy. The water jet from the break would continue to push the
broken-off piece against the missile shield.
If the broken-off piece of the rod travel housing were short enough to clear the break when fully
ejected, it would rebound after impact with the missile shield. The top end plates of the position
indicator coil stack assemblies would prevent the br oken piece from directly hitting the rod travel housing of a second drive mechanism. Even if a direct hit by the rebounding piece were to
occur, the low kinetic energy of the rebounding projectile would not be expected to cause
significant damage.
Possible Consequences
From the above discussion, the probability of damage to an adjacent housing must be
considered remote. However, even if damage is postulated, it would not be expected to lead to
a more severe transient since RCCAs are inserted in the core in symmetric patterns, and control
rods immediately adjacent to worst ejected rods are not in the core when the reactor is critical.
Damage to an adjacent housing could, at worst, cause that RCCA not to fall on receiving a trip
signal; however, this is already taken into account in the analysis by assuming a stuck rod
adjacent to the ejected rod.
WBN 15.4-59 Summary The considerations given above lead to the conclusion that failure of a control rod housing, due
either to longitudinal or circumferential cracking, would not cause damage to adjacent housings
that would increase severity of the initial accident.
15.4.6.1.2 Limiting Criteria
Due to the extremely low probability of a RCCA ejection accident, some fuel damage could be
considered an acceptable consequence.
Comprehensive studies of the threshold of fuel failure and of the threshold of significant
conversion of the fuel thermal energy to mechanical energy, have been carried out as part of
the SPERT project by the Idaho Nuclear Corporation
[15]. Extensive tests of UO 2 zirconium clad fuel rods representative of those in pressu rized water reactor type cores have demonstrated failure thresholds in the range of 240 to 257 cal/gm. However, other rods of a slightly different
design have exhibited failures as low as 225 cal/gm. These results differ significantly from the
TREAT[13] results, which indicated that this threshold decreases by about 10% with fuel burnup.
The clad failure mechanism appears to be melting for zero burnup rods and brittle fracture for
irradiated rods. Also important is the conversion ratio of thermal to mechanical energy. This
ratio becomes marginally detectable above 300 cal/gm for unirradiated rods and 200 cal/gm for
irradiated rods; catastrophic failure, (large fuel dispersal, large pressure rise) even for irradiated
rods, did not occur below 300 cal/gm.
In view of the above experimental results, criteria are applied to ensure that there is little or no
possibility of fuel dispersal in the coolant, gross lattice distortion, or severe shock waves. These
criteria are:
- 1. Average fuel pellet enthalpy at the hot spot to be below 225 cal/gm for unirradiated fuel and 200 cal/gm for irradiated fuel.
- 2. Peak reactor coolant pressure less than that which would cause stresses to exceed the faulted condition stress limits. This criteria is generically addressed in Reference [16].
- 3. Fuel melting will be limited to less than the innermost 10% of the fuel pellet at the hot spot even if the average fuel pellet enthalpy at the hot spot is below the limits of criterion
1 above.
It should be noted that the UFSAR included an additional criterion that the average clad
temperature at the hot spot must remain below 3000ºF. The elimination of this criterion as a
basis for evaluating the RCCA Ejection accident results is consistent with the revised
Westinghouse acceptance criteria for this event.
[48]
WBN 15.4-60 15.4.6.2 Analysis of Effects and Consequences
Method of Analysis
The calculation of the RCCA ejection transient is performed in two stages: first an average core
channel calculation and then a hot region calculation. The average core calculation is performed
using spatial neutron kinetics methods to determine the average power generation with time
including the various total core feedback effects, i.e., Doppler reactivity and moderator reactivity.
Enthalpy and temperature transients in the hot spot are then determined by multiplying the
average core energy generation by the hot channel factor and performing a fuel rod transient
heat transfer calculation. The power distribution calculated without feedback is pessimistically
assumed to persist throughout the transient.
A detailed discussion of the method of analysis can be found in Reference [16].
Average Core Analysis
The spatial kinetics computer code, TWINKLE
[17], is used for the average core transient analysis. The computer code includes a detailed multiregion, transient fuel-clad-coolant heat
transfer model for calculation of pointwise Doppler and moderator feedback affects. In this
analysis, the code is used as a one dimensional axial kinetics code since it allows a more
realistic representation of the spatial effects of axial moderator feedback and RCCA movement
and the elimination of axial feedback weighting factors. However, since the radial dimension is
missing, it is still necessary to employ very conservative methods (described below) of
calculating the ejected rod worth and hot channel factor. Further description of TWINKLE
appears in Section 15.1.9.
Hot Spot Analysis
In the hot spot analysis, the initial heat flux is equal to the nominal times the design hot channel
factor. During the transient, the heat flux hot channel factor is linearly increased to the transient
value in 0.1 second, the time for full ejection of the rod. Therefore, the assumption is made that
the hot spot before and after ejection are coincident. This is very conservative since the peak
after ejection will occur in or adjacent to the assembly with the ejected rod, and prior to ejection
the power in this region will necessarily be depressed.
The hot spot analysis is performed using the detailed fuel and clad transient heat transfer
computer code, FACTRAN
[12]. This computer code calculates the transient temperature distribution in a cross-section of a metal clad UO 2 fuel rod, and the heat flux at the surface of the rod, using as input the nuclear power versus time and the local coolant conditions. The
zirconium-water reaction is explicitly represent ed, and all material properties are represented as functions of temperature. A parabolic radial power distribution is used within the fuel rod.
WBN 15.4-61 FACTRAN uses the Dittus-Boelter or Jens-Lottes correlation to determine the film heat transfer
before DNB, and the Bishop-Sandburg-Tong correlation
[19] to determine the film boiling coefficient after DNB. The DNB heat flux is not calculated; instead the code is forced into DNB
by specifying a conservative DNB heat flux. The gap heat transfer coefficient can be calculated
by the code; however, it is adjusted in order to force the full-power, steady-state temperature distribution to agree with the fuel heat transfer design codes presently in use by Westinghouse.
Further description of FACTRAN appears in Section 15.1.9.
System Overpressure Analysis
Because safety limits for fuel damage specified earlier are not exceeded, there is little likelihood
of fuel dispersal into the coolant. The pressure surge may, therefore, be calculated on the basis
of conventional heat transfer from the fuel and prompt heat generation in the coolant.
The pressure surge is calculated by first performing the fuel heat transfer calculation to
determine the average and hot spot heat flux versus time. Using this heat flux data, a thermal
hydrauliccalculation is conducted to determine the volume surge. Finally, the volume surge is
simulated in a plant transient computer code. This code calculates the pressure transient taking
into account fluid transport in the reactor coolant system and heat transfer to the steam
generators. No credit is taken for the possible pressure reduction caused by the assumed
failure of the control rod pressure housing.
Calculation of Basic Parameters
Input parameters for the analysis are conservatively selected on the basis of values calculated
for this type of core. The more important parameters are discussed below. Table 15.4-12
presents the parameters used in this analysis.
The system overpressure is generically addressed in Reference [16].
Ejected Rod Worths and Hot Channel Factors
The values for ejected rod worths and hot channel factors are calculated using either three
dimensional static methods or by synthes is method employing one-dimensional and two-dimensional calculations. Standard nuclear design codes are used in the analysis. No credit is
taken for the flux flattening effects of reactivity feedback. The calculation is performed for the
maximum allowed bank insertion at a given power level, as determined by the rod insertion
limits. Adverse xenon distributions and part length rod positions are considered in the
calculation.
Appropriate margins are added to the ejected rod worth and hot channel factors to account for
any calculational uncertainties.
WBN 15.4-62 Reactivity Feedback Weighting Factors
The largest temperature rises, and hence the largest reactivity feedbacks, occur in channels
where the power is higher than average. Since the weight of a region is dependent on flux, these regions have high weights. This means that the reactivity feedback is larger than that
indicated by a simple channel analysis. Physics calculations have been carried out for temperature changes with a flat temperature distribution, and with a large number of axial and radial temperature distributions. Reactivity changes were compared and effective weighting
factors determined. These weighting factors take the form of multipliers which when applied to
single channel feedbacks correct them to effective whole core feedbacks for the appropriate flux
shape. In this analysis, since a one dimensional (axial) spatial kinetics method is employed, the
axial weighting is not necessary. In addition, no weighting factor is applied to the transient fuel
temperature to obtain an effective fuel temperature as a function of time accounting for the missing
spatial dimension. These weighting factors have also been shown to be conservative compared
to three-dimensional analysis.
[16]
Moderator and Doppler Coefficient
The critical boron concentrations at the beginning-of-life and end-of-life are adjusted in the nuclear
code in order to obtain moderator temperature coefficients which are conservative compared to
actual design conditions for the plant. For exampl e, a positive moderator temperature coefficient (PMTC) of +5 pcm/ºF was applied to both beginning-of-life rod ejection cases, although a PMTC is
precluded by the plant Technical Specifications at hot full power conditions. As discussed above, no weighting factor is applied to these results.
The Doppler reactivity defect is determined as a function of power level using a one-dimensional, steady-state computer code with a Doppler weighting factor of 1.0. The resulting curve is
conservative compared to design predictions for this plant. The Doppler weighting factor should
be larger than 1.0 just to make the present calculation agree with design predictions before
ejection. This weighting factor will increase under accident conditions, as discussed above.
Delayed Neutron Fraction, Calculations of the effective delayed neutron fraction eff typically yield values no less than 0.70% at beginning-of-life and 0.50% at end-of-life for the first cycle. The accident is sensitive to if the ejected rod worth is equal to or greater than as in zero power transients. In order to allow for future cycles, conservative estimates of of 0.48% at beginning-of-cycle and 0.44% at end-of-cycle were used in the analysis.
WBN 15.4-63 Trip Reactivity Insertion
The trip reactivity insertion assumed is given in Table 15.4-12 and includes the effect of one stuck
RCCA. These values are reduced by the ejected rod reactivity. The shutdown reactivity was
simulated by dropping a rod of the required worth into the core. The start of rod motion occurred
0.5 seconds
after the high neutron flux trip point was reached. This delay is assumed to consist of
0.2 seconds
for the instrument channel to produce a signal, 0.15 seconds for the trip breaker to
open and 0.15 seconds for the coil to release the rods. A curve of trip rod insertion versus time
was used which assumed that insertion to the dashpot does not occur until 2.7 seconds after the
start of fall. The choice of such a conservative insertion rate means that there is over 1 second
after the trip setpoint is reached before significant shutdown reactivity is inserted into the core.
This is a particularly important conservatism for a full-power accident. For Unit 1, the rod ejection
transient was evaluated using the thermal design flow rate based on 10% steam generator tube
plugging. For Unit 2, the rod ejection transient was evaluated using the thermal design flowrate.
For Unit 1, the minimum design shutdown margin available for this plant at HZP may be reached only at end-of-life in the equilibrium cycle. This value includes an allowance for the worst stuck rod, and adverse xenon distribution and positioning of the part-length rods, conservative Doppler and moderator defects, and an allowance for calculational uncertainties. Physics calculations for this plant have shown that the effect of two stuck RCCAs (one of which is the worst ejected rod) is to reduce the shutdown by about an additional 1% k. Therefore, following a reactor trip resulting from an RCCA ejection accident, the reactor will be subcritical when the core returns to HZP.
For Unit 2, the minimum design shutdown margin available for this plant at HZP may be reached
only at end-of-life in the equilibrium cycle. This value includes an allowance for the worst stuck rod, adverse xenon distribution, conservative Doppler and moderator defects, and an allowance for calculational uncertainties. Physics calculations for this plant have shown that the effect of two stuck RCCAs (one of which is the worst ejected rod) is to reduce the shutdown by about an
additional 1% k. Therefore, following a reactor trip resulting from an RCCA ejection accident, the reactor will be subcritical when the core returns to HZP.
Depressurization calculations have been performed for a typical four-loop plant assuming the maximum possible size break (2.75 inch diameter) located in the reactor pressure vessel head.
The results show a rapid pressure drop and a decrease in system water mass due to the break.
The safety injection system is actuated on low pressurizer pressure within one minute after the break. The reactor coolant system pressure continues to drop and reaches saturation (1100 to 1300 psi depending on the system temperature) in about two to three minutes. Due to the large thermal inertia of the primary and secondary system, there has been no significant decrease in the reactor coolant system temperature below no-load by this time, and the depressurization itself has caused an increase in shutdown margin by about 0.2% k due to the pressure coefficient. The cooldown transient could not absorb the available shutdown margin until more than 10 minutes after the break. The addition of borated safety injection flow starting one minute after the break is
much more than sufficient to ensure that the core remains subcritical during the cooldown.
Results Cases are presented for both beginning and end-of-life at zero and full power.
WBN 15.4-64 In the full-power cases, Control Bank D was assumed to be inserted to its insertion limit. In the
zero-power cases, Control Bank D was assumed to be fully inserted, and Control Banks B and C
were assumed to be at their insertion limits.
The results for these cases are summarized in Table 15.4-12. In all cases the maximum fuel
pellet average enthalpy is well below that which could cause sudden cladding failure, the
maximum clad average temperature is below the point of clad embrittlement, and fuel melting, if
any, is limited to less than 10% of the fuel cross-section at the hot spot.
The nuclear power and hot spot fuel and clad temperature transients for the worst cases (beginning-of-life full power and end-of-life zero power) are presented in Figures 15.4-24 through
15.4-27.
Fission Product Release
It is assumed that fission products are released from the gaps of all rods entering DNB. In all
cases considered, less than 10% of the rods entered DNB based on a detailed three-dimensional
THINC analysis.
[16] Although limited fuel melting at the hot spot was predicted for the full power cases, in practice melting is not expected since the analysis conservatively assumed that the hot
spots before and after ejection were coincident.
Pressure Surge
A detailed calculation of the pressure surge for an ejection worth 1 dollar at beginning-of-life, hot
full power, indicates that the peak pressure does not exceed that which would cause the faulted
condition stress limits to be exceeded.
[16] Since the severity of the present analysis does not exceed this "worst case" analysis, the accident for this plant will not result in an excessive
pressure rise or further damage to the reactor coolant system.
Lattice Deformations
A large temperature gradient will exist in the region of the hot spot. Since the fuel rods are free to
move in the vertical direction, differential expansion between separate rods cannot produce
distortion. However, the temperature gradients across individual rods may produce a differential
expansion tending to bow the midpoint of the rods toward the hotter side of the rod. Calculations
have indicated that this bowing would result in a negative reactivity effect at the hot spot since
Westinghouse cores are under-moderated, and bowing will tend to increase the under-moderation
at the hot spot. Since the 17 x 17 fuel design is also under-moderated, the same effect would be
observed.
WBN 15.4-65 In practice, no significant bowing is anticipated, since the structural rigidity of the core is more than
sufficient to withstand the forces produced. Boiling in the hot spot region would produce a net flow
away from that region. However, the heat from t he fuel is released to the water relatively slowly, and it is considered inconceivable that cross-flow will be sufficient to produce significant lattice
forces. Even if massive and rapid boiling, sufficient to distort the lattice, is hypothetically
postulated, the large void fraction in the hot spot region would produce a reduction in this ratio at
the hot spot. The net effect would therefore be a negative feedback. It can be concluded that no
conceivable mechanism exists for a net positive feedback resulting from lattice deformation. In fact, a small negative feedback may result. The effect is conservatively ignored in the analysis.
15.4.6.3 Conclusions
Even on a worst-case basis, the analyses indicate that the described fuel and clad limits are not
exceeded. It is concluded that there is no danger of sudden fuel dispersal into the coolant. Since
the peak pressure does not exceed that which would cause stresses to exceed the faulted
condition stress limits, it is concluded that there is no danger of further, consequential damage to
the reactor coolant system. The Reference [16]
analyses have demonstrated that the number of fuel rods entering DNB amounts to less than 10%, thus satisfactorily limiting fission product
release.
The environmental consequences of this accident is bounded by the loss of coolant accident. See
Section 15.5.3, "Environmental Consequences of a Loss of Coolant Accident." The reactor
coolant system integrated break flow to containment following a rod ejection accident is shown in
Figure 15.4-28.
Following reactor trip, requirements for operator action and protection system operation are similar to those presented in the analysis of a small loss of coolant event described in Section 15.3.1.
REFERENCES
- 1. Bordelon, F. M., Massie, H. W., and Zordan, T. A., "Westinghouse ECCS Evaluation Model - Summary," WCAP-8339 (Nonproprietary), July 1974. (Unit 1 only)
- 2. Deleted by UFSAR Amendment 2.
- 3. Deleted by UFSAR Amendment 2.
- 4. Deleted by UFSAR Amendment 2
5a. Hsieh, T., and Raymund, M., "Long Term Ice Condenser Transient Analysis (LOTIC Code)," WCAP-8355-A, Supplement 1, April 1976 and WCAP-8354-P-A, Supplement 1 (Proprietary), April 1976. (Unit 1 only)
5b. Hsieh, T., and Raymund, M., "Long Term Ice Condenser Transient Analysis (LOTIC II)," WCAP-8355 Supplement 1, May 1975 and WCAP-8354 (Proprietary), July 1974. (Unit 2
only)
- 6. Deleted by UFSAR Amendment 2.
WBN 15.4-66 7. Deleted in initial UFSAR.
- 8. Deleted in initial UFSAR.
- 9. Moody, F. S., "Transactions of the ASME, Journal of Heat Transfer," Figure 3, Page 134, February 1965. (Units 1 and 2)
- 10. Deleted in initial UFSAR.
- 11. Burnett, T. W. T., et. al., "LOFTRAN Code Description," WCAP-7907-P-A (proprietary) and WCAP-7907-A (non-proprietary), April 1984. (Units 1 and 2)
- 12. Hunin, C., "FACTRAN, A FORTRAN IV Code for Thermal Transients in a UO 2 Fuel Rod," WCAP-7908, July 1972. (Units 1 and 2)
- 13. Liimataninen, R. C. and Testa, F. J., "Studies in TREAT of Zircaloy-2-Clad, UO 2-Core Simulated Fuel Elements," ANL-7225, January - June 1966, p. 177, November 1966.
(Units 1 and 2)
- 14. Burnett, T. W. T, "Reactor Protection System Diversity in Westinghouse Pressurized Water Reactors," WCAP-7306, April 1969. (Units 1 and 2)
- 15. Taxelius, T. G., "Annual Report - Spert Project, October 1968, September 1968," Idaho Nuclear Corporation IN-1370, June 1970. (Units 1 and 2)
- 16. Risher, D. H., Jr., "An Evaluation of the Rod Ejection Accident in Westinghouse Pressurized Water Reactors Using Spatial Kinetics Methods," WCAP-7588, Revision
1-A, January 1975. (Units 1 and 2)
- 17. Barry, R. F., and Risher, D. H., Jr., "TWINKLE - A Multi-Dimensional Neutron Kinetics Computer Code," WCAP-7979-P-A, January 1975 (Proprietary) and WCAP-8208-A, January 1975 (Non-Proprietary). (Units 1 and 2)
- 18. Deleted in initial UFSAR.
- 19. Bishop, A. A., et al., "Forced Convection Heat Transfer at High Pressure After the Critical Heat Flux," ASME 65-HT-31, August 1965. (Units 1 and 2)
- 20. Anderson, F. D., et al., "Calculation of Distance Factors for Power and Test Reactor Sites," TID-14844, March 1962. (Unit 1)
- 21. Branch Technical Position CSB 6-2, "Control of Combustible Gas Concentrations in Containment Following a Loss-of Coolant Accident." (Unit 1)
- 22. Cottrell, W. B., "ORNL Nuclear Safety Research and Development Program Bi-Monthly Report for July - August 1968," ORNL-TM-2368, November 1968. (Unit 1)
WBN 15.4-67 23. Cottrell, W. B., "ORNL Nuclear Safety Research and Development Program Bi-Monthly Report for September - October 1968," ORNL-TM-2425, p. 53, January 1969. (Unit 1)
- 24. Bell, M. J, et al., "Post-LOCA Hydrogen Generation in PWR Containments," Nuclear Technology 10, 420-422, (1971). (Unit 1)
- 25. American Nuclear Society Standary ANSI/ANS-5.1-1979, "Decay Heat Power in Light-Water Reactors," August 29, 1979. (Unit 1)
- 26. Row, T. H., and Zittel, H. E., "Radiation and Thermal Stability of Spray Solutions," Nuclear Technology 10, 436-443, (1971). (Unit 1)
- 27. Allen, A. O., "The Radiation Chemistry of Water and Aqueous Solutions," Princeton, N.
J., Van Nostrand, 1961. (Unit 1)
- 28. Deleted in initial UFSAR.
- 29. Deleted in initial UFSAR.
- 30. C. W. Stewart, et al., "VIPRE-01: A Thermal-Hydraulic Code for Reactor Cores,"
Volume 1-3 (Revision 3, August 1989), Volume 4 (April 1987), NP-2511-CCM-A, EPRI.
- 31. Deleted in initial UFSAR. (Units 1 and 2)
- 32. USNRC Regulatory Guide 1.7, Revision 2, November 1978, "Control of Combustible Gas Concentrations in Containment Following a Loss of Coolant Accident". (Unit 1)
- 33. "American National Standard for Decay Heat Power in Light Water Reactors," ANSI/ANS-5.1-1979, August 1979. (Units 1 and 2)
- 34. Rupprecht, S. D, et. al., "Westinghouse Small Break LOCA ECCS Evaluation Model Generic Study with the NOTRUMP Code," WCAP-11145-P-A (Proprietary), WCAP-
11372 (Non-Proprietary), October 1986.
- 35. U.S. Nuclear Regulatory Commission, Code Federal Regulations, Title 10 - Energy, Chapter 1, Part 50, Section 50.46(c), "Acceptance Criteria for Emergency Core Cooling
Systems for Light Water Nuclear Power Reactors," as amended through the Federal
Register, V53, N180, pp. 35996 - 36005, September 16, 1988. (Units 1 and 2)
- 36. Deleted by UFSAR Amendment 2. (Unit 1 Only) and "Westinghouse Methodology for Implementation of 10 CFR 50.46 Reporting", WCAP-13451 October 1992." (Unit 2 Only)
- 37. Devault, R. M., Smith, J. D., and Studer , P. G., "MONSTER - A Multi-Compartment Containment System Analysis Program Us er Manual," System I.D. 262303, March 1993. (Units 1 and 2)
WBN 15.4-68 38. Deleted by UFSAR Amendment 6.
- 39. Letter from Walsh, L. A., Westinghouse Owners Group, to Jones, R. C.,
U.S. Nuclear Regulatory Commission, "Steam Generator Tube Uncovery Issue," OG 25, March 1992. (Units 1 and 2)
- 40. "Report on the Methodology for the Resolution of the Steam Generator Tube Uncovery Issue," WCAP-13247 (Proprietary), March 1992. (Units 1 and 2)
- 41. Letter from Jones, R. C., U.S. Nuclear Regulatory Commission, to Walsh, L. A., Westinghouse Owners Group, "Steam Generator Tube Uncovery Issue," March 10, 1993. (Units 1 and 2)
- 42. Watts Bar "Design Basis Events Design Criteria", Document WB-DC-40-64. (Units 1 and
- 2)
- 43. "Criticality Analysis Summary Report For the Watts Bar Nuclear Plant," Document Number PFE-R07, Tennessee Valley Authority Nuclear Fuels Department (L38961015802). (Units 1 and 2)
- 44. USNRC Regulatory Guide 1.157, "Best-Esti mate Calculations of Emergency Core Cooling System Performances," May 1989. (Units 1 and 2)
- 45. Boyack, B., et al., 1989, "Qualifying Reactor Safety Margins: Application of Code Scaling Applicability and Uncertainty (CSAU) Evaluation Methodology to a Large Break
Loss-of-Coolant-Accident," NUREG/CR-5249. (Units 1 and 2)
- 46. "Code Qualification Document for Best Estimate Loss of Coolant Accident Analysis,"
WCAP-12945-P-A, Volume I (Revision 2) and Volumes 2 through 5 (Revision 1), March
1998 (Westinghouse Proprietary). (Units 1 and 2)
- 47. "Best Estimate Analysis of the Large Break Loss of Coolant Accident for the Watts Bar Nuclear Plant," WCAP-14839-P Revision 1, June 1998. (Units 1 and 2)
- 48. Letter from W. J. Johnson of Westinghouse to R. C. Jones of the NRC, "Use of 2700ºF PCT Acceptance Limit in Non-LOCA Accidents," NS-NRC-89-3466, October 1989.
(Units 1 and 2)
- 49. "Realistic Large-Break LOCA Evaluation Methodology Using the Automated Statistical Treatment of Uncertainty Method (ASTRUM)", WCAP-16009-P-A, January 2005 (Westinghouse Proprietary) (Unit 2 Only)
- 50. "Emergency Core Cooling System Analysis Methods", SECY-83-472, Information Report from W. J. Dircks to the Commissioners, November 17.1983. (Unit 2 Only)
- 51. "Westinghouse Improved Performance Anal ysis and Design Model (PAD 4.0),"WCAP-15063-P-A, Revision 1 with Errata (Proprietary), July 2000. (Unit 2 Only)
°°°°°
°°
°°
°°°°°°
WBN 15.5-2 Assumptions used for the conservative analysis are the same as the realistic assumptions
except the secondary side source terms at the Tec hnical Specification limit of 0.1 µCi/gm I-131 dose equivalent are assumed.
The steam releases to the atmosphere for the loss of AC power are in Table 15.5-1.
The gamma, beta, and thyroid doses for the loss of AC power to the plant auxiliaries at the
exclusion area boundary and low population zone are in Table 15.5-2 for the realistic and
conservative analyses. These doses are calculated by the FENCDOSE computer code.
[16] The doses for this accident are less than 25 rem whole body, 300 rem beta and 300 rem thyroid.
This is well within the limits as defined in 10 CFR 100.
The whole body, beta, and thyroid doses to control room personnel from the radiation sources
discussed above are presented in Table 15.5-2. The doses are calculated by the COROD
computer code.
[17] Parameters for the control room analysis are found in Table 15.5-14. The dose to whole body is below the GDC 19 limit of 5 rem for control room personnel, and the
thyroid dose is below the limit of 30 rem.
Dose equations in TID-14844
[23] were used to determine the dose. Dose conversion factors in ICRP-30[25] were used to determine thyroid doses in place of those found in TID-14844.
15.5.2 ENVIRONMENTAL CONSEQUENCES OF A POSTULATED WASTE GAS DECAY TANK RUPTURE
Two analyses of the postulated waste gas decay tank rupture are performed:
(1) a realistic analysis, and (2) an analysis based on Regulatory Guide 1.24.
[2] The parameters used for each of these analyses are listed in Table 15.5-3.
The assumptions for the Regulatory Guide analysis are:
- 1. The reactor has been operating at full power with 1% defective fuel for the RG 1.24 analysis.
- 2. The maximum content of the decay tank assumed to fail is used for the purpose of computing the noble gas inventory in the tank. Radiological decay is taken into account
in the computation only for the minimum time period required to transfer the gases from
the reactor coolant system to the decay tank. For the Regulatory Guide 1.24 analysis, noble gas and iodine inventories of the tank are given in Table 15.5-4. For the realistic
analysis, source terms are based on ANSI/ANS-18.1-1984 methodology.
[14]
- 3. The tank rupture is assumed to occur immediately upon completion of the waste gas transfer, releasing the entire contents of the tank through the Auxiliary Building vent to the
outside atmosphere. The assumption of the release of the noble gas inventory from only
a single tank is based on the fact that all gas decay tanks will be isolated from each other
whenever they are in use.
WBN 15.5-3 4. The short-term (i.e., 0-2 hour) dilution factor at the exclusion area boundary given in Appendix 15A is used to evaluate the doses from the released activity. Doses are based
on the dose models presented in Appendix 15A. The gamma, beta, and thyroid doses for
the gas decay tank rupture at the exclusion area boundary and low population zone are
given in Table 15.5-5 for both the realistic and Regulatory Guide 1.24 analyses.
- 5. The whole body, beta, and thyroid doses to control room personnel from the radiation sources discussed above are presented in Table 15.5-5. The doses are calculated by the
COROD computer code.
[17] Parameters for the control room analysis are found in Table 15.5-14. The dose to whole body is below the GDC 19 limit of 5 rem for control room
personnel, and the thyroid dose is below the limit of 30 rem.
Dose equations in TID-14844
[23] were used to determine the dose. Dose conversion factors in ICRP-30[25] were used to determine thyroid doses in place of those found in TID-14844.
15.5.3 ENVIRONMENTAL CONSEQUENCES OF A POSTULATED LOSS OF COOLANT ACCIDENT
The results of the analysis presented in this section demonstrate that the amounts of radioactivity
released to the environment in the event of a loss-of-coolant accident do not result in doses
which exceed the reference values specified in a 10 CFR 100.
The analysis is based on Regulatory Guide 1.4.
[3] The parameters used for this analysis are listed in Table 15.5-6. In addition, an evaluation of the dose to control room operators and an
evaluation of the offsite doses resulting from recirculation loop leakage are presented.
Fission Product Release to the Containment
Following a postulated double-ended rupture of a reactor coolant pipe with subsequent
blowdown, the emergency core cooling system k eeps cladding temperatures well below melting, and limits zirconium-water reactions to an insignificant level, assuring that the core remains intact
and in place. As a result of the increase in cladding temperature and rapid depressurization of
the core, however, some cladding failure may occur in the hottest regions of the core. Thus, a
fraction of the fission products accumulated in the pellet-cladding gap may be released to the
reactor coolant system and thereby to the primary containment.
In this analysis, based on Regulatory Guide 1.4,[3] a total of 100% of the noble gas core inventory and 25% of the core iodine inventory is assumed to be immediately available for leakage from
the primary containment. Of the halogen activity available for release, it is further assumed that
91% is in elemental form, 4% in methyl form, and 5% in particulate form. For Unit 1, as an
assumption specific to the LOCA analysis, it is conservatively assumed that 100% of the tritium
in the TPBARs is released to containment as discussed in section 15.5.8.
The core inventory of iodines and noble gases is listed in Table 15.1 Unit 1 (15.1 Unit 2).
WBN 15.5-4 Primary Containment Model
The quantity of activity released from the containment was calculated with a single volume model
of the containment. If it is assumed that there are no sources of activity following the initial
instantaneous release of fission products to the containment, the equation which describes the
time dependent activity or quantity of material in a component is:
)t(ijP)t(ij A ij dt)t(ij dA+= (1) where:
A ij is the activity or quantity of material i in component j. P ij is the rate at which activity or material i is added to component j, and ij the rate at which activity or material i is removed or lost from component j.
If both and P are independent of time, then for one material and one component one obtains the solution:
)e1(PeAA t t o+= (2) where A o is the initial activity. However, in general, P is time dependent and in some cases 4 is also time dependent.
The addition of material to the component, P ij (t), may come from two sources: (1) flow from another component in the system may add material to the component, (2) material may be
produced within the component by radioactive decay. Thus, the addition rate for material i to
component j can be expressed as:
where: )t(c);t(A)t(c)t(Pjijjijjjijj njjj)1(ij= is the transfer coefficient of i from component jj to j, and i(2)ii nii-iiijii-i P(t) = A(t); is the rate of production of i from ii in component j. Note that ii-i is not normally a function of time or component.
ij ij(1)ij (2)P(t) = P(t) + P(t) (3)
WBN 15.5-5 Similarly, the loss from a component can be due to: (1) loss within the component (such as
radioactive decay), (2) flow out of the component to other components, and (3) removal from the
system. Thus, the loss rate from component j for material i can be expressed as:
()ij()()(t) = + (t) +iijij t23 (4) where i is the removal rate inside the component due to radioactive decay (neither time nor component dependent), )t(f);t(f)t(jjijjjij njjj)2(ij= is the transfer coefficient of material i from component j to jj, and
()t)3(ij is the removal from the system.
A computer program Source Transport Program (STP) has been developed to solve equation (1) for each isotope and for two halogen forms (i.e., elemental and or organic). From this, the
isotopic concentration airborne in the containment as a function of time and the integrated
isotopic leakage from the containment for a given time period can be obtained. Parameters used
in the loss-of-coolant accident analysis are listed in Table 15.5-6.
Modeling of Removal Process
For fission products other than iodine, the only removal processes considered are radioactive
decay and leakage.
The fission product iodine is assumed to be present in the containment atmosphere in elemental, organic, and particulate form. It is assumed that 91% of the iodine available for leakage from the
containment is in elemental (i.e., I 2 vapor) form, 4% is assumed to be in the form of organic iodine compounds (e.g., methyl iodine), and 5% is assumed to be absorbed on airborne
particulate matter. In this analysis it was conservatively assumed that the organic form of iodine
is not subject to any removal processes other than radioactive decay and leakage from the containment. The elemental and particulate forms of iodine are assumed to behave identically.
WBN 15.5-6 The effectiveness of the ice condenser for elemental iodine removal is described in Section
6.5.4. For the calculation of doses, the ice condenser was treated as a time dependent removal
process. The time dependent ice condenser iodine removal efficiencies for the Regulatory Guide
1.4 analysis
are given in Table 15.5-7.
Ice Condenser
The ice condenser is designed to limit the leakage of airborne activity from the containment in
the event of a loss-of-coolant accident. This is accomplished by the removal of heat released to
the containment during the accident to the extent necessary to initially maintain that structure
below design pressure and then reduce the pressure to near atmospheric. The addition of an
alkaline solution such as sodium tetraborate enhances the iodine removal qualities of the melting
ice to a point where credit can be assumed in the radiological analyses.
The operation of the containment deck fans (air return fans) is delayed for approximately 10
minutes following a Phase B isolation signal resulting from the loss-of-coolant accident.
This delay in fan operation yields an initial inlet steam-air mixture into the ice condenser of
greater than 90% steam by volume which results in more efficient iodine removal by the ice
condenser.
As a result of experimental and analytical effo rts, the ice condenser system has been proven to be an effective passive system for removing iodine from the containment atmosphere following a
loss-of-coolant accident.
[4]
With respect to iodine removal by the ice condenser, the following assumptions were made:
- 1. The ice condenser is only effective in removing airborne elemental and particulate iodine from the containment atmosphere.
- 2. The ice condenser is modeled as a time dependent removal process.
- 3. The ice condenser is no longer effective in removing iodine after all of the ice has been melted using the most conservative assumptions.
WBN 15.5-7 Primary Containment Leak Rate
The primary containment leak rate used in the Regulatory Guide 1.4 analysis for the first 24
hours is the design basis leak rate guaranteed in the technical specifications regarding
containment leakage and it is 50% of this value for the remainder of the 30 day period. Thus, for
the first 24 hours2.777778e-4 days <br />0.00667 hours <br />3.968254e-5 weeks <br />9.132e-6 months <br /> following the accident, the leak rate was assumed to be 0.25% per day and the
leak rate was assumed to be 0.125% per day for the remainder of the 30 day period.
The leakage from the primary containment can be grouped into two categories: (1) leakage into
the annulus volume and (2) through line leakage to rooms in the Auxiliary Building (see Figure
15.5-1). The environmental effects of the core release source events have been analyzed on the
basis that 25% of the total primary containment leakage goes to the Auxiliary Building.
The leakage paths to the Auxiliary Building are tested as part of the normal Appendix J testing of
all containment penetrations. An upper bound to leakage to the Auxiliary Building was estimated
to be 25% of the total containment leakage. Selecting an upper bound is conservative because
an increasing leakage fraction to the Auxiliary Building results in an increasing calculated offsite
dose. This upper bound was also selected on the basis that it is large enough to be verified by
testing. The periodic Appendix J testing will assure that leakage to the Auxiliary Building remains
below 25%. The remaining 75% of the leakage goes to the annulus.
Bypass Leakage Paths
There are no bypass paths for primary containment leakage to go directly to the atmosphere
without being filtered. For further details see the discussion on Type E leakage paths in Section
6.2.4.3.1.
Auxiliary Building Release Path
The Auxiliary Building allows holdup and is nor mally ventilated by the auxiliary building ventilation system. However, upon an ABI signal following a loss-of-coolant accident, the normal
ventilation systems to all areas of the Aux iliary Building are shutdown and isolated. Upon Auxiliary Building isolation, the Auxiliary Buildi ng gas treatment system (ABGTS) is activated to provide ventilation of the area and filtration of the exhaust to the atmosphere. This system is
described in Section 6.2.3.2.3.
WBN 15.5-8 Fission products which leak from the primary cont ainment to areas of the Auxiliary Building are diluted in the room atmosphere and travel via ducts and other rooms to the fuel handling area or
the waste packaging area where the suctions for t he Auxiliary Building gas treatment system are located. The mean holdup time for airborne activity in the Auxiliary Building areas other than the
fuel handling area is greater than one hour with the Auxiliary Building isolated and both trains of
the ABGTS operating. It has been conservatively assumed in the estimation of activity release that activity leaking to the Auxiliary Building is directly released to the environment for the first
four minutes and then through the ABGTS filter system, with a conservatively assumed mean
hold-up time of 0.3 hours3.472222e-5 days <br />8.333333e-4 hours <br />4.960317e-6 weeks <br />1.1415e-6 months <br /> in the Auxiliary Building before being exhausted. In the Regulatory
Guide 1.4 analysis the ABGTS filter system is assumed to have a removal efficiency of 99% for
elemental, organic, and particulate iodines. Minor leakage into the ABGTS and EGTS ductwork
allows some unfiltered Auxiliary Building air to be released to the environment. This leakage, quantified by testing, is modeled in the LOCA analysis as indicated in Table 15.5-6 and does not
significantly impact doses.
The Auxiliary Building internal pressure is maintained at less than atmospheric during normal
operation (see Section 9.4.2 and 9.4.3), thereby preventing release to the environment without
filtration following a LOCA. The annulus pressure is maintained more negative than the Auxiliary
Building internal pressure during normal operation and after a DBA. Therefore, any leakage
between the two volumes following a LOCA is into the annulus.
Shield Building Releases
The presence of the annulus between the primary containment and the Shield Building reduces
the probability of direct leakage from the vessel to the atmosphere and allows holdup, dilution, sizing, and plate-out of fission products in the Shield Building. The major factor in the
effectiveness of the secondary containment is its inherent capability to collect the containment
leakage for filtration of the radioactive iodine prior to release to the environment. This effect is
greatly enhanced by the recirculation feature of the air handling systems, which forces repeated
filtration passes for the major fraction of the primary containment leakage before release to the
environment. Seventy-five percent of the primar y containment leakage is assumed to go to the
annulus volume.
WBN 15.5-9 The initial pressure in the annulus is less than atmospheric. However, the dose analysis
conservatively assumes the annulus is at atmospheric pressure at event initiation. After
blowdown, the annulus pressure will increase rapidly due to expansion of the containment vessel
as a result of primary containment atmosphere temperature and pressure increases. The
annulus pressure will continue to rise due to heating of the annulus atmosphere by conduction
through the containment vessel. After a delay, the EGTS operates to maintain the annulus
pressure below atmospheric pressure.
The EGTS is essentially an annulus recirculation system with pressure activated dampers which allow part of the system flow to be exhausted to atmosphere to maintain a "negative" annulus
pressure. The system includes absolute and impregnated charcoal filters for removal of
halogens. The EGTS combined with ABGTS ensures that all primary containment leakage is
filtered before release to the atmosphere.
The EGTS suction in the annulus is located at the top of the containment dome, while nearly all
penetrations are located near the bottom of the containment (see Section 6.2), thereby
minimizing the probability of leakage directly from the primary containment into the EGTS.
Transfer of activity from the annulus volume to the EGTS suction is assumed to be a statistical process similar mathematically to the decay process, (i.e., the rate of removal from the annulus
is proportional to the activity in the annulus). This corresponds an assumption that the activity is
homogeneously distributed throughout the mixing volume. Because of the low EGTS flow rate (compared to the annulus volume), the thermal convection due to heating of the containment
vessel, and the relative locations of the EGTS suctions (at the top of the dome) and the EGTS
recirculation exhausts (at the base of the annulus), a high degree of mixing can be expected. It
is conservatively assumed that only 50% of the annulus free volume is available for mixing of
activity in the Regulatory Guide 1.4 analysis.
Tables 15.5-8 and 15.5-8A list the EGTS exhaust and recirculation flow rates as a function of
time after the LOCA, which were used for calcul ation of activity releases for the Regulatory Guide 1.4 analysis. Table 15.5-8 flow rates are as a result of a postulated single failure loss of
one train of EGTS concurrent with the LOCA. Table 15.5-8A flow rates are as a result of an
alternate single failure scenario resulting in one pressure control train in full exhaust to the shield
building exhaust stack while the other train remains functional. Both EGTS fans are in service
until operator action is taken to place one fan in standby between one and two hours post
accident. The flow path of fission products which are drawn into the air handling systems is
shown schematically in Figure 15.5-1 where:
L 0 Represents the flow of activity from primary containment to the annulus
L 1 Represents the flow of activity from pr imary containment to the Auxiliary Building
L Represents the flow of activity from the annulus into the EGTS
K Represents the ratio of EGTS recirculation flow to total EGTS flow rate
WBN 15.5-10 n f Represents the appropriate filter efficiency
Effectiveness of Double Containment Design
The analysis has demonstrated clearly the benefits of the double containment concept. As
would be expected for a double barrier arrangement, the second barrier acts as an effective
holdup tank, resulting in substantial reduction in the two-hour inhalation and whole body
immersion doses. The expected offsite doses for the 30-day period at the low population zone
are also substantially reduced, since the holdup process is effective for the duration of the
accident.
The EGTS exhaust flow rate is dependent on the rate of air inleakage to the annulus. In fact, after about 30 minutes following blowdown of the reactor vessel the EGTS exhaust flow is
approximately equal to the air inleakage rate. Studies
[5] made of leak rates from typical concrete buildings of this type have resulted in leak rates from 4% to 8% per day at a pressure differential
of 14 inches of water. Although the pressure differential in this case will be much lower than this
value, it has been assumed that a shield building inleakage flow of 250 cfm exists throughout the
30-day period for the single failure scenario which results in loss of one EGTS train concurrent
with a LOCA. The inleakage flow for the single failure scenario which results in one pressure
control train in full exhaust to the shield building exhaust stack (while the other train remains
functional) was conservatively assumed to be greater since the resulting annulus pressure is
more negative than the original single failure scenario loss of one EGTS train. The long term
inleakage flow rates of 957 - Unit 1; 832 - Unit 2 cfm (until operator action to place one fan in
standby) and 694 - Unit 1; 604 - Unit 2 cfm thereafter are used in the dose analysis. This
inleakage flow includes leakage past ventilation sy stem primary containment isolation valves assuming that a single isolation valve fails in the open position.
In order to evaluate the effectiveness of the Shield Building, the following case was analyzed:
50% Mixing Case
At the beginning of the accident, the EGTS starts exhausting filtered fission products to the
environs (see Tables 15.5-8 and 15.5-8A). At approximately 114 seconds (for the loss of one
EGTS train) the annulus pressure becomes less than minus 0.25 inch water gauge, and the
effluents are filtered for the duration of the accident. At approximately 60 seconds (for the single
failure scenario which results in one pressure control train in full exhaust to the shield building
exhaust stack while the other train remains functional) the annulus pressure becomes less than
minus 0.25 inches w.g., and the effluents are filtered for the duration of the accident. All of the primary containment leakage going to the shield building is assumed to be uniformly mixed in
50% of the annulus free volume.
WBN 15.5-11 Emergency Gas Treatment System Filter Efficiencies
The EGTS takes suction from the annulus, and the exhaust gases are drawn through two banks
of impregnated charcoal filters in series. Sufficient filter capacity is provided to contain all
iodines, inorganic, organic, and particulate available for leakage. Since the air in the annulus is
dry, filter efficiencies of greater than 99% are attainable as reported in ORNL-NSIC-4
[6]. Heaters and demisters have been incorporated upstream of the filters resulting in a relative humidity of
less than 70% in the air entering the filters which further ensures high filter efficiency.
In the Regulatory Guide 1.4 analysis however, an overall removal efficiency of 99% for
elemental, organic, and particulate iodine is assumed for the two filter banks in series.
Discussion of Results
The gamma, beta, and thyroid doses for the LOCA at the exclusion area boundary and the low
population zone are given in Table 15.5-9. These doses are calculated by the FENCDOSE
computer code
[16]. The doses are based on the atmospheric dilution factors and dose models given in Appendix 15A. The doses for this accident are less than 25 rem whole body, 300 rem
beta, and 300 rem thyroid. The doses are well within the 10 CFR 100 guidelines and reflect the
worst case values in consideration of both single failure scenarios.
Loss of Coolant Accident - Environmental Consequences of Recirculation Loop Leakage
Component leakage in the portion of the emergency core cooling system outside containment
during the recirculation phase following a loss of coolant accident could result in offsite exposure.
The maximum potential leakage for this equipment is specified is Table 6.3-6. This leakage
refers to specified design limits for components and normal leakage is expected to be well below
those upper limits. Recirculation is assumed in the analysis to start at 10 minutes after the loss
of coolant accident. At this time the sump temperature is approximately 160ºF (Figure 6.2.1-3).
The enthalpy of the sump is approximately 130 BTU/lb. The enthalpy of saturated liquid at 1.0
atmosphere pressure and 212ºF is greater than 130 BTU/lb. Therefore, there will be no flashing
of the leakage from recirculation loop components, and an iodine partition factor of 10 - Unit 1;
0.1 - Unit 2 is assumed for the total leakage.
WBN 15.5-12 The analysis of the environmental consequences is performed as follows:
Core iodine inventory given in Table 15.1 Unit 1 (15.1 Unit 2) is used. The water volume
is comprised of water volumes from the reactor coolant system, accumulators, refueling water
storage tank, and ice melt. All the noble gases are assumed to escape to the primary
containment. Ninety-seven percent of tritium was assumed to remain liquid and accumulate in
the sump, while 3% was assumed to go airborne to the containment. An alternate analysis was
also performed assuming 100% of the tritium goes airborne into the containment. Radioactive
decay was taken into account in the dose calculation. The major assumptions used in the
analysis are listed in Table 15.5-12. The offsite doses at the exclusion area boundary and low
population zone for the analysis are given in Table 15.5-13 and reflect the worst case values in
consideration of 3% airborne tritium or 100% airborne tritium. The atmospheric dilution factors
and dose models discussed in Appendix 15A are used in the dose analysis. The whole body, beta, and thyroid doses to control room personnel from the radiation sources discussed above
are presented in Table 15.5-13. The doses are calculated by the COROD computer code.
[17] Parameters for the control room analysis are found in Table 15.5-14. The dose to whole body is
below the GDC 19 limit of 5 rem for control room personnel, and the thyroid dose is below the
limit of 30 rem.
Dose equations in TID-14844
[23] were used to determine the dose. Dose conversion factors in ICRP-30[25] were used to determine thyroid doses in place of those found in TID-14844.
Loss of Coolant Accident - Control Room Operator Doses
In accordance with General Design Criterion 19, the control room ventilation system and shielding have been designed to limit the whole body gamma dose during an accident period to 5
rem, the thyroid dose to 30 rem and the beta skin dose to 30 rem.
The doses to personnel during a post-accident period originate from several different sources.
Exposure within the control room may result from airborne radioactive nuclides entering the
control room via the ventilation system. In addition, personnel are exposed to direct gamma
radiation penetrating the control room walls, floor, and roof from:
- 1. Radioactivity within the primary containment atmosphere
- 2. Radioactivity released from containment which may have entered adjacent structures
- 3. Radioactivity released from containment which passes above the control room roof
Further exposure of control room personnel to radiation may occur during ingress to the control
room from the exclusion area boundary and during egress from the control room to the exclusion area boundary.
WBN 15.5-13 In the event of a radioactive release incident, t he control room is isolated automatically by a safety injection system signal and/or by radiati on signal from beta detectors located in the air intake stream common to the air intake ports at either end of the Control Building. These
redundant signals are routed to redundant controls which actuate air-operated isolation dampers
downstream of the beta detectors. Operation of the emergency pressurizing fans with inline
HEPA filters and charcoal adsorbers is also initiated by these signals. Simultaneously, recirculation air is rerouted automatically through the HEPA filters and charcoal adsorbers.
Approximately 711 cfm of outside air, the emergency pressurization air, flows through a duct
routed to the emergency recirculation system upstream of the HEPA filters and charcoal
adsorbers. This flow of outside air provides the control room with a slight positive pressure relative to the atmosphere outside and to surrounding structures. In addition, the equivalent of
51 cfm of unfiltered outside air enters through the main control room doors and other sources.
Isolation dampers located in each intake line may be selectively closed by control room
personnel. The selection between the two would be based on the objective of admitting a
minimum of airborne activity to the control room via the makeup airflow.
The control room ventilation flow system is shown in Figure 9.4-1.
To evaluate the ability of the control room to meet the requirements of General Design Criterion 19, a time-dependent model of the control room was developed. In this model, the outside air
concentration enters the control room via the isolation damper bypass line and the HEPA filters
and charcoal absorbers. The concentration in the room is reduced by decay, leakage out, and
by recirculation through the HEPA filters and charcoal absorbers. Credit for filtration is taken
during two passes through the charcoal absorbers. Using these assumptions, the following
equations for the rate of change of the control room concentrations are obtained:
M - M V R - M (L/V) - L/V )
K-(1 C = dt dM c 1 o (1) dN dt = R V (1-K) M - (L/V) N - N c 2 (2)
WBN 15.5-14 C(t) = M(t) + N(t) (3) Where:
M(t) = Once-filtered time-dependent concentration
N(t) = Twice-filtered (or more) time-dependent concentration
C(t) = Total time-dependent concentration in control room
C o = Concentration of isotope entering air intake
K 1 = Filter efficiency for a particular isotope during first pass
K 2 = Filter efficiency for a particular isotope during second pass
L = Flow rate of outside air into control room and leakage out of control room
R c = Recirculated air flow rate through filters
= Decay constant V = Control room free volume
These equations are readily solvable if C o is constant or a simple function of time during a time interval. Since C o consists of a number of terms involving exponentials, it was assumed to be constant during particular time intervals corresponding to the average concentration during each
interval as described below. Solving equations (1), (2), and (3) yields:
(4) )
e-eL(-)e-(1 V W L R+)e-(1)K-(1 L x V W C)K-)(1 K-(1 = C(t)t W-t W-t W-n c t W-2 m o 2 1 m n n m Where:
m c W = (L + R + V)V n W = (L + V)V WBN 15.5-15 The value of C o used in equation (4) is determined as follows:
oi i t ti+1i C = (/Q)R dt (t-t)ii+1 (5)
C oi = Average concentration of activity outside control room during ith time period (Ci/m 3). (/Q)i = Atmospheric dilution factor (sec/m
- 3) during the ith time period.
R = Time dependent release rate of activity from containment (Ci/sec).
The atmospheric dilution factors were determined using the accumulated meteorological data on
wind speed, direction, and duration of occurrence obtained from the Watts Bar plant site applied
to a building wake dilution model. The dilution factors are calculated by the ARCON96
methodology
[8] and are the maximum values for each time period. The worst case is Unit 1 exhaust to intake 2. These factors are applied for the first 8 hours9.259259e-5 days <br />0.00222 hours <br />1.322751e-5 weeks <br />3.044e-6 months <br />, at which time it is assumed
that the operator selects intake 1 which has more favorable dilution factors. The values used in
the analysis are given in Table 15.5-14.
Equation (4) is used to determine the concentration at any time within a time period and upon
integrating and dividing by the time interval gives the average concentration during the time
interval due to inflow of radioactivity with outside air as shown:
i 0 T i C = C(t)dtT-0 (6)
Where:
T = t - t i-1 t = Time after accident t i-1 = Time at end of previous time period
Further contributions to the concentration during the time period are due to the concentrations
remaining from prior time periods. These contributions are obtained from the following
equations:
WBN 15.5-16 C R(i+j) = M R(i+j) + N R(i+j) (7) M ) + /V R + (L/V =
dt dMj)R(i+cj)R(i+ (8) R(i+j)c2R(i+j)R(i+j) dN dt = (R/V) (1-K) M - (L/V + )
N (9)
With initial conditions:
R(i+j)R0(i)M(0) = M = (Once-filtered concentration at end of the ith time period.)
R(i+j)R0(i) N(0) = N= (Twice-filtered, or more, concentration at end of the ith time period.)
Solving equations (8) and (9) and substituting certain initial condition relations, equation (7)
becomes:
R(i+j)R0(i)-WR0(i)2-W-W C = Ce -M K (e-e)(t-ti) N(t-ti) N(t-ti)M (10)
Integrating equation (10) for each of the prior time periods gives the contribution from these time
periods to the present time period. The average concentration is determined for these
contributions using the method of equation (6).
Filter efficiencies of 95% for elemental and particulate iodine and 95% for organic iodine were
deemed appropriate for the first filter pass. Since the concentrations of iodine in the main control
room are such reduced as a result of this filtration, the efficiencies were reduced for the second
pass to 70% for elemental and particulate iodine, and 70% for organic iodine.
To account for the unfiltered inleakage, a bypass leak rate (BPR) of 51 cfm was added to the
makeup flow (L in equation (1)) of 711 cfm, and the filter factor for the first pass was decreased
by the ratio L/(L+BPR). The filter efficiencies for the second pass are not affected by the
unfiltered inleakage.
The filter efficiency for noble gases and tritium (Unit 1 Only) was taken as zero for all cases.
WBN 15.5-17 The above equations were incorporated into computer program COROD
[17] together with appropriate equations for computing gamma dose, beta dose, and inhalation dose using these
average nuclide concentrations and time periods. The whole body gamma dose calculation
consists of an incremental volume summation of a point kernel over the control room volume.
The principal gammas of each isotope are used to compute the dose from each isotope. The
dose computations for beta activity were based on a semiinfinite cloud model. Doses to thyroid
were based on activity to dose conversion factors. (The equations and various data are given
below.) The doses from these calculations are presented in Table 15.5-9. Gamma dose
contributions from shine through the control room roof due to the external cloud and from shine through the control room walls from adjacent structures and from containment are computed
using an incremental volume summation of a point kernel which includes buildup factors for the
concrete shielding.
For the calculation of shine through the control room roof, an atmospheric, rectangular volume
several thousand feet in height and several control room widths was used. The control room roof
is a 2 foot 3-inch-thick concrete slab and is the only shielding considered in this calculation. The
average isotope concentrations at the control bay for each time period were used as the source
concentrations. For the shine from adjacent structures, the shielding consists of the 3-foot-thick
(5 feet in certain areas) control room walls. The doses are calculated similarly to the shine dose
through the roof. The average isotope concentrations at the control bay intake for each time
period are also used for these calculations.
The shine from the spreading room below the control room is also computed in the same manner
as adjacent structures.
Shielding for this computation consists of the 8-inch-thick concrete floor. The summation of the
incremental elements is performed over the volu me of each room or structure of interest.
In addition to the dose due to shine from surrounding structures and from the passing cloud, the
shine from the reactor containment building also contributes to the gamma whole body dose to
personnel. This contribution is computed in the same manner as the methods used above. Due
to the location of the Auxiliary Building between the Reactor Buildings and the control room and
the thicker control room auxiliary building wall near the roof, the minimum ray path through
concrete from the containment into the control room below 10 feet above the control floor, is 8 feet. All nuclides released to containment are assumed uniformly distributed and their
time-dependent concentrations were used to compute the dose. The dose computed from this source is small.
Several doors penetrate the control room walls, and the dose at these areas would be larger
than the doses calculated as described above. The potential shine at these doors and at other
penetrations has been evaluated. As a result, hollow steel doors filled with no. 12 lead shot have
been incorporated into the design of the shield wall between the control room and the Turbine
Building. These doors provide shielding comparable to the concrete walls. Shine through other
penetrations was found to be negligible.
WBN 15.5-18 Another contribution to the total exposure of control room personnel is the exposure incurred
during ingress from and egress to the exclusion area boundary. The doses due to ingress and
egress were computed based on the following assumptions:
- 1. Five minutes are required to leave the control room and arrive at car or vice versa.
- 2. The distance traveled on the access road to the site exclusion boundary is estimated to be 1500 meters. The average car speed is assumed to be 25 mph.
- 3. One one-way trip first day, one round-trip/day 2nd through 30th days.
The control room occupancy factors used in this calculation were taken from Murphy and
Campe[9]. These are:
100%
occupancy 0-24 hours 60% occupancy 1-4 days 40% occupancy 4-30 days.
All atmospheric dilution factors were conservatively based on 5th percentile wind velocity
averages.
It was also assumed that initially the makeup air intake would be through the vent admitting the
highest radioisotope concentration, but that the main control room personnel would switch intake
vents 8 hours9.259259e-5 days <br />0.00222 hours <br />1.322751e-5 weeks <br />3.044e-6 months <br /> after the accident in order to admit a lower amount of airborne activity to the MCR
via the makeup air flow.
The whole body, beta, and thyroid doses from the radiation sources discussed above are
presented in Table 15.5-9. The dose to whole body is below the GDC 19 limit of 5 rem for
control room personnel, and the thyroid dose is below the limit of 30 rem.
Dose Equations, Data, and Assumptions
The dose from gamma radiation originating within the control room is given by:
()()++++µµ=======11 m1 n1 q 2 q 2 n 2 m 2 q 2 n 2 ma ekk1k ik1i 4zyxzyxzyxexpfE TCOT10x696.1D WBN 15.5-19 Where:
D = Absorbed dose in flesh in mrads TCOT ik = Total concentration integrated over time period i of isotope k in curies/m 3 E k = Energy of gamma from isotope k in MeV
f k = Number of gammas of isotope k given off per disintegration
µe = Mass attenuation coefficient for flesh determined at the energy of gamma in cm 2/gram µ = Linear attenuation coefficient for air determined at the energy of gamma in inverse meters x m ,y n ,z q = Coordinate distances from the dose point to the source volume element (m,n,q) in meters x, y, z = Dimensions of source element (m,n,q)
= Number of time periods
= Number of isotopes
= Number of gammas from an isotope
= Number of intervals in the x direction
= Number of intervals in the y direction
= Number of intervals in the z direction The control room radiation dose from gamma radiation originating outside of the control room
and penetrating concrete walls is given as:
()()()*µµ*++++µµ=======zyx)sect(BsectexpzyxzyxexpfEo10x696.1Dccccc 2 q 2 n 2 m 2 q 2 n 2 ma1q1n1m ekk 1 ik C1k1i 4)tt(1ii WBN 15.5-20 Where:
µc = Linear attenuation coefficient of concrete determined at the energy of gamma in inverse meters t c = Concrete shield thickness in meters
= Angle between a vector normal to the shield and a vector from the dose point to the source point B c (µc t c sec) = Buildup factor for concrete C o ik = Average concentration of isotope k outside the control room during time period i in curies/m 3
t i-1 ,t i = Times at the beginning and end of time period i in hours
Other parameters are defined as previously noted.
The dose from beta radiation is given by the semi-infinite cloud immersion dose:
Bi=1 ik=1ikik D = (0.230) (/Q)
Q Ef Where:
D B = Dose due to beta in rem
/Q = Atmospheric dispersion factor during time period in sec/m 3 Q i = Accumulated activity release of isotope i during time period
E ik = Average energy of beta k of isotope i
f ik = Number of k betas of isotope i per disintegration WBN 15.5-21 For beta dose in the control room, equation (12) becomes:
Bi=1i=1 ij 1ikikjj-1 D = (0.230)
C E f (t-t) Where:
C ij = Average concentration of isotope i during time period j
Inhalation Dose (Thyroid)
The inhalation dose for a given period of time has the general form:
)t - t( (DCF) )
Q( (B) /Q)( =
D1j-J i n1=i I j Where:
D I = Thyroid inhalation dose, rem
/Q = Site dispersion factor during time period, sec/m 3 B = Breathing rate during time period, m 3/hr Q ij = Average activity release rate during time period j of iodine isotope i
DCF i = ICRP-30 Dose conversion factor for iodine isotope i, rem/microcurie inhaled
t j = Total time at end of period j, hours
For inhalation dose within the control room, equation (13) becomes:
())tt()DCF(CBD1jji n1i ij I==
WBN 15.5-22 In this expression C ij , the average concentration of isotope i during time period j, has replaced the following factor:
(/Q) Q ij The C ij's are those determined by equations (4) and (6). The breathing rate factor B j , was taken to be 3.47 x 10
-4 m 3/sec, 1.75 x 10
-4 m 3/sec, and 2.32 x 10
-4 m 3/sec for the time intervals of 0-8 hours, 8-24 hours, and 24 hours2.777778e-4 days <br />0.00667 hours <br />3.968254e-5 weeks <br />9.132e-6 months <br /> - 30 days, respectively.
15.5.4 ENVIRONMENTAL CONSEQUENCES OF A POSTULATED MAIN STEAM LINE BREAK The postulated accidents involving release of steam from the secondary system will not result in a release of radioactivity unless there is a leakage from the reactor coolant system to the
secondary system in the steam generator. An acceptable primary to secondary leakage rate for
the main steam line break (MSLB) accident is 1 gallon per minute (gpm) for the faulted steam
generator loop and 150 gallons per day (gpd) for each unfaulted steam generator.
A calculation determines the off site and main control room doses resulting from a MSLB
incorporating the above primary-to-secondary criteria. The calculation determined that 1 gpm (at standard temperature and pressure) primary-to-secondary leakage in the faulted steam
generator results in site boundary doses within 10 CFR 100 guidelines and control room doses
within the 10 CFR 50, Appendix A, General Design Criteria (GDC)-19 limit. The calculation
uses TVA computer codes STP, FENCDOSE, and COROD. The STP output is input to
COROD, which determines control room operator dose and FENCDOSE, which determines the
30-day low population zone (LPZ) and the 2-hour exclusion area boundary (EAB) dose.
Two methods for determining the resultant dose for a MSLB in accordance with the Standard
Review Plan 15.1.5, Appendix A methodology are:
- 1. A pre-accident iodine spike where the iodine level in the reactor coolant spiked upward to the maximum allowable limit of 14
µCi/gm I-131 dose equivalent just prior to the initiation of the accident.
- 2. The reactor coolant at the maximum steady state dose equivalent I-131 of 0.265
µCi/gm with an accident initiated iodine spike consisting of a 500 times increase on the rate of iodine release from the fuel.
WBN 15.5-24 8. Iodine partition factor from steaming of steam generator water:
- i. non-defective steam generators initial inventory and primary-to-secondary
leakage,100.
ii. faulted steam generator initial inventory and primary-to-secondary leakage, 1.0.
- 9. Atmospheric dilution factors, /Q, are in Table 15A-2 for Offsite and Table 15.5-14 for control room personnel.
- 10. Main Control room related assumptions are in Table 15.5-14.
For Unit 2, assumptions for the MSLB accident:
- 1. RCS letdown flow of 124.39 gpm.
- 3. ANSI/ASN-18.1-1984 spectrum scaled up to 0.265 or 14 Ci/gm equivalent iodine. 4. Two cases were used. In the first, pre-accident iodine spike of 14 Ci/gm I-131 dose equivalent in the RCS. In the second case, an accident initiated spike which increases
the iodine concentration at the equilibrium into the reactor coolant from the fuel rods. 5. Primary side to secondary side leakage of 150 gpd (standard temperature and pressure) per steam generator in the intact loops. 6. The primary-to-secondary leakage mass release to the Environment is 1 gpm (standard temperature and pressure) from the faulted loops. 7. Steam generator secondary inventory released as steam to the atmosphere:
a) total from the non-defective steam generators (0-2 hrs), 433,079 lbm
b) total from the non-defective steam generators (2-8 hrs), 870,754 lbm
c) total from the faulted steam generator (0-30 mins), 96,100 lbm
- 8. Iodine partition coefficients from steaming of steam generator water:
- i. non-defective steam generators initial inventory and primary-to-secondary leakage, 100. ii. faulted steam generator initial inventory and primary-to-secondary leakage, 1.0
- 9. Atmospheric dilution factors, x/Q, are in Table 15A-2 for offsite and Table 15.5-14 for control room personnel. 10. Main control room related assumptions are in Table 15.5-14.
15.5.5 ENVIRONMENTAL CONSEQUENCES OF A POSTULATED STEAM GENERATOR TUBE RUPTURE
Thermal and hydraulic analysis has been performed to determine the plant response for a design
basis steam generator tube rupture (SGTR), and to determine the integrated primary to
secondary break flow and mass releases from the ruptured and intact steam generators (SGs) to
the condenser and the atmosphere (Section 15.4.3). An analysis of the environmental
consequences of the postulated SGTR has also been performed, utilizing the reactor coolant
mass and secondary steam mass releases determined in the base thermal and hydraulic
analysis (See Reference [38] in Section 15.4). Table 15.5-18 summarizes the parameters used
in the SGTR analysis.
WBN 15.5-26 15.5.6 ENVIRONMENTAL CONSEQUENCES OF A POSTULATED FUEL HANDLING ACCIDENT (FHA)
Unit 1
The analysis of a postulated fuel handling accident (FHA) is based on Regulatory Guide (RG)
1.183, Revision 0, "Alternate Radiological Source Terms for Evaluating Design Basis Accidents
At Nuclear Power Plants." The total effective dose equivalent (TEDE) acceptance criterion of
10 CFR 50.67(b)(2) and Regulatory Position C.4.4 of RG 1.183 applies to the offsite and Main
Control Room doses.
Two FHA cases are analyzed. One case is an accident in the spent fuel pit/Auxiliary Building
with no Auxiliary Building Isolation (ABI) and with unfiltered releases through the Auxiliary
Building vent. A second case is an accident in the containment with unfiltered release for 12.7
seconds through the Shield Building vent until the containment is isolated, with the remainder
released unfiltered through the Auxiliary Building vent (no ABI and no filtration). The Auxiliary Building X/Q values are greater than those for the Shield Building. As a result, no credit is
taken for isolation of the containment. Dispersion coefficients used in the analysis are given in
Tables 15A-2 and 15.5-14. In addition, Main Control Room data used in the analysis are listed
in Table 15.5-14. Other input parameters used in the analysis are listed in Table 15.5-20.
The analysis assumes that all of the fuel rods in a fuel assembly rupture. Thus, the fission
product inventory of the damaged fuel assembly was determined by dividing the total core
inventory by the number of fuel assemblies in the core. The values for individual fission product
inventories are calculated assuming full power operation at the end of core life immediately
preceding shutdown with a radial peaking factor of 1.65 for the Tritium Production Core (TPC)
assembly. The peaking factor is not applied to tritium since the maximum inventory of tritium is
used in the analysis. The source terms used in the analysis are for the once burned, twice
burned, and three-times burned assemblies for the Tritium Production Core (TPC). Only the
worst case results are reported. The analysis assumes a decay time of 100 hours0.00116 days <br />0.0278 hours <br />1.653439e-4 weeks <br />3.805e-5 months <br /> prior to the
movement of spent fuel.
A release of tritium is assumed in the analysis, even though the FHA does not involve a
temperature excursion that would result in boiling of the water covering the fuel assemblies.
Tritium Producing Burnable Absorber Rods (TPBARs) are installed in once and twice burned
fuel assemblies, but they are not installed in fuel assemblies that are burned three times.
Following a FHA in the spent fuel pool, all 24 TPBARs in a TPC once or twice burned fuel
assembly are assumed to break and release their tritium contents. Each TPBAR contains 1.2
grams of tritium.
WBN 15.5-27 Twenty-five percent of the tritium released is assumed to be released to the environment
following the FHA through evaporation of water. Tritium was assumed to evaporate at a
constant rate over 2 hours2.314815e-5 days <br />5.555556e-4 hours <br />3.306878e-6 weeks <br />7.61e-7 months <br />. One hundred percent of the tritium released from the TPBARs
following a FHA will not be released to the environment, because the event does not involve
temperatures that would result in boiling of the water covering the fuel assemblies. The water
tritium concentration is conservatively assumed to be 60 Ci/gm. At this concentration, the total tritium inventory would be 84,490 Ci and the amount released to the environment would be
21,123 Ci.
For the FHA analysis, the release from the fuel gap and the fuel pellet are assumed to occur
instantaneously with the onset of the projected damage. In addition, the releases to the
environment are assumed to occur in a linear ra mp manner over the duration of two hours for the event.
For the offsite dose, dose conversion factors (DCF) from Table 5-1 of EPA 400-R
001, Manual of Protective Action Guides and Protective Actions for Nuclear Incidents were
utilized to calculate the offsite TEDE. These values represent the sum of the committed
effective dose equivalent (CEDE) and deep dose equivalent (DDE) DCFs. A breathing rate of
3.33E-4 m 3/s is used to determine the CEDE DCF that was used for the overall DCF given in Table 5-1. The total amount of each isotope released is multiplied by each isotope's DCF and by the appropriate X/Q value to obtain the TEDE dose. All isotopes are then summed together
to determine the overall TEDE dose at the exclusion area boundary (EAB) and low population
zone (LPZ).
For the Main Control Room dose, the computer code COROD determines dose due to: 1) time
dependent concentration of airborne activity in the Control Room; and 2) shine through the
Control Room roof, Control Room ends, Aux iliary Building, Turbine Building, and Cable Spreading Room. COROD calculates the TEDE by adding 100% of the calculated gamma
dose, 1% of the beta dose, and the CEDE dose. The gamma and beta doses are calculated as
outlined in section 15.5.3. COROD calculates the CEDE dose by utilizing dose conversion
factors (DCF) from Table 5-4 from EPA 400-R-92-001, Manual of Protective Action Guides and
Protective
Actions for Nuclear Incidents, which has a breathing rate of 3.33E-4 m3/sec embedded in the
DCF. The DCF is then multiplied by the total concentration of the isotope to determine the
CEDE.
The radiological consequences of the FHA are shown in Table 15.5-23. The results for Control
Room, EAB, and LPZ doses are within the appropriate acceptance criteria of 10 CFR
50.67(b)(2) and Table 6 of RG 1.183.
Unit 2 WBN 15.5-28 The analysis of the fuel handling accident considers two cases. The first case is for an
accident in the spent fuel pool area located in the Auxiliary Building. This case is evaluated using the Alternate Source Term based on Regulatory Guide 1.183[11], "Alternate Source Term (AST)." The second case considered is an open containment case for an accident inside containment where there is open communication between the containment and the Auxiliary Building. This evaluation is also based on the AST and Regulatory Guide 1.183. An FHA could occur with the containment closed and the reactor building purge operating. This scenario is bounded by Case 2. The parameters used for this analysis are listed in Table 15.5-20a.
The bases for evaluation consistent with Regulatory Guide 1.183 are:
- 1. The accident occurs 100 hours0.00116 days <br />0.0278 hours <br />1.653439e-4 weeks <br />3.805e-5 months <br /> after plant shutdown. Radioactive decay of the fission product inventory during the interval between shutdown and placement of the first
spent fuel assembly into the spent fuel pit is taken into account.
- 2. Damage was assumed for all rods in one assembly.
- 3. The assembly damaged is the highest powered assembly in the core region to be discharged. The values for individual fission product inventories in the damaged assembly are calculated assuming full-power operation at the end of core life immediately preceding shutdown. Nuclear core characteristics used in the analysis are given in Table 15.5-21. A radial peaking factor of 1.65 is used.
- 4. All of the gap activity in the damaged rods is released to the spent fuel pool and consists of 8% I-131, 10% Kr-85, and 5% of other noble gases and other halogens.
- 5. Noble gases released to the Auxiliary Building spent fuel pool are released through the Auxiliary Building vent to the environment.
- 6. The iodine gap inventory is composed of inorganic species (99.85%) and organic species (0.15%).
- 7. The overall inorganic and organic iodine spent fuel pool decontamination factor is 200.
- 8. All iodine escaping from the Auxiliary Building spent fuel pool is exhausted unfiltered through the Auxiliary Building vent.
- 9. The release path for the containment scenario is changed to include 12.7 seconds of unfiltered release through the Shield Building vent, with the remainder of the unfiltered release through the Auxiliary Building vent.
- 10. No credit is taken for the ABGTS or Containment Purge System Filters in the analysis.
WBN 15.5-29 11. No credit is taken for natural decay either due to holdup in the Auxiliary Building or after the activity has been released to the atmosphere.
- 12. The short-term (i.e., 0-2 hour) atmospheric dilution factors at the exclusion area
boundary and low population zone given in Table 15A-2 are used.
- 13. The TEDE values for the Exclusion Area Boundary and Low Population Zone are
calculated using dose conversion factors taken from EPA-400-R-92-001, "Manual of
Protective Action Guides and Protective Actions of Nuclear Incidents," May 1992. A
breathing rate of 3.33E-4 m3/sec was used for calculating the TEDE.
- 14. The TEDE values for the Main Control Room are calculated using the 100% of the
gamma dose calculated using a point kernel integration, 1% of Beta dose, and
conversion factors taken from EPA-400-R-92-001, "Manual of Protective Action Guides
and Protective Actions of Nuclear Incidents," May 1992. A breathing rate of 3.33E-4
m3/sec was used for calculating the TEDE. FSAR Section 15.5.3 provides a discussion
of the COROD calculation methods for gamma and beta dose.
Fuel Handling Accident Results The evaluation for the FHA at the spent fuel pool is a bounding analysis for a dropped assembly in containment when the containment is open. The release point for the containment purge system is the Unit 2 shield building stack. The X/Qs are lower for this release point than
for the normal auxiliary building exhaust. The offsite doses were calculated utilizing
FENCDOSE [16], while the control room doses were calculated utilizing the COROD computer
code [17]. The TEDE dose is given in Table 15.5-23 for the control room, exclusion area
boundary, and low population zone. The dose to control room personnel is less than the limit of
10 CFR 50.67(b)(2)(iii) of 5 rem TEDE, and the dose to the exclusion area boundary and low
population zone are less than the limit of 10 CFR 50.67(b)(2)(i) and (ii), as modified by
Regulatory Position C.4.4 of Regulatory Guide 1.183 of 6.3 rem TEDE.
15.5.7 ENVIRONMENTAL CONSEQUENCES OF A POSTULATED ROD EJECTION ACCIDENT This accident is bounded by the loss-of-coolant accident (LOCA). See Section 15.5.3 for the
loss-of-coolant accident.
WBN 15.5-31 REFERENCES
- 1. Styrikovich, M. A., Martynova, 0. I., Ka tkovska, K. YA., Dubrovski, I. YA., Smrinova, I.
N., "Transfer of Iodine from Aqueous Solutions to Saturated Vapor," translated from
Atomnaya Energiya, Vol. 17, No. 1, pp. 45-49, July 1964.
- 2. Regulatory Guide 1.24, "Assumptions Used for Evaluating the Potential Radiological Consequences of a Pressurized Water Reactor Gas Storage Tank Failure," Division of
Reactor Standards, U.S. Atomic Energy Commission, March 23, 1972.
- 3. Regulatory Guide 1.4, "Assumptions Used for Evaluating the Potential Radiological Consequences of a Loss of Coolant Accident for Pressurized Water Reactors,"
Directorate of Regulatory Standards, U.S. Atomic Energy Commission, June 1974.
- 5. NAA-SR 10100, Conventional Buildings for Reactor Containment.
- 6. ORNL-NSIC-4, Behavior of Iodine in Reactor Containment Systems, February 1965.
- 7. Branch Technical Position CSB 6-2, "Control of Combustible Gas Concentrations in Containment Following a Loss-of-Coolant Accident."
- 8. Ramsdell, J. V. Jr. and C. A. Simonen, "Atmospheric Relative Concentration in Building Wakes." Prepared by Pacific Northwest Laboratory for the U. S. Nuclear Regulatory
Commission, PNL-10521, NUREG/CR-6331, Revision 1, May 1997.
- 9. K. G. Murphy and Dr. K. M. Campe "Nuclear Power Plant Control Room Ventilation System Design for Meeting General Criterion 19," 13th AEC Air Cleaning Conference, August 1974.
- 10. Deleted in initial UFSAR.
- 11. Regulatory Guide 1.183, "Alternative Radiological Source Terms for Evaluating Design Basis Accidents At Nuclear Power Reactors", July 2000.
- 12. Regulatory Guide 1.77, "Assumptions Used for Evaluating a Control Rod Ejection Accident for Pressurized Water Reactors," Directorate of Regulatory Standards, U.S.
Atomic Energy Commission, May 1974.
WBN 15.5-32
- 13. D. B. Risher, Jr., "An Evaluation of the Rod Ejection Accident in Westinghouse Pressurized Water Reactors Using Spatial Kinetics Methods," WCAP-7588, Revision 1, December 1971.
- 14. ANSI/ANS-18.1-1984, "Radioactive Source Terms for Normal Operations of Light Water Reactors," December 31, 1984.
- 15. WCAP-7664, Revision 1, "Radiation Analysis Design Manual-4 Loop Plant," RIMS Number NEB 810126 316, October 1972.
- 16. Computer Code FENCDOSE, Code I.D. 262358.
- 17. Computer Code COROD, Code I.D. 262347.
- 18. Deleted by UFSAR Amendment 4.
- 19. Deleted by UFSAR Amendment 4.
- 20. NRC Safety Evaluation for Watts Bar Nuclear Plant Unit 1, Amendment 38, for Steam Generator Tubing Voltage Based Alternate Repair Criteria for Outside Diameter Stress Corrosion Cracking (ODSCC) dated February 26, 2002. (Unit 2 Only)
- 21. NRC Generic Letter 95-05, "Voltage-Based Repair Criteria for Westinghouse Steam Generator Tubes Affected by Outside Diameter Stress Corrosion Cracking", dated
August 3, 1995. (Unit 2 Only)
- 22. TVA Letters to NRC "Technical Specification Change No. WBN-TS-99-014 - Steam Generator Alternate Repair Criteria for Axial Outside Diameter Stress Corrosion
Cracking (ODSCC)," dated April 10, 2000, September 18, 2000, August 22, 2001, November 8, 2001 and January 15, 2002. (Unit 2 Only)"
23 J.J. Dinunno, et, al "Calculation of Distance Factors for Power and Test Reactor Sites", TID-14844, March 1962."
- 24. NUREG/CR-5009, "Assessment of the Use of Extended Burnup Fuel in Light Water Power Reactors," February 1988.
- 25. International Commission on Radiation Protection (ICRP) Publication 30, "Limits for Intakes of Radionuclides by Workers," 1979.
µ
WBN 15A-1 APPENDIX 15A DOSE MODELS USED TO EVALUATE THE ENVIRONMENTAL CONSEQUENCES OF ACCIDENTS
15A.1 INTRODUCTION
This Appendix identifies the models used to calculate the offsite radiological doses that would
result from releases of radioactivity due to various postulated accidents. The postulated
accidents are:
- 1. Waste Gas Decay Tank Rupture
- 2. Steam Generator Tube Rupture
- 3. Steam Line Break
- 4. Loss of A. C. Power
- 5. Loss of Coolant Accident
15A.2 ASSUMPTIONS
The following assumptions are basic to both the model for the gamma and beta doses due to
immersion in a cloud of radioactivity and the model for the thyroid dose due to inhalation of
radioactivity.
- 1. Direct radiation from the source point is negligible compared to gamma and beta radiation due to submersion in the radioactivity leakage cloud.
- 2. All radioactivity releases are from the appropriate point of discharge.
- 3. The dose receptor is a standard man as defined by the International Commission on Radiological Protection (ICRP).
[1]
- 4. Radioactive decay from the point of release to the dose receptor is neglected.
- 5. Isotopic data such as decay rates and decay energy emissions are taken from Table of Isotopes.[2]
15A.3 GAMMA DOSE AND BETA DOSE
The gamma and beta dose delivered to a dose receptor is obtained by considering the dose
receptor to be immersed in a radioactive cloud which is infinite in all directions above the ground
plane, i.e., an "infinite semispherical cloud." The concentration of radioactive material within
this cloud is taken to be uniform and equal to the maximum centerline ground level
concentration that would exist in the cloud at the appropriate distance from the point of release.
WBN 15A-2 E A i )Q/(X 0.23 = Dose Beta i i R t*** Gamma Dose = 0.25 (X/Q
) i A E t R i i*** The beta dose is a result of external beta radiation and the gamma dose is a result of external
gamma radiation. Equations describing an infinite semispherical cloud were used to calculate
the doses for a given time period as follows :
[5]
and
where:
i R A = activity of isotope i released during a given time period, curies (X/Q)t = atmospheric dilution factor for a given time interval t, sec/m 3 E i = average beta radiation energy emitted by isotope i per disintegration, mev/dis
i E = average gamma radiation energy omitted by isotope i per disintegration, mev/dis 15A.4 THYROID INHALATION DOSE
The thyroid dose for a given time period t, is obtained from the following expression
[6]: where:
D = thyroid inhalation dose, rem
(X/Q)t = site dispersion factor for time interval t, sec/m 3
B = Breathing rate for time interval t, m 3/sec Q i = total activity of iodine isotope i released in time period t, curies
(DCF)i = dose conversion factor for iodine isotope i, rem/curies inhaled
The isotopic data and "standard man" data are given in Table 15A-1. The atmospheric dilution
factors used in the analysis of the environmental consequences of accidents are given in
Chapter 2 of this report and are reiterated in Table 15A-2 of this appendix.
D = (X/Q
) B i Q DCF ti i***
WBN 15A-3 The gamma energies, E, on Table 15A-1 include the X-rays and annihilation gamma rays if they are prominent in the electromagnetic spectrum. Also the beta energies E, include conversion electrons if they are prominent in the electromagnetic spectrum. The beta energies are averaged quantities in the sense that the continuous beta spectra energies are computed as
one-third the maximum beta energies.
REFERENCES
- 1. "Report of ICRP Committee II on Permissible Dose for Internal Radiation (1959)," Health Physics, Vol. 3, pp. 30, 146-153, 1970.
- 2. Leaderer, C. M., et. al., Table of Isotopes, 6th edition, 1968.
- 3. Nuclear Data Sheets, Oak Ridge National Laboratory (ORNL) Nuclear Data Group, Vol.
7, Number 1, Academic Press, New York, January 1972.
- 4. Radioactive Atoms - Supplement 1, ORNL-4923, Martin, M. J., NTIS, November 1973.
- 5. Regulatory Guide 1.4 "Assumptions Used for Evaluating the Potential Radiological Consequences of a Loss of Coolant Accident for Pressurized Water Reactors," USAEC, June 1974.
- 6. J. J. Dinunno, et. al, "Calculation of Distance Factors for Power and Test Reactor Sites", TID 14844, March 1962.